Foundations of Education Part 1
Below is the Part 1 of Professional Education (Prof. Ed.) Foundations of Education reviewer for
Licensure Exam for Teachers (LET).
1. The Department of Education gives greater emphasis on the development of basic skills. What is the
philosophical basis for this?
a. Essentialism
b. Existentialism
c. Perennialism
d. Pragmatism
Answer: A
2. Teacher M views his students as unique, free-choosing and responsible individuals. All classroom
activities revolve around the said premise. What theory underlies this?
a. Essentialism
b. Existentialism
c. Progressivism
d. Realism
Answer: B
3. Religious rituals in the classroom and in the school programs prove the deep natural religiosity of
the Filipinos. Which philosophy has greatly contributed to the tradition?
a. Buddhism
b. Confucianism
c. Hinduism
d. Islam
Answer: B
4. In order to make Roman education truly utilitarian, how should the day-to-day lessons be taught?
a. Taught in the students' native dialect
b. Taught interestingly through the play way method
c. Related and linked to the events happening in everyday life
d. Practiced at home under the guidance of their respective parents.
Answer: C
5. Which influenced the military training requirements among students in the secondary and tertiary
levels?
a. Chinese
b. Greeks
c. Orientals
d. Romans
Answer: D
6. Which philosophy has the educational objective to indoctrinate Filipinos to accept the teachings of
the Catholic church which is foster faith in God?
a. Realism
b. Pragmatism
c. Idealism
d. Existentialism
Answer: C
7. Virtue as one component in the teaching of Rizal as a course focuses on the teaching of good and
beauty consistent with the good and beauty in God. What philosophy supports this?
a. Existentialism
b. Idealism
c. Progressivism
d. Social Reconstructionism
Answer: B
8. Giving education the highest budgetary allocation, the Philippine government recognizes the
possible contribution of its future citizens to the national development goals of the Philippine society.
Which stressed this goal of education for social transformation?
a. Athenian education
b. Followers of Christ
c. Greek education
d. Roman education
Answer: D
9. The progressivists emphasized the individuality of the child. What is the concern of the
reconstructionists?
a. Experiential learning
b. Socialization
c. Social problem
Answer: C
10. One of the following quotations does not conform to the Christian doctrine of Education for
Humanitarianism. Which one is it?
a. Do unto others as you would like others do unto you
b. Love they neighbor as thyself
c. Not on bread alone is man to live but on every utterance that comes from mouth of God
d. Whatever good things we do to our poor, helpless brothers, we do it for God.
Answer: C
11. Scouting and Citizen's Army Training (CAT) give training in character-building, citizenship
training, etc. Which leads to the creation of a new social order and a new society eventually. What
philosophy supports this?
a. Existentialism
b. Perennialism
c. Progressivism
d. Social reconstructionism
Answer: D
12. Teacher V demonstrated the technique on how to group students according to their needs and
interests and how to use self-paced instructional materials. Which philosophy is manifested in this
activity?
a. Essentialism
b. Progressivism
c. Realism
d. Social Reconstructionism
Answer: B
13. Teacher G, a Christian Living teacher, puts so much significance on values development and
discipline. What could be her educational philosophy?
a. Idealism
b. Pragmatism
c. Progressivism
d. Realism
Answer: A
14. Which one does not illustrate the principle that rights and duties are correlative?
a. The right of an unmarried pregnant teacher to abort her baby in relation to her duty to protect her
name and her job as a teacher
b. The right of a state to compel students to military service is reciprocated by the duty of the state to
protect them.
c. The right to a living wage involves the duty of the school administrators to give the salary agreed
upon and the duty of the teachers to give a fair amount of work.
d. The right to life of children and to be given respect of such right.
Answer: A
15. Why should a teacher take the obligation upon himself to study and understand the custom and
traditions of the community where he works?
a. To change the culture of the community.
b. To have a sympathetic attitude for the people of the community.
c. To identify the weaknesses of the culture of the community.
d. To please the people of the community.
Answer: B
16. A teacher who is a recognized expert in carpentry works, taught his students how to prepare and
construct good and aesthetic furniture from local resources. What cultural transmission process is
this?
a. Acculturation
b. Enculturation
c. Indoctrination
d.Observation
Answer: B
17. Every first day of the school year, Miss Reyes prepared activities which will make her Grade 2
children, sing, plan, learn and introduce themselves to the class. What process did the teacher
emphasize?
a. Acculturation
b. Enculturation
c. Indoctrination
d. Socialization
Answer: D
18. Which program in the educational system seems to be aligned to the Christian humanitarian
principle respect for the human personality?
a. The alternative learning system delivery
b. The functional literacy program for the out-of-school youth and adults
c. The promotion of the basic human rights of the Filipino
d. The study of the Philippine Constitution
Answer: C
19. With a death threat over his head, Teacher Liza is directed to pass an undeserving student, if she is
a hedonist, which of the following will she do?
a. Don't pass him, live her principle of justice. She will get reward, if not in this life, in the next.
b. Don't pass him. She surely will not like someone to give you a death threat in order to pass.
c. Pass the student. That will be of use to her, the student and his parents.
d. Pass the student. Why suffer the threat?
Answer: D
20. Which philosophy approves a teacher who lectures most of the time and requires his students to
memorize the rules of grammar?
a. Existentialism
b. Idealism
c. Pragmatism
d. Realism
Answer: B
21. In a student conducted, the pupils were asked which nationality they would prefer if given a
choice. Majority of the pupils wanted to be Americans. In this case, in which obligation relative to the
state are schools seemed to be failing?
a. Instill allegiance to the constitutional authorities
b. Promote national pride
c. Promote obedience to the laws of the state
d. Respect for all duly constituted authorities.
Answer: B
22. Which subject in the elementary and likewise in the secondary schools are similar to the goal of
Rome to train the students for citizenship?
a. Communication ARts
b. MAPEH/PEHMS
c. Science
d. THE/TLE
Answer: D
23. Which of the following schools practices is not based on Social Reconstructionism?
a. Establishment of SDF
b. Exemption of Scouts from CAT
c. Promoting culture and arts in schools
d. Promoting project WOW
Answer: C
24.Which of the following is the focus of the Japanese education in the Philippines?
a. Democratic ideals and nationalism
b. Love and service to one's country
c. Religion and love for Asian brothers
d. Vocational and health education
Answer: D
25. According to reconstructionism, the goal of education is to bring about a new social order. Which
practice best manifests this view?
a. The class conducts scientific experiments to discover or verify concepts.
b. The class discusses role models and their impact on society.
c. The class allowed to engage in divergent thinking.
d. The class undertakes well-planned projects in the community.
Answer: D
Foundations of Education Part 2
Here is the Part 2 of Professional Education (Prof. Ed.)
Foundations of Education reviewer for Licensure Exam for Teachers (LET).
1. Teacher A, a Values Education teacher emphasizes ethics in almost all her lessons. Which of the
following emphasizes the same?
a. Liberal Education
b. Moral Education
c. Religious Training
d. Social Education
Answer: B
2. Which reform in the Philippine Educational System advocates the use of English and Filipino as
media of instruction in specific learning areas?
a. Alternative Learning
b. Bilingual Education
c. K-12 Program
d. Multilingual Education
Answer: B
3. Activities planned by school clubs/ organizations show school-community connection geared
towards society's needs. What philosophy is related to this?
a. Existentialism
b. Progressivism
c. Realism
d. Social reconstructionism
Answer: D
4. What philosophy is related to the practice of schools acting as laboratory for teaching reforms and
experimentation?
a. Essentialism
b. Existentialism
c. Progressivism
d. Social Reconstructionism
Answer: C
5. Which of the following situations presents a value conflict?
a. The teacher and his students have class standing as their priorities.
b. The teacher and the administrator follow a set of criteria in giving grades.
c. The teacher has students whose parents want their children to obtain higher grades than what they
are capable of getting.
d. The teacher sets high expectations for intelligent students such as getting higher grades.
Answer: C
6. Which situation shows that a sense of nationhood is exemplified?
a. The class conducted a debate using Filipino as medium
b. The class is required to watch the TV sitcom of Oprah to improve their English communication
skills.
c. The class opted to make a choral rendition of the theme song of a foreign movie.
d. When Teacher Chris asked her Grade 2 students in what country they wish to live, most of them
chose United States.
Answer: A
7. A teacher who believes in the progressivist theory of education would embrace certain reforms on
methodology. Which reform would be consistent with this theory?
a. Active participation of teachers
b. Formal instructional pattern
c. Strict external discipline
d. Teacher domination of class activities
Answer: A
8. What philosophy of education advocates that the curriculum should only include universal and
unchanging truths?
a. Essentialism
b. Idealism
c. Perennialism
d. Pragmatism
Answer: C
9. Which of the following is not a function of the school?
a. Changing cultural practices
b. Development of attitudes and skills
c. Reproduction of species
d. Socialization among children
Answer: C
10. Which move liberalized access to education during Spanish period?
a. The education of illiterate parents
b. The establishment of at least one primary school for boys and girls in each municipality
c. The hiring of tribal tutors to teach children
d. The provision of vocational training for school age children
Answer: B
11. Which of the following is the chief aim of Spanish education?
a. Conformity and militarism
b. Perpetuation of culture
c. Propagation of the Catholic religion
d. Utilitarianism and conformity
Answer: C
12. Which of the following is the aim of our education during the Commonwealth period?
a. Designed after Japanese education
b. Patterned after the American curriculum
c. Predominantly religious
d. Purely nationalistic and democratic
Answer: D
13. Which of the following is not a reason why the basic education curriculum has been restructured?
a. To become globally competitive during this industrial age
b. To be relevant and responsive to a rapidly changing world
c. To empower the Filipino learners for self- development throughout their life.
d. To help raise the achievement level of students
Answer: D
14. Which philosophy of education influence the singing of the National Anthem in schools?
a. Nationalism
b. Naturalism
c. Pragmatism
d. Socialism
Answer: A
15. Who among the following believes that learning requires disciplined attention, regular homework,
and respect for legitimate authority?
a. Essentialist
b. Progressivist
c. Realist
d. Reconstructionist
Answer: A
16. Which of the following is the main function of the philosophy of education?
a. Reconsider existing educational goals in the light of society's needs
b. Provide the academic background prerequisite to learning
c. Define the goals and set the direction for which education is to strive
d. Aid the learner to build his own personal philosophy
Answer: C
17. Homeroom advisers always emphasize the importance of cleanliness of the body. Children are
taught how to wash their hands before and after eating. What is this practice called?
a. Folkway
b. Laws
c. Mores
d. Social norm
Answer: D
18. Which curricular move served to strengthen spiritual and ethical values?
a. Integration of creative thinking in all subject
b. Introduction of Values education as a separate subject area
c. Reducing the number of subject areas into skill subject
d. Re-introducing science as a subject in Grade 1
Answer: D
19. The greatest happiness lies in the contemplative use of mind, said Plato. Which of the following
activities adheres to this?
a. Cooperative learning
b. Instrospection
c. Role Playing
d. Social Interaction
Answer: B
20. Your teacher is of the opinion that the word and everything in it are ever changing and so teaches
you the skill to cope with the changes. Which in his governing philosophy?
a. Experimentalism
b. Existentialism
c. Idealism
d. Realism
Answer: A
21. Teacher Myra says: "If it is billiard that brings students out of the classroom, let us bring it into the
classroom. Perhaps, I can use it to teach Math". To which philosophy does teacher Myra adheres to?
a. Essentialism
b. Idealism
c. Progressivism
d. Reconstructionism
Answer: C
22. Which of the following should be done to build a sense of pride among Filipino youth?
a. Replace the study of folklores and myths with technical subjects
b. Re-study our history and stress on our achievements as people
c. Re-study our history from the perspective of our colonizers
d. Set aside the study of local history
Answer: B
23. A teacher who subscribes to the pragmatic philosophy of education believes that experience study
should follow learning in her teaching. Which of the following does she do to support her belief?
a. Encouraging learners to memorize factual knowledge
b. Equipping learners with the basic abilities and skills
c. Providing learners opportunities to apply theories and principles
d. Requiring learners full master of the lesson.
Answer: C
24. Which philosophy influenced the cultivation of reflective and meditative skills in teaching?
a. Confucianism
b. Existentialism
c. Taoism
d. Zen Buddhism
Answer: D
25. Which of the following situation manifests a balance between teachers responsibility and
accountability?
a. She entertains her students with personal stories until the end of the period.
b. She spends most of the time on the latest gossips in showbiz.
c. She teaches as much as she could for duration of the period.
d. She teaches as well as entertains the students with per personal stories.
Answer: C
Child and Adolescent Development Part 1
Below is the Part 1 of Professional Education (Prof. Ed.)
Child and Adolescent Development reviewer for Licensure Exam for Teachers (LET).
1. Dr. Escoto, the school physician conducted a physical examination in Ms. Manuel's class. What
concept best describes the quantitative increase observed by Dr. Escoto among learners in terms of
height and weight?
a. Development
b. Growth
c. Learning
d. Maturation
Answer: B
2. Which situation best illustrates the concept of growth?
a. A kinder pupil gains 2 pounds within two months.
b. A high school student gets a score of 85 in mental ability test.
c. An education student has gained knowledge on approaches and strategies in teaching different
subjects
d. An elementary grader has learned to play piano.
Answer: A
3. Which statements below best describes development?
a. A high school student's height increased by 5'2" to 5'4"
b. A high school student's change in weight from 110 lbs. to 125 lbs.
c. A student had learned to operate the computer
d. A student's enlargement of hips
Answer: C
4. What concept can best describes Francisco's ability to walk without a support at age of 12 months
because of the "internal ripening" that occured in his muscles, bones and nervous system
development?
a. Development
b. Growth
c. Learning
d. Maturation
Answer: D
5. Teacher Jesus in now 69 years old has been observing changes in himself such as the aging process.
Which term refers to the development change in the individual?
a. Development
b. Growth
c. Learning
d. Maturation
Answer: D
6. Manuel, a five-year old boy can hold his pen and write his name with his right hand. Which term
describes Manuel's action/ behavior?
a. Development
b. Growth
c. Learning
d. Maturation
Answer: A
7. Which of the following theory can help Miss Samson determine the readiness of her learners by
administering a readiness test?
a. Conditioning Theories
b. Cognitive Development Theory
c. Maturation Theory
d. Ethological Theory
Answer: C
8. Mr. Francisco was very much worried about the thumb sucking of his son. A friend of him says that
certain behavior among infants. Who presented that notion that certain behavior like thumb-sucking
is normal behavior?
A. Sigmund Freud
b. Erick Ericson
c. John Bowlly
d. Urie Bronfrenbenner
Answer: A
9. A newborn infant move his whole body at one time, instead of moving a part of it. Which of the
following principles is illustrated by his behavior?
a. Development proceeds from specific to general.
b. Development proceeds from general to specific.
c. Development follows an orderly pattern.
d. Development follows a general pattern.
Answer: B
10. Train up a child in the way he should be; when he grows up, he will not depart from it. Which
principle supports this?
a. Development is determined by his heredity
b. Development is determined by the environment
c. Early development is more critical than the late development
d. Early development is less critical than late development.
Answer: B
11. Which state of the psycho-sexual theory does young boys experience rivalry with their father for
their mother's attention and affection?
a. Oral
b. Anal
c. Phallic
d. Latency
Answer: C
12. Angela focuses her attention on the school work and vigorous play that consume most of her
physical energy. Which stage of psychosexual theory illustrates her behavior?
a. Oral
b. Anal
c. Phallic
d. Latency
Answer: D
13. Which of the following is likely to be developed if infants are shown genuine affection?
a. Trust
b. Autonomy
c. Initiative
d. Industry
Answer: A
14. Christian develops an integral and coherent sense of self. He seeks answers to the question. "Who
am I"? Which of the following is Christian likely to develop?
a. Initiative
b. Identity and Role Confusion
c. Intimacy
d. Autonomy
Answer: B
15. Ms. Reyes uses images and language to represent and understand her various lessons to preschool
learners. What stage in the cognitive theory of development explains this?
a. Sensorimotor
b. Preoperational
c. Concrete operation
d. Formal operation
Answer: B
16. Connie develops concepts necessary for everyday living, builds healthy attitudes towards oneself,
and achieve personal independence. These are among the attributes of an individual in what
particular stage?
a. Infancy and early childhood
b. Middle childhood
c. Adolescence
d. Early adulthood
Answer: B
17. Some children are more active than others, as everyone knows-extremely highlevels of activity or
hyperactivity are considered problematic. How may a teacher help a child who is hyperactive?
a. Make him the leader of the class
b. Transfer him to another class
c. Give him challenging activities that are appropriate to his ability level and interests.
d. Allow him to spend longer at the playground until he gets tired.
Answer: C
18. Tessa gets jealous whenever she sees her father showing love and affection to her mother. Which
of the following is she showing according to Freud?
a. Complex
b. Phallic
c. Electra Complex
d. Oedipus Complex
Answer: C
19. In Piaget's Theory of Cognitive Development, which of the following statements would illustrate
Edward who is 11 years old?
a. Able to see relationships and to reason in the abstract.
b. Unable to breakdown a whole into separate parts.
c. Differentiates goals and goal-directed activities.
d. Experiments with methods to reach goals.
Answer: A
20. Trisha goes with her mother in school. She enjoys the workplace of her mother. Which of the
following ecological theories is illustrated by the situation?
a. Microsystem
b. Mesosystem
c. Exosystem
d. Macrosystem
Answer: C
21. Lito, a student in secondary level tends to spend more time with his friends and his family, thus,
his behavior is greatly affected by them. In which stage in the Psychosocial Stages of Development
does Lito belong?
a. Autonomous vs Shame and Doubt
b. Identity vs. Role Confusion
c. Intimacy vs. Isolation
d. Initiative vs. Guilt
Answer: D
22. Anna believes that authority is respected. She is now in what particular level in moral
development theory of Lawrence Kholberg?
a. Social contract
b. Law and order orientation
c. Interpersonal concordance
d. Universal ethics orientation
Answer: A
23. What level has a four year old learner like Maryann reached when she acquired new skills such as
putting the same shapes and the same colors together?
a. Development
b. Maturation
c. Zone of Proximal Development
d. Learning
Answer: C
24. Which of the following principles can be the basis of the growing realization of the significance of
the early childhood education?
a. The young children are capable of doing many things at an early stage.
b. The child should be seen and should learn.
c. The first five years of life are the formative years of the child.
d. Early childhood experiences can be interesting and challenging.
Answer: B
25. Which of the following learner's characteristics will affect most of the learners learning in the
academic class?
a. His affective characteristics
b. His cognitive characteristics
c. His psychomotor characteristics
d. His socio-emotional characteristics
Child and Adolescent Development Part 2
Below is the Part 2 of Professional Education (Prof. Ed.)
Child and Adolescent Development reviewer for Licensure Exam for Teachers (LET).
1. Which of the following is true about human development?
a. Human development considers both maturation and learning.
b. Development refers to the progressive series of changes of an orderly coherent type toward the
goal of maturity.
c. Development is the gradual and orderly unfolding of the characteristics of the individuals as they go
through the successive stages of growth.
d. All of the above
Answer: D
2. What do you call the quantitative increase in terms of height and weight as observed by the school
physician during the physical examination of the students?
a. Development
b. Growth
c. Learning
d. Maturation
Answer: B
3. Mrs. Gomez conducts research on the psychosocial domain of development. In what particular area
of the child's development is Mrs. Gomez most likely to be interested with?
a. Perceptual abilities
b. Brain-wave patterns
c. Emotions
d. Use of language
Answer: C
4. Which of the following is the correct order of psychosexual stages proposed by Sigmund Freud?
a. Oral stage, anal stage, phallic stage, latency stage, genital stage
b. Anal stage, oral stage, phallic stage, latency stage, genital stage
c. Oral stage, anal stage, genital stage, latency stage, phallic stage
d. Anal stage, oral stage, genital stage, latency stage, phallic stage
Answer: A
5. What is the best description of Erickson's psychosocial theory of human development?
a. Eight crises all people are thought to lace
b. Four psychosocial stages in latency period
c. The same number of stages as Freud's, but with different names
d. A stage theory that is not psychoanalytic
Answer: A
6. In Erickson's theory, what is the unresolved crisis of an adult who has difficulty establishing a
secure, mutual relationship with a life partner?
a. Initiative vs. Guilt
b. Autonomy vs. Shame and Doubt
c. Intimacy vs. Isolation
d. Trust vs. Mistrust
Answer: C
7. Alyssa is eight years old, and although she understands some logical principles, she still has
troubles in understanding hypothetical concepts. According to Piaget, Alyssa belongs to what
particular stage of cognitive development?
a. Sensorimotor
b. Preoperational
c. Concrete operational
d. Formal operational
Answer: C
8. Which of the following provides the best broad description of the relationship between heredity
and environment in determining height?
a. Heredity is the primary influence, with environment affecting development only in severe
situations.
b. Heredity and environment contribute equally to development
c. Environment is the major influence on physical characteristics.
d. Heredity directs the individual's potential and environment determines whether and to what
degree the individual reaches the potential.
Answer: A
9. What is the correct sequence of prenatal stages of development?
a. Embryo, germinal, fetus
b. Germinal, fetus, embryo
c. Germinal, embryo, fetus
d. Embryo, fetus, germinal
Answer: C
10. When a baby realized that a rubber duck which has fallen out of the tub must be somewhere on
the floor, he is likely to achieved what aspect of cognitive development?
a. Object permanence
b. Deferred imitation
c. Mental combinations
d. Goal-directed behavior
Answer: A
11. Which of the following will be Freud's description of the child's behavior if he he has biting,
sarcastic manner?
a. Anally expulsive
b. Anally retentive
c. Fixated in the oral stage
d. Experiencing the crisis of trust vs. mistrust
Answer: C
12. What is Freud's idea about a young boy's guilt feelings brought about by jealousy of his father's
relationship with his mother?
a. Electra complex
b. Oedipus complex
c. Phallic complex
d. Penis envy complex
Answer: B
13. When a little girl who says she wants her mother to go on vacation so that she can marry her
father, Freud believes that he is voicing a fantasy consistent with?
a. Oedipus complex
b. Electra complex
c. Theory of mind
d. Crisis of initiative vs. Guilt
Answer: B
14. Which of the following can best describe the preschooler's readiness to learn new task and play
activities?
a. Emerging competency and self-awareness
b. Theory of the Mind
c. Relationship with parents
d. Growing identification with others
Answer: A
15. James noted that when the preschoolers eagerly begin many new activities but are vulnerable to
criticism and feelings of failure, they are experiencing what particular crisis?
a. Identity vs. Role Confusion
b. Initiative vs. Guilt
c. Basic trust vs. mistrust
d. Efficacy vs. Helplessness
Answer: B
16. What stage of Piaget's Cognitive Development does a person belong to when he can understand
specific logical ideas and apply them to concrete problems?
a. Preoperational thought
b. Operational thought
c. Create operational thought
d. Formal operational thought
Answer: C
17. What is the best explanation of Piaget's concrete operational thought to describe the school-age
child's mental ability?
a. A child can reason logically about things and events he or she perceives.
b. A child's ability to think about how he thinks
c. Can understand that certain characteristics of an object remain the same when other characteristics
are changed
d. Can understand that moral principles may supersede the standards of society.
Answer: C
18. Elisa who is in between 9 and 11 years of age are most likely to demonstrate moral reasoning at
which Kohlberg's stage?
a. Pre-conventional
b. Conventional
c. Post-conventional
d. None of the above
Answer: B
19. According to Kohlberg, a dutiful citizen who obeys the laws set down by society is at which level of
moral reasoning?
a. Pre-conventional Stage One
b. Pre-conventional Stage Two
c. Conventional
d. Post-conventional
Answer: C
20. Ana, who is low-achieving, shy and withdrawn, is rejected by most of her peers. her teacher wants
to help Ana increase her self-esteem and social acceptance. What can Joy's teacher suggest to her
parents?
a. Transfer her to a different school
b. Help their daughter improve her motor skills
c. Help their daughter learn to accept more responsibility for her academic failures
d. Help their daughter improve her skills in relating to peers
Answer: D
21. What is the most accurate definition of puberty stage?
a. Rapid physical growth that occurs during adolescence
b. Stage when sexual maturation is attained.
c. Rapid physical growth and sexual maturation that ends childhood
d. Stage when adolescents establish identifies separate from their parents.
Answer: C
22. Fifteen year old Marie is preoccupied with her "disgusting appearance" and seems depressed most
of the time. What is the best thing her parents can do to help her get through this difficult time?
a. Ignore her self-preoccupation because their attention would only reinforce it.
b. Encourage to "shape up" and not give in the self-pity
c. Kid her about her appearance in the hope that she will see how silly she is acting.
d. Offer practical advice, such as clothing suggestions, to improve her body image.
Answer: D
23. What can be the best comparison of the behavior of a 17 year old girl to that of her 13 year old
brother?
a. She is more likely critical about herself
b. She tends to be more egocentric.
c. She had less confidence in her abilities.
d. She is more capable of reasoning hypothetically.
Answer: D
24. According to Erikson, what is the primary task of adolescent?
a. To establish trust
b. To search for his identity
c. To be more intimate with others
d. To establish integrity
Answer: B
25. What is the main source of emotional support for most young people who are establishing
independence from their parents?
a. Older adolescents of the opposite sex
b. Older sibling
c. Teachers
d. Peer groups
Answer: D
Principles of Learning and Motivation Part 1
Below is the Part 1 of Professional Education (Prof. Ed.)
Principles of Learning and Motivation reviewer for Licensure Exam for Teachers (LET).
1. Which theory operates on the "stimulus-response principle", which means all behaviors are caused
by external stimuli?
a. Contextual theory
b. Behaviorist theory
c. Cognitive theory
d. Constructivist theory
Answer: B
2. Ms. Erika in her Biology class accompanies her discussion with interesting visual aids. She strongly
believes that students learn better when lessons are presented with images, real or imagined aside
from mere lecture method. Which learning theory does she upholds?
a. Dual-Coding Theory
b. Information Processing Theory
c. Meaningful Reception Learning Theory
d. Social Cognitive Theory
Answer: A
3. Miss Rita is an excellent Physical Education teacher. She started teaching volleyball to her Grade 2
class. Despite all her efforts, her class does not seem to learn how to play the game. What law of
learning was disregarded?
a. Law of Disuse
b. Law of Effect
c. Law of Exercise
d. Law of Readiness
Answer: D
4. Teacher jay, a physical education teacher, demonstrates the new skill to be learned so that his
students can watch him and later reproduce the skill. What learning theory is associated with the
situation?
a. Dual-Coding Learning Theory
b. Information Processing
c. Schema Learning Theory
d. Social Learning
Answer: D
5. Patrice is always fearful of freely roaming dogs but does not mind dogs in a pen or on a leash. What
feature of classical conditioning is exhibited?
a. Discrimination
b. Extinction
c. Generalization
d. Practice
Answer: A
6. A music teacher is careful in planning activities for each lesson. He praises liberally and rewards
correct answers. What view of learning is exhibited?
a. Classical conditioning
b. Meaningful learning
c. Operant conditioning
d. Social learning
Answer: C
7. Which of the theories of learning presents or states that learning skills are hierarchically arranged?
a. Cumulative Learning
b. Meaningful Learning
c. Social Cognitive Learning
d. Theory of Instruction
Answer: A
8. Which of the following best describes what meaningful learning is?
a. When what is to be learned is new and easy for the students
b. Materials presented are difficult and challenging to the students
c. When the materials to be learned is related to what students already know
d. Students find the lessons easy and relevant to what was assigned to them
Answer: C
9. Rita easily remember dates and events in history. What component of LTM does Rita have?
a. Creative thinking
b. Critical thinking
c. Reflective thinking
d. Logical thinking
Answer: C
10. An Earth Science has just completed a unit on the sun. As she recognizes her next unit on other
stars, she uses the sun as a frame of reference. What view of learning was used?
a. Discovery learning
b. Informative learning
c. Meaningful learning
d. Transfer learning
Answer: C
11. Which is an application of cognitive approach to motivation?
a. Explain the reasons for studying the topic
b. Create a supportive classroom climate for students
c. Provide clear and prompt feedback on assignments
d. Begin lessons with challenging questions and conflicting events
Answer: A
12. The first people power was held in February 25, 1986. What kind of knowledge is presented?
a. Conditional Knowledge
b. Cognitive Knowledge
c. Domain-Specific Knowledge
d. Procedural Knowledge
Answer: B
13. The students of Mrs. Reyes were not able to learn the concepts that she presented yesterday so she
taught the same concepts again but this time using a different teaching method. What principle of
learning was applied?
a. Concepts should be presented in varied and different ways
b. Effort was put forth when tasks are challenging
c. Learning by doing is more effective than just by sitting and listening
d. Learning is aided by formulating and asking questions
Answer: A
14. Alvin is a transferee and feels uneasy with his new school. His teacher is very accommodating,
warm and caring. Alvin felt comfortable with the teacher display of genuine warmth. The teacher is
consistent in his manner and Alvin began to associate school with the teacher's warmth. Which theory
is being illustrated?
a. Meaningful learning
b. Operant conditioning
c. Classical conditioning
d. Observational learning
Answer: B
15. After just being introduced to another guest in the party, Tom cannot remember the name of the
guest he was introduced to. In what memory stage was the information stored in?
a. Episodic memory
b. Semantic memory
c. Sensory memory
d. Working memory
Answer: C
16. Vygotsky claimed that social interaction is important for learning. What does this imply?
a. Children are independent problem solvers
b. Children learn from adults and other children
c. Children learn by passive presentation of information
d. Children in the crib has no learning yet, since they are not capable of interaction
Answer: B
17. How would you help a student who is intelligent but is underachieving in class?
a. Provide challenging activities which he/she can accomplish
b. Recognize his talents by asking him/her to help other students with their work
c. Identify the immediate causes of difficulties that cause his/her being an underachiever
d. Allow him/her to work with the slow learner group to cope with the academic needs of the lesson.
Answer: C
18. Mrs. Corpuz always makes sure that her pre-school classroom is well organized and clean. She
puts up interesting and colorful visuals on the bulletin boards. What principle of motivation was
applied?
a. Incentives motivate learning
b. Internal motivation is longer lasting and more self-directive than is external motivation
c. Motivation is enhanced by the way in which instructional material is organized.
d. The environment can be used to focus the student's attention on what needs to be learned.
Answer: D
19. For every correct answer, the teacher would give a star to her students. What schedule of
reinforcement was used?
a. Fixed interval
b. Fixed ratio
c. Variable interval
d. Variable ratio
Answer: B
20. Marga, a six year old, always asked her playmates to sit in front of her small black board and she
plays teacher. Her mother is a teacher. What theory explains Marga's behavior?
a. Classical Conditioning
b. Operant Conditioning
c. Social Learning
d. Information Processing
Answer: C
21. What should the teacher do to help students learn psychomotor skills?
a. Teacher uses verbal explanation and description of the movements in addition to live
demonstration of the movements
b. Teacher provides feedback to the learner about his/her progress
c. Teacher encourages the learner to practice, in order to maintain his/her sharpness of the
movements
d. All of the above
Answer: D
22. The teacher presented a new lesson where in the students were asked to work on a new project
which was somewhat complicated. The students showed interest while working on the project. What
principle applies to the situation?
a. Effort was put forth when tasks are challenging
b. Lessons should be presented in varied and different ways
c. Meaningful materials are readily learned than nonsense materials
d. Teachers should provide opportunities for meaningful and appropriate practice
Answer: A
23. Maturation should precede certain types of learning. How is this applied in the classroom?
a. Concepts should be taught from simple to complex
b. Consider the age level of students in assigning tasks
c. Follow the interest of students in assigning tasks
d. Give the same task to all students in a particular grade level
Answer: A
24. Luz easily learns a lesson when she is working with laboratory equipment but hardly remembers a
lesson the teacher lectured on. What type of learner is Luz?
a. Auditory Learner
b. Kinesthetic Learner
c. Tactile Learner
d. Visual Learner
Answer: D
25. Which of the following statements about motivation is false?
a. External motivation is longer lasting and more self-directive than internal motivation
b. Internal motivation is fueled by one's goals or ambitions
c. Motivation is enhanced by the way in which the instructional material is organized
d. Motivation to perform is affected by expectancy and value
Answer: A
Principles of Learning and Motivation Part 2
Below is the Part 2 of Professional Education (Prof. Ed.)
Principles and Theories of Learning and Motivation reviewer for Licensure Exam for Teachers (LET).
1. Based on Bandura's theory, which conditions must be present for a student to learn from a model?
I. Attention II. Retention III. Motor Reproduction IV. Motivation
a. I and II
b. I, II and III
c. I, II, III and IV
d. III and IV
Answer: C
2. Which of the following principles of learning applies to considering student's age in presenting
certain content and cognitive processes?
a. Principle of readiness
b. Principle of learning by doing
c. Principle of presenting challenging tasks
d. Principle of learning aided by formulating and asking questions
Answer: A
3. In classical conditioning, which are paired together in order to elicit the desired response?
a. UCS and NS
b. CS and NS
c. UCS and CS
d. UCR and NS
Answer: A
4. According to Thorndike, what law states that the strength of a connection is influenced by the
consequences of the response?
a. Law of disuse
b. Law of effect
c. Law of exercise
d. Law of readiness
Answer: B
5. A burglary occurred in Jason's neighborhood. Since then, Jason is very careful of locking their doors
and closing windows. What theory best explains Jason's behavior?
a. Observational learning
b. Imitation learning
c. Self-regulated learning
d. Vicarious learning
Answer: D
6. In observation and imitation learning, what should be the learner's response when the teacher
initially models the behavior?
a. Reproduce and match
b. Pay Attention
c. Imitate and practice
d. Shows satisfaction
Answer: B
7. What is the correct sequence of information processing?
a. Sensory register-STM-LTM
b. STM-sensory register-LTM
c. Sensory register-LTM-STM
d. LTM-sensory register- STM
Answer: A
8. What should be the hierarchy of the types of learning according to the cumulative learning theory?
1. Problem solving learning
2. Rule learning
3. Discrimination learning
4. Concept learning
a. 2-1-3-4
b. 2-1-4-3
c. 2-3-4-1
d. 2-4-3-1
Answer: D
9. Which is essential in meaningful reception learning?
a. Concepts are presented to learner and received by them.
b. Concepts are discovered by the learner
c. Concepts are related to one another
d. Concepts are solicited from the learners
Answer: C
10. Grace is bilingual. She speaks both English and Filipino fluently. She begins to study Spanish and
immediately recognizes many similarities between the Spanish and Filipino languages and uses this
information to acquire the new language faster. What kind of transfer was Grace able to use?
a. Lateral Transfer
b. General Transfer
c. Specific Transfer
d. Vertical Transfer
Answer: C
11. Cristina is almost asleep when she felt the need to go to the bathroom. She tried to sleep it off but
after a while, she was forced to stand up and go to the bathroom. What theory of motivation explains
Cristina's behavior?
a. Attribution Theory
b. Drive Theory
c. Expentancies and Values Theory
d. Solomon's Opponent Theory
Answer: C
12. Marko excels in adding numbers. He learned this skill in his Math class. He is now able to apply
this skill in his Music class. What type of transfer was used?
a. Lateral transfer
b. General transfer
c. Specific transfer
d. Vertical transfer
Answer: B
13. Mr. Lorenzo would always give the chapter test on a Friday. What schedule of reinforcement is
used by Mr. Lorenzo?
a. Fixed interval
b. Fixed ratio
c. Variable interval
d. Variable ratio
Answer: A
14. To remember the six digits, 8, 4, 3, 9, 4, 5, the Math teacher grouped the numbers in two's 84, 39,
45 or in threes 843, 945. What control process of retaining information is referred to?
a. Chunking
b. Interfering
c. Rehearsing
d. Remembering
Answer: A
15. Rob regularly practice playing the guitar so he can finish Book I. His mother promised to buy him a
Nintendo when he finishes Book I. How is Rob motivated?
a. Extrinsically
b. Intrinsically
c. with Self-Determination
d. with Self-Efficacy
Answer: C
16. Lara excels in dancing and in certain sports. According to Gardner what intelligence is dominant in
Lara?
a. Bodily kinesthetic
b. Intrapersonal
c. Musical
d. Spatial
Answer: A
17. According to Bronfenbrenner, what system contains structures that has direct contact with the
child?
a. Chronosystem
b. Exosystem
c. Mesosystem
d. Microsystem
Answer: D
18. Some learners like to find specific and concrete answers. What kind of learners are they?
a. Accomodators
b. Assimilators
c. Convergers
d. Divergers
Answer: C
19. Mrs. Mercado, the Home Economics teacher, constantly gives verbal guidance to her pupils while
practicing a sewing skill. What is the value of giving verbal guidance in improving pupils learning
behavior?
a. It promotes the growth of interest in the new learning tasks
b. It serves as informational feedback
c. It facilitates perfection of skills
d. It directs pupils' attention to more adequate and better techniques
Answer: B
20. Why should learning be aided by formulating and asking questions?
a. Students will have a grade in recitation
b. Students will develop their self-confidence
c. The teacher will know who among the students can communicate very well
d. The teacher will not always do the talking but the students will be given a chance to do the same
thing.
Answer: B
21. Ms. Baquiran, the VE teacher, and her pupils, while working on the concept of honesty, agreed that
no cabinets and book cases would be locked throughout the day. Which principle in affective learning
is being implemented?
a. Provide exemplary models
b. Provide appropriate practice
c. Provide for pleasant emotional experience
d. Provide for independent attitude cultivation
Answer: B
22. Instead of asking her students to write about their reaction to a story, the teacher asked her
students to interpret the story in dance form. What principle of learning is considered?
a. Concepts should be presented in varied and different ways
b. Effort if put forth when tasks are challenging
c. Learning by doing is more effective than just sitting and listening
d. Learning is aided by formulating and asking questions
Answer: B
23. In performing the minuet, first raise your heel, second make three steps forward, third step make a
point. What kind of knowledge was exhibited?
a. Conditional Knowledge
b. Declarative Knowledge
c. Domain-Specific Knowledge
d. Procedural Knowledge
Answer: D
24. Why should teachers provide positive feedback and realistic praise?
a. To motivate the students to study
b. So the students will know what to do
c. To be liked and loved by the students
d. So the students will praise him/her
Answer: B
25. Which statement does not refer to cognitive theories?
a. Prefer to concentrate on analyzing cognitive process
b. Conclusions are based on observation of external manifestations on learning
c. Study of the structures and components of information processing
d. Believe in non-observable behavior
Answer: B
Principles and Strategies of Teaching Part 1
Below is the LET Reviewer for Professional Education Prof. Ed.: Principles and Strategies of Teaching
Part 1.
1. To ensure the lesson will go smoothly, Teacher A listed down the steps she will undertake together
with those of her students. This practice relates to?
a. Teaching style
b. Teaching method
c. Teaching strategy
d. Teaching technique
Answer: B
2. The class of Grade 6 - Einstein is scheduled to perform an experiment on that day. However, the
chemicals are insufficient. What method may then be used?
a. Project
b. Laboratory
c. Lecture
d. Demonstration
Answer: D
3. Teacher C gives the class specific topic as assignment which they have to research and pass the
following day. However, the students could not find any information about it. What method should
Teacher C use to teach the assignment?
a. Project method
b. Discovery approach
c. Lecture method
d. Demonstration method
Answer: C
4. Pictures, models and the like arouse students interest on the day's topic, in what part of the lesson
should the given materials be presented?
a. Initiating activities
b. Culminating activities
c. Evaluation activities
d. Developmental activities
Answer: A
5. In Bloom's taxonomy of educational objectives, the domains are stated from lowest to highest level.
Which of the following objectives belongs to the lowest level?
a. To identify the characters of the story.
b. To differentiate active from passive voice.
c. To give the available resources that could be recycled to useful things.
d. To explain the procedure in changing improper fraction to mixed number
Answer: A
6. The class of IV - Kalikasan is tasked to analyze the present population of the different cities and
municipalities of the National Capital Region for the last five years. How can they best present their
analysis?
a. By means of a table
b. By looking for a pattern
c. By means of a graph
d. By guessing and checking
Answer: C
7. There are several reasons why problem-solving is taught in Math. Which is the LEAST important?
a. It is the main goal for the study of Math
b. It provides the content in which concepts and skills are learned and applied
c. It provides an opportunity to develop critical and analytical thinking
d. It provides pupils an opportunity to relate Math in the real world
Answer: A
8. Teacher D teaches in a remote high school where newspapers are delivered irregularly. Knowing
the importance of keeping the students aware of current affairs, what is probably the best way to keep
the students updated?
a. Gather back issues of newspapers and let pupils compile them.
b. Urge the pupils to listen to stories circulating in the community.
c. Encourage the pupils to listen to daily broadcast from a transistor radio.
d. The teacher should try all available means to get the newspaper delivered to the school
Answer: C
9. Devices can make a lecture more understandable and meaningful. What is the most important thing
a teacher should consider in the selection and utilization of instructional materials?
a. Objectives of the lesson
b. Availability of instructional materials
c. Attractiveness of instructional materials
d. Degree of interest on the part of the students
Answer: A
10. Teacher E asks student A to identify and analyze events, ideas or objects in order to state their
similarities and differences. In which part of the lesson does said activity take place?
a. Preparation
b. Generalization
c. Application
d. Comparison and Abstraction
Answer: D
11. Which part of the lesson is involved in the giving of situation or activities based on the concepts
learned?
a. Preparation
b. Generalization
c. Application
d. Comparison and Abstraction
Answer: C
12. Teacher F wants the class to find out the effect of heat on matter. Which method will help him
accomplish his objective?
a. Project Method
b. Laboratory Method
c. Problem Method
d. Expository Method
Answer: B
13. In Math, Teacher G presents various examples of plane figures to her class. Afterwards, she asks
the students to give definition of each. What method did she use?
a. Inductive
b. Laboratory
c. Deductive
d. Expository
Answer: A
14. Teaching Tinikling to I-Maliksi becomes possible through the use of?
a. Inductive Method
b. Expository Method
c. Demonstration Method
d. Laboratory Method
Answer: C
15. What is the implication of using a method that focuses on the why rather than the how?
a. There is best method
b. Typical one will be good for any subject
c. These methods should be standardized for different subjects.
d. Teaching methods should favor inquiry and problem solving.
Answer: D
16. When using problem solving method, the teacher can
a. Set up the problem
b. Test the conclusion
c. Propose ways of obtaining the needed data
d. Help the learners define what is it to be solved
Answer: D
17. Which of the following characterizes a well-motivated lesson?
a. The class is quiet.
b. The children have something to do.
c. The teacher can leave the pupils
d. There are varied procedures and activities undertaken by the pupils.
Answer: D
18. Learners must be developed not only in the cognitive, psychomotor but also in the affective aspect.
Why is development of the latter also important?
a. It helps them develop a sound value system.
b. Their actions are dominated by their feelings.
c. It helps them develop an adequate knowledge of good actions.
d. Awareness of the consequences of their action is sharpened.
Answer: A
19. Which of the following attributes characterizes a learner who is yet to develop the concept?
a. The learner can identify the attributes of the concept.
b. The learner can summarize the ideas shared about the concept.
c. The learner can distinguish examples from non-examples.
d. The learner gets a failing grade in the tests given after the concept has been discussed.
Answer: A
20. The strategy which makes use of the old concept of "each-one-teach-one" of the sixty's is similar
to?
a. Peer learning
b. Independent learning
c. Partner learning
d. Cooperative learning
Answer: D
21. Which part of the lesson does the learner give a synthesis of the things learned?
a. Motivation
b. Application
c. Evaluation
d. Generalization
Answer: C
22. Educational objectives are arranged from simple to complex. Why is this?
a. Each level is built upon and assumes acquisition of skills from the previous level.
b. Objectives are broad and value-laden statements that lead to the philosophy of education.
c. Be idealistic and ambitious to begin with grandiose scheme for using taxonomy in all levels.
d. These are guidelines to be taught and learned where teachers and students evaluate learning.
Answer: A
23. Which of the following is NOT true?
a. Lesson plan should be in constant state of revision.
b. A good daily lesson plan ensures a better discussion.
c. Students should never see a teacher using a lesson plan.
d. All teachers regardless of their experience should have daily lesson plan.
Answer: C
24. In Music, Teacher 1 wants to teach the class how to play the piano in the Key of C. Which of the
following should be his objective?
a. To play the piano in the key of C chords
b. To improve playing the piano in the key of C
c. To interpret property of chords of Key of C in the piano
d. To exhibit excellent playing of piano in the key of C
Answer: A
25. When using instructional material, what should the teacher primarily consider?
a. The material must be new and skillfully made.
b. It must be suited to the lesson objective.
c. The material must stimulate and maintain students' interest
d. It must be updated and relevant to Filipino setting.
Answer: B
Principles of Learning and Motivation Part 2
Below is the Part 2 of Professional Education (Prof. Ed.)
Principles and Theories of Learning and Motivation reviewer for Licensure Exam for Teachers (LET).
1. Based on Bandura's theory, which conditions must be present for a student to learn from a model?
I. Attention II. Retention III. Motor Reproduction IV. Motivation
a. I and II
b. I, II and III
c. I, II, III and IV
d. III and IV
Answer: C
2. Which of the following principles of learning applies to considering student's age in presenting
certain content and cognitive processes?
a. Principle of readiness
b. Principle of learning by doing
c. Principle of presenting challenging tasks
d. Principle of learning aided by formulating and asking questions
Answer: A
3. In classical conditioning, which are paired together in order to elicit the desired response?
a. UCS and NS
b. CS and NS
c. UCS and CS
d. UCR and NS
Answer: A
4. According to Thorndike, what law states that the strength of a connection is influenced by the
consequences of the response?
a. Law of disuse
b. Law of effect
c. Law of exercise
d. Law of readiness
Answer: B
5. A burglary occurred in Jason's neighborhood. Since then, Jason is very careful of locking their doors
and closing windows. What theory best explains Jason's behavior?
a. Observational learning
b. Imitation learning
c. Self-regulated learning
d. Vicarious learning
Answer: D
6. In observation and imitation learning, what should be the learner's response when the teacher
initially models the behavior?
a. Reproduce and match
b. Pay Attention
c. Imitate and practice
d. Shows satisfaction
Answer: B
7. What is the correct sequence of information processing?
a. Sensory register-STM-LTM
b. STM-sensory register-LTM
c. Sensory register-LTM-STM
d. LTM-sensory register- STM
Answer: A
8. What should be the hierarchy of the types of learning according to the cumulative learning theory?
1. Problem solving learning
2. Rule learning
3. Discrimination learning
4. Concept learning
a. 2-1-3-4
b. 2-1-4-3
c. 2-3-4-1
d. 2-4-3-1
Answer: D
9. Which is essential in meaningful reception learning?
a. Concepts are presented to learner and received by them.
b. Concepts are discovered by the learner
c. Concepts are related to one another
d. Concepts are solicited from the learners
Answer: C
10. Grace is bilingual. She speaks both English and Filipino fluently. She begins to study Spanish and
immediately recognizes many similarities between the Spanish and Filipino languages and uses this
information to acquire the new language faster. What kind of transfer was Grace able to use?
a. Lateral Transfer
b. General Transfer
c. Specific Transfer
d. Vertical Transfer
Answer: C
11. Cristina is almost asleep when she felt the need to go to the bathroom. She tried to sleep it off but
after a while, she was forced to stand up and go to the bathroom. What theory of motivation explains
Cristina's behavior?
a. Attribution Theory
b. Drive Theory
c. Expentancies and Values Theory
d. Solomon's Opponent Theory
Answer: C
12. Marko excels in adding numbers. He learned this skill in his Math class. He is now able to apply
this skill in his Music class. What type of transfer was used?
a. Lateral transfer
b. General transfer
c. Specific transfer
d. Vertical transfer
Answer: B
13. Mr. Lorenzo would always give the chapter test on a Friday. What schedule of reinforcement is
used by Mr. Lorenzo?
a. Fixed interval
b. Fixed ratio
c. Variable interval
d. Variable ratio
Answer: A
14. To remember the six digits, 8, 4, 3, 9, 4, 5, the Math teacher grouped the numbers in two's 84, 39,
45 or in threes 843, 945. What control process of retaining information is referred to?
a. Chunking
b. Interfering
c. Rehearsing
d. Remembering
Answer: A
15. Rob regularly practice playing the guitar so he can finish Book I. His mother promised to buy him a
Nintendo when he finishes Book I. How is Rob motivated?
a. Extrinsically
b. Intrinsically
c. with Self-Determination
d. with Self-Efficacy
Answer: C
16. Lara excels in dancing and in certain sports. According to Gardner what intelligence is dominant in
Lara?
a. Bodily kinesthetic
b. Intrapersonal
c. Musical
d. Spatial
Answer: A
17. According to Bronfenbrenner, what system contains structures that has direct contact with the
child?
a. Chronosystem
b. Exosystem
c. Mesosystem
d. Microsystem
Answer: D
18. Some learners like to find specific and concrete answers. What kind of learners are they?
a. Accomodators
b. Assimilators
c. Convergers
d. Divergers
Answer: C
19. Mrs. Mercado, the Home Economics teacher, constantly gives verbal guidance to her pupils while
practicing a sewing skill. What is the value of giving verbal guidance in improving pupils learning
behavior?
a. It promotes the growth of interest in the new learning tasks
b. It serves as informational feedback
c. It facilitates perfection of skills
d. It directs pupils' attention to more adequate and better techniques
Answer: B
20. Why should learning be aided by formulating and asking questions?
a. Students will have a grade in recitation
b. Students will develop their self-confidence
c. The teacher will know who among the students can communicate very well
d. The teacher will not always do the talking but the students will be given a chance to do the same
thing.
Answer: B
21. Ms. Baquiran, the VE teacher, and her pupils, while working on the concept of honesty, agreed that
no cabinets and book cases would be locked throughout the day. Which principle in affective learning
is being implemented?
a. Provide exemplary models
b. Provide appropriate practice
c. Provide for pleasant emotional experience
d. Provide for independent attitude cultivation
Answer: B
22. Instead of asking her students to write about their reaction to a story, the teacher asked her
students to interpret the story in dance form. What principle of learning is considered?
a. Concepts should be presented in varied and different ways
b. Effort if put forth when tasks are challenging
c. Learning by doing is more effective than just sitting and listening
d. Learning is aided by formulating and asking questions
Answer: B
23. In performing the minuet, first raise your heel, second make three steps forward, third step make a
point. What kind of knowledge was exhibited?
a. Conditional Knowledge
b. Declarative Knowledge
c. Domain-Specific Knowledge
d. Procedural Knowledge
Answer: D
24. Why should teachers provide positive feedback and realistic praise?
a. To motivate the students to study
b. So the students will know what to do
c. To be liked and loved by the students
d. So the students will praise him/her
Answer: B
25. Which statement does not refer to cognitive theories?
a. Prefer to concentrate on analyzing cognitive process
b. Conclusions are based on observation of external manifestations on learning
c. Study of the structures and components of information processing
d. Believe in non-observable behavior
Answer: B
Curriculum Development Part 1
Below is the LET Reviewer for Professional Education Prof. Ed.:
Curriculum Development Part 1.
1. Which is NOT a provision for the development of each learner in a good curriculum?
a. Extensive arrangements are made for the educational diagnosis of individual learners.
b. Self-directed, independent study is encouraged wherever possible and advisable.
c. Self-motivation and self-evaluation are stimulated and emphasized throughout the learning
opportunities of the school.
d. The program provides a wide range of opportunities for individuals with same abilities, needs and
interests.
Answer: D
2. Teacher Lily would like to take part in developing a subject-centered curriculum because she
believes that all subjects in this type of curriculum are geared towards the hollistic development of the
learner. Is her belief about the subject-centered curriculum true?
a. Yes, because the subject-centered curriculum focuses on the learners needs, interests and abilities.
b. No, because it is the experience-centered curriculum that emphasizes the teaching of facts and
knowledge for future use.
c. Yes, because the subject-centered curriculum involves cooperative control.
d. No, because it is the experience centered and not the subject-centered curriculum that emphasizes
integration of habits and skills in learning the knowledge component of subject areas.
Answer: D
3. In the elementary level, English literature and Social studies relate well. While history is being
studied, different literary pieces during the historical period is being studied as well. What curriculum
design is shown here?
a. Separate subject design
b. Correlation design
c. Discipline design
d. Broad field design
Answer: C
4. This phase of curriculum development involves decisions, among other things, on grade placement
and sequencing of content. Which phase is this?
a. Curriculum planning
b. Curriculum evaluation
c. Curriculum organization
d. Curriculum implementation
Answer: C
5. One example of this design of subject-centered curriculum is that which shows social studies being
combined with geography, civics, culture and history to comprises subject area. Which design is this?
a. Correlated
b. Broadfields
c. Separate Subject
d. Core
Answer: B
6. Ms. Ortiz, as Science teacher tries to enrich the content of her lesson by identifying related concepts
in Math. What pattern of organizing subjects did Ms. Ortiz consider?
a. Broadfield
b. Correlated
c. Core
d. Separate Subject
Answer: B
7. Which design is easy to deliver because complementary books and materials are commercially
available?
a. Experience centered design
b. Problem design
c. Process design
d. Subject centered design
Answer: D
8. What refers to the matching between curriculum and test to be used to assess the learners?
a. Alignment
b. Auditing
c. Articulation
d. Delivery
Answer: A
9. Ms. Mateo, a History teacher considers the element of time in arranging content of her lessons in
World History. What way of establishing sequence is given emphasis by Ms. Mateo?
a. Simple to complex
b. Part to whole
c. Concrete to abstract
d. Chronological
Answer: D
10. Mr. Rivera, a new teacher believes that education is a process of development and is life itself;
therefore, experience related to the child's need and interest should be given primary consideration.
What educational philosophy is being exhibited by Mr. Rivera?
a. Idealism
b. Reconstructionism
c. Progressivism
d. Realism
Answer: C
11. A stakeholder in curriculum development, Mr. Cruz, a district supervisor and a member of the
school board has one of the following primary roles.
a. Support and participate in parent-school organization activities.
b. Authorize school expenditures for curriculum development, implementation and evaluation
c. Enact legislation to effect curriculum improvement.
d. Recommend changes in curriculum.
Answer: D
12. The schools in the first District plan to adopt the reading program used in the third district. What
level of curriculum improvement is used?
a. Variation
b. Value orientation
c. Substitution
d. Restructuring
Answer: C
13. Mr. Bernardo, a curriculum consultant on Economics insists that in selecting the curriculum
content, it is better that throughout the high school years, economic geography concepts be used to
recur and be repeated with depth for effective learning. What criterion in content selection is shown
here?
a. Validity
b. Continuity
c. Significance
d. Learnability
Answer: B
14. The Filipino learners envisioned by the Department of Education (DepEd) in the light of K-12
Curriculum is
a. Technologically literate or logistically developed Filipino
b. Functionally literate or logistically developed Filipino
c. Scientifically Advanced and Values Oriented Filipino
d. National Oriented and Internationally Competitive Filipinos
Answer: B
15. Teacher Dominguito believes that a new respect for the child is fundamental in curriculum. Thus,
all activities in the classroom are geared towards the development of the child - the center of the
educative process. To which approach in curriculum does Teacher Dominguito adhere?
a. Learner-centered
b. Subject-centered
c. Problem-centered
d. Pragmatic
Answer: A
16. Mrs. Manuel, the Principal of Bagong Barrio Elementary School invited the Brgy. Captain in the
school to solicit inputs for a new curriculum in Social Science which highlights indigenous knowledge
in the community. What is shown in this situation?
a. Community members as supporters of curriculum
b. Community members as curriculum resources
c. Community members as managers of curriculum
d. Community members as beneficiaries of curriculum
Answer: B
17. Teacher Bert puts emphasis on the immediate felt interests and needs of his students and not on
the anticipated needs and interests. What type of curriculum does teacher Bert adheres?
a. Subject-centered
b. Learner-centered
c. Experience-centered
d. Culture-based
Answer: C
18. What type of curriculum divides the school day into different periods such as language arts, social
studies, science and health, arithmetic, etc.?
a. Correlated
b. Broad fields
c. Integrated
d. Separate Subject
Answer: D
19. Which curriculum design element is taking place when Eduardo, a 4th year student can connect
the lessons he learned in a subject area to a related content in another subject area?
a. Articulation
b. Balance
c. Continuity
d. Integration
Answer: D
20. The following curricular changes took place in what particular period? Restore Grade VII, doublesingle session was abolished and more textbooks were written by Filipino authors.
a. American Period
b. Philippine Republic
c. Japanese Occupation
d. New Society
Answer: B
21. This concept includes the sub-processes of curriculum planning, organization, implementation and
evaluation. Which concept is this?
a. Curriculum development
b. Curriculum assessment
c. Curriculum management
d. Curriculum and instruction
Answer: A
22. If curriculum is the "means", what is the "end"?
a. Strategies
b. Instruction
c. Technique
d. Approaches
Answer: B
23. The curriculum used during the period in Philippine history terminated the use of English as a
medium of instruction, What period is this?
a. American
b. Spanish
c. Commonwealth
d. Japanese
Answer: D
24. Which of the following statements about the concept of curriculum is NOT quite acceptable?
a. It refers to all experiences that both the school and the teacher provide the students with.
b. It is the set of acquired knowledge, habits and skills
c. It consists of everything that goes within the school.
d. It is a planned action for instruction
Answer: C
25. What process is being undertaken by curriculum developers when they enrich or modify certain
aspects of a particular program without changing its fundamental conceptions?
a. Curriculum improvement
b. Curriculum change
c. Curriculum design
d. Curriculum implementation
Answer: A
Curriculum Development Part 2
Below is the LET Reviewer for Professional Education Prof. Ed.:
Curriculum Development Part 2.
1. What design element establishes the vertical linkage from level to level to avoid glaring gaps and
wasteful overlaps?
a. Articulation
b. Balance
c. Scope
d. Sequence
Answer: A
2. What refers to the authenticity of the content selected by the curriculum developer?
a. Feasibility
b. Learnability
c. Significance
d. Validity
Answer: D
3. What do we call the allocation of content to a definite grade capable of learning?
a. Time allotment
b. Grade placement
c. Grade level
d. Maturity level
Answer: B
4. Which pattern of experience-centered curriculum centers around the normal activities of children
and is based on each child's needs, interests and potentials?
a. Child-centered
b. Activity
c. Social function
d. Specific competencies
Answer: A
5. Which curriculum development phase focuses on the change which will take place in certain
aspects of the curriculum without changing the fundamental conceptions?
a. Curriculum planning
b. Curriculum design
c. Curriculum improvement
d. Curriculum evaluation
Answer: C
6. Which is not a component of curriculum designing?
a. Objective
b. learning content
c. learning experiences
d. Diagnosis of needs
Answer: D
7. Which type of curriculum design serves as a response to society's demand for integration of
knowledge and enables the learner to see relationship among various aspects?
a. Broadfield
b. Correlated
c. Core
d. Separate subjects
Answer: A
8. Who controls the subject centered-curriculum?
a. Learner
b. Teacher
c. Parent
d. Teacher and parent
Answer: B
9. To provide individual differences in the classroom, how is curriculum designed?
a. Minimum learning competencies are included
b. Realistic and meaningful experiences are provided
c. Some degree of flexibility is provided
d. Social skills are emphasized
Answer: C
10. To ensure success in curriculum development, which of the following specific actions should a
curriculum leader avoid?
a. Work with people over them.
b. Use your status frequently to establish discipline
c. Keep channels of communication open
d. Show that you too desire to improve
Answer: B
11. Which of the following is a reason for the continuous appraisal of the existing curriculum in all
levels?
a. New national policies in government
b. Changing needs and condition of society
c. Economic status of the people
d. Political trust of the country
Answer: B
12. Which of the following best defines curriculum development?
a. The total mental phenomena directly received at any given time
b. The planning of learning opportunities intended to bring about certain desired changes in pupils
and the assessment of the extent to which these changes have taken place.
c. A continuous cycle of activities in which all elements of curriculum are considered.
d. Education is aiding each child to be socially creative individuals.
Answer: B
13. To build a sense of pride among Filipino youth, which should be done in the curriculum?
a. Re-study our history and stress on our achievements as a people.
b. Re-study our history from the perspective of our colonizer.
c. Replace the study of folklore and myths with technical subjects.
d. Set aside the study of local history.
Answer: A
14. What do you call the curriculum when the teacher puts into action all the different planned
activities in the classroom?
a. Recommended Curriculum
b. Written Curriculum
c. Taught Curriculum
d. Supported Curriculum
Answer: C
15. Which statement about the subject-centered curriculum is NOT true?
a. There is a high level of cooperative interaction
b. It covers much content in a short period of time
c. The teacher has full control of the classroom activities
d. The main task is mastery of learning
Answer: A
16. Schools divide the school hours to different subjects such as reading, grammar, literature, math,
science, history and geography. What curriculum design is referred here?
a. Problem-centered
b. Learner-centered
c. Subject-centered
d. Culture-based
Answer: C
17. Which is NOT a description of the learner-centered curriculum?
a. Emphasis is on the total growth and development of the learners
b. Controlled and cooperatively directed by learners, teachers and parents
c. Education is a means to develop social creative individual
d. Emphasis upon facts and knowledge for future use
Answer: D
18. The K-12 curriculum is otherwise called as
a. 2002 Basic Education Curriculum
b. Revitalized Basic Education Curriculum
c. Enhanced Basic Education Curriculum
d. Extended Basic Education Curriculum
Answer: C
19. What refers to an individual or group of individuals who have a direct and indirect influence in
curriculum development?
a. Stockholders
b. Stakeholders
c. Promoters
d. Incorporators
Answer: B
20. What refers to the appropriateness of the content in the light of the particular students who are to
experience the curriculum?
a. Significance
b. Validity
c. Interest
d. Learnability
Answer: D
21. Which of the following statements is NOT acceptable?
a. Instruction is the actual engagement of learners in the planned learning activities.
b. Curriculum determines what assessment should be done, and how to do it.
c. Instruction requires teachers to use a variety of action to accomplish a variety of functions.
d. Assessment establishes what is to be accomplished in teaching and learning.
Answer: D
22. Which characteristic of a good curriculum highlights the psychological nature of the learner?
a. Provisions are made for the smooth transition and continuing achievement of pupils.
b. Curriculum plans in areas which extend over several years are developed vertically.
c. Classroom practices give attention to the maturity and learning problems of each pupil.
d. Cooperative planning and teaching provide for exchange of information about pupil's learning
experiences.
Answer: C
23. Objectives must be evaluated in the light of practical considerations, including teacher
competence, availability of instructional materials, time allotment, etc. What characteristic of
educational objective is defined by the aforementioned statement?
a. Comprehension
b. Attainability
c. Consistency
d. Feasibility
Answer: D
24. "Knowledge is true if it is workable". What philosophical foundation supports this statement?
a. Idealism
b. Realism
c. Pragmatism
d. Essentialism
Answer: C
25. As a member of the curriculum committee, your chief concern is to give the child freedom to
choose what to learn and believe, as you allow them to set their own identities and standards. What
philosophy will you consider?
a. Existentialism
b. Realism
c. Idealism
d. Pragmatism
Answer: A
Educational Technology Part 1
Below is the LET Reviewer for Professional Education Prof. Ed.:
Educational Technology Part 1.
1. Which of the following statements has a very limited definition of educational technology?
a. It is a profession composed of various job categories.
b. It refers to the computers used for teaching and learning.
c. It includes audiovisual materials, interactive multimedia and self-instructional materials.
d. It is the development, application and evaluation of system, techniques and aids to improve human
learning
Answer: B
2. Which of the following statements is correct about the domains of educational technology?
a. Design is the production stage while development is the planning stage.
b. Both the design and development are the planning stage.
c. Evaluation is synonymous with implementation.
d. Utilization is the action phase.
Answer: D
3. Ms. Gomez is planning to integrate technology in her Mathematics class. Which of the following
would be the logical steps in doing this?
I. Set the objectives
II. Analyze the learners
III. Utilize the materials with showmanship
IV. Evaluate the performance of the students
a. I, II, III, IV
b. II, I, III, IV
c. I, II, IV, III
d. II, I, IV, III
Answer: B
4. Which of the following is a limitation of models and real objects in teaching and learning?
a. They pose problems on storage
b. They make learning more concrete.
c. They provide hands-on learning experiences.
d. They are readily available in the environment, around school and in the home.
Answer: A
5. Which group of technologies has the highest degree of concreteness?
a. Realia and computer
b. Video, picture and television
c. Digital video, film, versatile compact disc
d. Book, imaginative literature, programmed instruction
Answer: A
6. Mrs. Del Prado placed text together with the relevant graphics on the same page in her multimedia
presentation. Which principle did she apply?
a. Split attention
b. Spatial contiguity
c. Cost effectiveness
d. Communication effectiveness
Answer: A
7. Mrs. Olivarez presented real samples of rocks in her General Science class. What principle did she
apply?
a. Appropriateness
b. Authenticity
c. Responsiveness
d. Simplicity
Answer: B
8. Which is the best reason why teachers state the objectives before using instructional media?
a. To secure materials
b. To prepare the materials beforehand.
c. To determine which media to use best.
d. To be able to practice how to operate the equipment
Answer: C
9. Which of the following should Mr. Rivera primarily consider in determining the teaching-learning
objectives and use of instructional media?
a. The assessment tool to be used
b. The learning activities
c. The learner
d. The teacher
Answer: B
10. Which of the following technologies provide iconic experiences to students/ children?
a. Video and books
b. Pictures and videos
c. Radio and recording
d. Modules and periodicals
Answer: B
11. Which of these technologies used in the classroom are arranged from the most symbolic to
multisensory?
a. Real objects, print, audio-visual materials and visual materials
b. Visual materials, audio visual materials, print and computers
c. Visual materials, print, audio-visual materials and realia
d. Print, audio-visual materials, computers and realia
Answer: D
12. Which of the following is inappropriate in using printed visuals such as charts, graphs and
drawings?
a. Provide written or verbal cues to highlight important aspect of visuals
b. Present the instructional materials simultaneously
c. Use materials that everyone can see
d. Make the presentation suspenseful
Answer: B
13. Susan wants to learn more English. Specifically, she wants to improve her listening skills. She has a
CD player, a tape recorder and has internet access. As an English teacher, what do you suggest?
I. CDs with English listening drills
II. Tapes with English listening drills
III. Internet website such as Go4English, English Language Listening Lab or Randall's listening Lab
a. I and II
b. II and III
c. I or III
d. I, II and III
Answer: D
14. Which of the following statements is incorrect about the contributions of technology to student
learning?
a. The quality of learning can be improved.
b. The delivery of instruction can be more interesting.
c. The method of teaching and learning becomes more interactive.
d. The role of the teacher can be changed into knowledge dispenser.
Answer: D
15. Mr. Tarnate, an ICT teacher takes into account technology standards to address the needs of the
students and help them adapt with the changing society and technology Which of the following
standards is an exception?
a. Creativity and innovation
b. Research and information literacy
c. Model digital-age work and learning
d. Technology operations and concepts
Answer: C
16. Ms. Vinluan, a computer teacher demonstrates understanding of local and global issues and
exhibits ethical and legal use of information and communications technology tools. Which is true
about her?
a. She models digital-age work and learning
b. She facilitates and inspires student learning and creativity.
c. She promotes and models digital citizenship and responsibility.
d. She designs and develops digital-age learning experiences and assessments
Answer: C
17. With the fast-paced evolution of technologies nowadays, why are teachers encouraged to shift
gradually from a teacher-centered instruction to a learner-centered instruction?
I. A learner-centered instruction focuses on transformation of facts.
a. II and IV only
b. I, II and IV only
c. I, III and IV only
d. II, III and IV only
Answer: C
18. Ms. Hernandez employs student-centered instruction as the learners create their digital portfolios
in her computer class. What could be developed among them through this approach?
a. Repetition and active learning
b. Mastery of skills and information delivery
c. Information processing and passive learning
d. Construction of knowledge and information exchange
Answer: D
19. Mr. Torres will have a multimedia presentation in his Science class. Which of the following should
he avoid?
a. Consider technical quality.
b. Apply different computer effects per slid.
c. Present information through graphic organizers
d. Use contrasting colors for text and background.
Answer: B
20. Mrs. Sison would like to integrate technology in writing a friendly letter. Which of the following is
the most effective way of doing it?
a. Let the pupils surf a friendly letter from the internet
b. Have the pupils write a friendly letter and send it through an email.
c. have the pupils forward a downloaded friendly letter to others via email.
d. Let the pupils write a friendly letter using word processing and have it critiqued by their peers.
Answer: D
21. Which of the following computer-based instructional materials can be used to learn new concepts?
a. Games
b. Tutorial
c. Simulation
d. Drill and practice
Answer: B
22. Professor dela Cruz would like to create a presentation material for her lesson on the types of
computer-assisted instruction. To make her presentation effective, which?
a. Situating tool
b. Informative tool
c. Productivity tool
d. Communicative tool
Answer: C
23. Professor Reyes is thinking of an online learning approach by which content provides links to
information at other locations and serves as a focal point for a distance education experience. Which
of the following should she use?
a. Teleconferencing
b. Self-paced program
c. Web-based instruction
d. Computer-aided instruction
Answer: C
24. Which is NOT a basic consideration in selecting and evaluating the content of an educational
technology tool?
a. Does it match the content?
b. Can it be easily dismantled?
c. Will it motivate and maintain interest?
d. Is there evidence of its effectiveness?
Answer: B
25. Your father wanted to finish his long dreamed course but he wanted to do it at home during his
free time. Would you recommend an online learning?
a. Yes, because online learning is the "in" thing
b. No, because online learning inhibits student-teacher interaction.
c. No, because hiring a helper would enable him to attend regularly in his class.
d. Yes, because he could learn at his own pace using a wide spectrum of technologies.
Answer: D
Educational Technology Part 2
Below is the LET Reviewer for Professional Education Prof. Ed.: Educational Technology Part 2.
1. Ms. Delos Santos is a fresh graduate teacher who was hired to teach in an elementary school where
there are enough resources for instruction. She wanted to start preparing her instructional materials.
Which is the most systematic process in doing this?
a. Design, utilization, evaluation, development
b. Design, development, utilization, evaluation
c. Development, design, utilization, evaluation
d. Development, utilization, evaluation, design
Answer: B
2. Which is the most important reason why teachers need to preview their instructional materials that
will be used in the class?
a. To gain confidence in using them
b. To encourage viewers to be more focused
c. To avoid potential problems that might occur while materials are in use
d. To ensure appropriateness of the materials with the objectives and target audience
Answer: D
3. After Ms. Rivas planned her lesson in English, she found out that the materials at hand do not match
her objectives. Which is the best thing that she can do?
a. Modify the available materials
b. Teach the lesson the following day.
c. Change the objectives to match with available materials.
d. Carry out the lesson as planned and use the materials at hand.
Answer: A
4. Prof. Balagtas used worksheets, manipulatives, and models in teaching math to help her students
understand the lessons and love the subject. What did she bear in mind when she used these
materials?
a. Appropriateness
b. Balance
c. Breadth
d. Variety
Answer: D
5. With increasing use of educational technology inside the classroom, what role is expected of the
teacher?
a. Facilitator
b. Researcher
c. Knowledge giver
d. Source of information
Answer: A
6. It is impractical to bring real objects to the classroom so Aaron constructed a three-dimensional
visual instead. Which of the following did he construct?
a. Chart
b. Cartoon
c. Model
d. Graphic organizer
Answer: C
7. You asked your students to show a two-dimensional illustration of what they have understood from
what they have read. Which of the following non-projected visuals are you referring to?
a. Graphic organizer
b. Print materials
c. Model
d. Realia
Answer: A
8. There are several reasons why teachers are reluctant in using electronic media in the teachinglearning process. Which is the most common reason?
a. The limited exposure of teachers to new equipment
b. Their incompatibility to diverse needs of the learners
c. The difficulty in integrating technology in the curriculum
d. The excessive availability of local technology in the community
Answer: A
9. Prof. Mandanas would like to use an audio compact disc in teaching a lesson in Filipino. In which
activity in the teaching-learning process is it very effective?
a. In developing listening skills
b. In teaching creating thinking
c. In composing poems
d. In building concepts
Answer: A
10. Plants, pebbles, and blocks are just some of the effective instructional materials readily found in
the environment if they are utilized properly. Which of the following is INCORRECT about their
classroom use?
a. Pass a single object around the class.
b. Familiarize yourself with the object or model before its actual utilization.
c. Use the objects as springboard in encouraging students' active participation.
d. Make sure that the realia and model are large enough to be seen by the whole class.
Answer: A
11. Prof. Ruiz uses projected visuals such as Digital Liquid Projector (DLP) in presenting her lesson.
What could be her main reason for using it?
a. The projected materials are readily available.
b. They are more abstract than any other visuals.
c. Most projected visuals can be obtained at no cost.
d. She can easily prepare for own transparencies in advance.
Answer: A
12. Ms. Samonte used a film clip in teaching Social Studies concepts to her First Year High School class.
However, she found out that it was ineffectively used in the classroom. When is technology considered
INEFFECTIVE?
a. When it promotes mastery of the lesson
b. When it makes viewing more interesting
c. When it helps attain the objectives of the lesson
d. When it induces alienation on the part of the learners
Answer: D
13. Your principal purchased new computer units for your Learning Resource Center. Which of the
following should be your last consideration in using the technology?
a. Computers can be used for entertainment.
b. Computers can be used for research activity.
c. Computers can be used for interactive presentation.
d. Computers can be used to reinforce discussion of difficult concepts in class.
Answer: A
14. Computers can be classified according to the roles they play namely communicative tool,
informative tool, and constructive tool. What is the other role of computers not mentioned in this
item?
a. Instructional tool
b. Situating tool
c. Utility tool
d. Application tool
Answer: B
15. Which of the following categories of CAI will you use in your class if your objective is to increase
proficiency in a newly learned skill or refresh an existing one?
a. Tutorial
b. Simulation
c. Drill and practice
d. Instructional game
Answer: C
16. Which of the following is an ineffective use of Presentation software?
a. Darken the room.
b. Use appropriate pacing.
c. Read directly from the slides.
d. Allow interaction with the learner.
Answer: C
17. Which of the following is NOT an example of a communicative tool?
a. Chat
b. Electronic mail
c. Teleconferencing
d. Multimedia encyclopedia
Answer: D
18. Why is one-way delivery of information a misuse of communication tools?
a. Because the teacher expects the student to study more
b. Because it requires activities that focus on thinking than responding
c. Because it enables the users to focus more on higher level cognitive activities
d. Because this kind of practice lessens interaction capabilities of communication tools
Answer: D
19. Internet consists of thousands of connected computer networks around the world. Which term
does not refer to internet?
a. NET
b. On-line
c. Cyberspace
d. Information Superhighway
Answer: B
20. Which technology tool can Prof. Soriano use to communicate asynchronously with her students?
a. Chat and blog
b. Chat and instant messaging
c. Blog and video conferencing
d. Electronic bulletin board and email
Answer: D
21. In your computer subject, you allow your class to chat as part of your motivation before discussing
to them the roles of computer as a tool. How is chat used in t his context?
a. Information tool
b. Application tool
c. Communicative tool
d. Situating tool
Answer: B
22. Which statement is INCORRECT about computer conferencing?
a. It refers to live student interaction with an expert.
b. It is also known as discussion forum or bulletin board.
c. It also refers to online class discussions, forums or debates.
d. It permits two or more individuals
Answer: A
23. Which instructional application will you introduce to your class if your objective is to help them
find and use information resources available in the internet?
a. Webquests
b. Hybrid course
c. Scavenger Hunt
d. Distance education
Answer: C
24. In the delivery of distance education, what computer application is used to organize instructions
and track students records and progress?
a. Computer-based Multimedia
b. Computer-assisted Instruction
c. Computer-mediated Education
d. Computer-managed Instruction
Answer: B
25. When is distance education as effective as the traditional instruction?
a. When the method, technologist and assessment used are appropriate to the required competencies.
b. When the course requires more face-to-face communication between the students and teachers.
c. When students depend more on their online mentor.
d. When there is student to student interaction.
Answer: A
Assessment and Evaluation of Learning Part 1
Below is the LET Reviewer for Professional Education Prof. Ed.:
Assessment and Evaluation of Learning Part 1.
1. Who among the teachers described below is doing assessment?
a. Mrs. Bautista who is administering a test to her students.
b. Mr. Ferrer who is counting the scores obtained by the students in his test.
c. Ms. Leyva who is computing the final grade of the students after completing all their requirements.
d. Prof. Cuevas who is planning for a remedial instruction after knowing that students perform poorly
in her test
Answer: C
2. Mr. Fernandez is judging the accuracy of these statements. Which statements will he consider as
correct?
I. Test is a tool to measure a trait.
II. Measurement is the process of qualifying a given trait.
III. Assessment is the gathering of quantitative and qualitative data.
IV. Evaluation is the analysis of quantitative and qualitative data for decision making
A. I and II only
b. III and IV only
c. I, II, and III
d. I, III and IV
Answer: D
3. If I have to use the most authentic method of assessment, which of these procedures should I
consider?
a. Traditional Test
b. Performance-based Assessment
c. Written Test
d. Objective Assessment
Answer: B
4. After doing the exercise on verbs, Ms. Borillo gave a short quiz to find out how well students have
understood the lesson. What type of assessment was done?
a. Summative Assessment
b. Formative Assessment
c. Diagnostic Assessment
d. Placement Assessment
Answer: B
5. Who among the teachers below performed a diagnostic assessment?
a. Ms. Santos who asked questions when the discussion was going on to know who among h er
students understood what she was trying to emphasize.
b. Mr. Colubong who gave a short quiz after discussing thoroughly the lesson to determine the
programs of learning.
c. Ms. Ventura who gave 10-item test to find out the specific lessons which the students failed to
understand.
d. Mrs. Lopez who administered a readiness test to the incoming grade one pupils.
Answer: C
6. You are assessing for learning. Which of these will you likely do?
a. Giving grades to students
b. Reporting to parents the performance of their child.
c. Recommending new policies in grading students.
d. Assessing the strengths and weaknesses of students.
Answer: D
7. Ms. Saplan is planning to do an assessment of learning. Which of these should she include in her
plan considering her purpose for assessment?
a. How to give immediate feedback to student's strengths and weaknesses
b. How to determine the area of interest of learners
c. How to certify student's achievement
d. How to design one's instruction
Answer: C
8. You targeted that after instruction, your students should be able to show their ability to solve
problems with speed and accuracy. You then designed a tool to measure this ability. What principle of
assessment did you consider in this situation?
a. Assessment should be based on clear and appropriate learning targets or objectives.
b. Assessment should have a positive consequence on student's learning
c. Assessment should be reliable.
d. Assessment should be fair.
Answer: A
9. Ms. Ortega tasked her students to show how to play basketball. What learning target is she
assessing?
a. Knowledge
b. Reasoning
c. Skills
d. Products
Answer: C
10. Mr. Ravelas made an essay test for the objective "Identify the planets in the solar system". Was the
assessment method used the most appropriate for the given objective? Why?
a. Yes, because essay test is easier to construct than objective test.
b. Yes, because essay test can measure any type of objective.
c. No, he should have conducted oral questioning.
d. No, he should have prepared an objective test.
Answer: D
11. Mr. Cidro wants to test students' knowledge of the different places in the Philippines, their capital
and their products and so he gave his students an essay test. If you were the teacher, will you do the
same?
a. No, the giving of an objective test is more appropriate than the use of essay.
b. No, such method of assessment is inappropriate because essay is difficult.
c. Yes, essay test could measure more than what other tests could measure.
d. Yes, essay test is the best in measuring any type of knowledge.
Answer: A
12. What type of validity does the Pre-board examination possess if its results can explain how the
students will likely perform in their licensure examination?
a. Concurrent
b. Predictive
c. Construct
d. Content
Answer: B
13. Ms. Aviz wants to determine if the students' scores in their Final Test is reliable. However, she has
only one set of test and her students are already on vacation. What test of reliability can she employ?
a. Test-Retest
b. Kuder Richardson Method
c. Equivalent Forms
d. Test-Retest with Equivalent Forms
Answer: B
Refer to this case in answering items 14-15
Two teachers of the same grade level have set the following objectives for the day's lesson. At the end
of the period, the students should be able to:
a. Construct bar graph, and
b. Interpret bar graphs
To assess the attainment of the objectives, Teacher A required the students to construct a bar graph
for the given set of data then she asked them to interpret this using a set of questions as guide.
Teacher B presented a bar graph then asked them to interpret this using also a set of guide questions.
14. Whose practice is acceptable based on the principles of assessment?
a. Teacher A
b. Teacher B
c. Both Teacher A and B
d. Neither Teacher A nor Teacher B
Answer: A
15. Which is true about the given case?
a. Objective A matched with performance-based assessment while B can be assessed using the
traditional pen-and-paper objective test.
b. Objective A matched with traditional assessment while B can be assessed using a performancebased method.
c. Both objective A and B matched with performance-based assessment.
d. Both objective A and B matched with traditional assessment.
Answer: A
16. In the context of the Theory of Multiple Intelligence, which is a weakness of the paper-pencil test?
a. It puts non-linguistically intelligent at a disadvantage.
b. It is not easy to administer.
c. It utilizes so much time.
d. It lacks reliability.
Answer: A
17. Mr. Umayam is doing a performance-based assessment for the day's lesson. Which of the following
will most likely happen?
a. Students are evaluated in one sitting.
b. Students do an actual demonstration of their skill.
c. Students are evaluated in the most objective manner.
d. Students are evaluated based on varied evidences of learning
Answer: B
18. Ms. del Rosario rated her students in terms of appropriate and effective use of some laboratory
equipment and measurement tools and the students ability to follow the specified procedures. What
mode of assessment should Miss del Rosario use?
a. Portfolio Assessment
b. Journal Assessment
c. Traditional Assessment
d. Performance-based Assessment
Answer: D
19. Mrs. Hilario presented the lesson on baking through a group activity so that the students will not
just learn how to bake but also develop their interpersonal skills. How should this lesson be assessed?
I. She should give the students an essay test explaining how they baked the cake.
II. The students should be graded on the quality of their baked cake using a rubric.
III. The students in a group should rate the members based on their ability to cooperate in their group
activity.
IV. She should observe how the pupils perform their tasks.
a. I, II, and III only
b. I, III, and IV only
c. I, II and IV only
d. I, II, III, and IV
Answer: C
20. If a teacher has set objectives in all domains or learning targets and which could be assessed using
a single performance task, what criterion in selecting a task should she consider?
a. Generalizability
b. Fairness
c. Multiple Foci
d. Teachability
Answer: C
21. Which term refers to the collection of students' products and accomplishments in a given period
for evaluation purposes?
a. Diary
b. Portfolio
c. Anecdotal record
d. Observation report
Answer: B
22. Mrs. Catalan allowed the students to develop their own portfolio in their own style as long as they
show all the non-negotiable evidences of learning. What principle in portfolio assessment explains
this practice?
a. Content Principle
b. Learning Principle
c. Equity Principle
d. Product Principle
Answer: C
23. How should the following steps in portfolio assessment be arranged logically?
I. Set targets
II. Select evidences
III. Collect evidences
IV. Rate Collection
V. Reflect on Evidences
a. I, II, III, IV, V
b. I, III, II, V, IV
c. I, II, III, V, IV
d. I, III, V, II, IV
Answer: B
24. Which could be seen in a rubric?
I. Objective in a high level of cognitive behavior
II. Multiple criteria in assessing learning
III. Quantitative descriptions of the quality of work
IV. Qualitative descriptions of the quality of work
a. I and II only
b. II, III and IV only
c. I, II and III
d. I, II, III and IV
Answer: B
25. The pupils are to be judged individually on their mastery of the singing of the national anthem so
their teacher let them sing individually. What should the teacher use in rating the performance of the
pupils considering the fact that the teacher has only one period to spend in evaluating her 20 pupils?
a. Analytic
b. Holistic
c. Either holistic or analytic
d. Both holistic and analytic
Answer: B
Assessment and Evaluation of Learning Part 2
Below is the LET Reviewer for Professional Education Prof. Ed.:
Assessment and Evaluation of Learning Part 2.
1. Mrs. Pua is judging the worth of the project of the students in her Science class based on a set of
criteria. What process describes what she is doing?
a. Testing
b. Measuring
c. Evaluating
d. Assessing
Answer: C
2. Mrs. Acebuche is comparing measurement from evaluation. Which statement explains the
difference?
a. Measurement is assigning a numerical value to a given trait while evaluation is giving meaning to
the numerical value of the trait.
b. Measurement is the process of gathering while evaluation is the process of quantifying the data
gathered.
c. Measurement is the process of quantifying data while evaluation is the process of organizing data.
d. Measurement is a pre-requisite of assessment while evaluation is the pre-requisite of testing.
Answer: A
3. Ms. Ricafort uses alternative methods of assessment. Which of the following will she not likely use?
a. Multiple Choice Test
b. Reflective Journal Writing
c. Oral Presentation
d. Developing Portfolios
Answer: A
4. Ms. Camba aims to measure a product of learning. Which of these objectives will she most likely set
for her instruction?
a. Show positive attitude towards learning common nouns
b. Identify common nouns in a reading selection
c. Construct a paragraph using common nouns
d. User a common noun in a sentence
Answer: C
5. The students of Mrs. Valino are very noisy. To keep them busy, they were given any test available in
the classroom and then the results were graded as a way to punish them. Which statement best
explains if the practice is acceptable or not?
a. The practice is acceptable because the students behaved well when they were given a test.
b. The practice is not acceptable because it violates the principle of reliability.
c. The practice is not acceptable because it violates the principle of validity.
d. The practice is acceptable since the test results are graded.
Answer: C
6. Ms. Delos Angeles advocates assessment for learning. Which will she NOT likely do?
a. Formative Assessment
b. Diagnostic Assessment
c. Placement Assessment
d. Summative Assessment
Answer: A
7. At the beginning of the school year, the 6-year old pupils were tested to find out who among them
can already read. The result was used to determine their sections. What kind of test was given to
them?
a. Diagnostic
b. Formative
c. Placement
d. Summative
Answer: C
8. The grade six pupils were given a diagnostic test in addition and subtraction of whole numbers to
find out if they can proceed to the next unit. However, the results of the test were very low. What
should the teacher do?
a. Proceed to the next lesson to be able to finish all the topics in the course.
b. Construct another test parallel to the given test to determine the consistency of the scores.
c. Count the frequency of errors to find out the lessons that the majority of students need to relearn.
d. Record the scores then inform the parents about the very poor performance of their child in
mathematics.
Answer: C
9. Mrs. Nogueras is doing an assessment of learning. At what stage of instruction should she do it?
a. Before instruction
b. After instruction
c. Prior to instruction
d. During the instructional process
Answer: D
10. Mr. Cartilla developed an Achievement Test in Math for her grade three pupils. Before she finalized
the test she examined carefully if the test items were constructed based on the competencies that
have to be tested. What test of validity was she trying to establish?
a. Content-validity
b. Concurrent validity
c. Predictive validity
d. Construct validity
Answer: A
11. Mrs. Robles wants to establish the reliability of her achievement test in English. Which of the
following activities will help achieve her purpose?
a. Administer two parallel tests to different groups of students.
b. Administer two equivalent tests to the same group of students
c. Administer a single test but two different groups of students.
d. Administer two different tests but to the same group of students.
Answer: B
Refer to the situation below in answer items 12 and 13
A teacher set the following objectives for the day's lesson:
At the end of the period, the students should be able to:
a. Identify the parts of friendly letter
b. Construct a friendly letter using the MS Word, and
c. Show interest towards the day's lesson
To assess the attainment of the objectives, Ms. Cidro required the students to construct friendly letter
and have it encoded at their Computer Laboratory using the MS Word. The letter should inform one's
friend about what one has learned in the day's lesson and how one felt about it.
12. Which is NOT true about the given case?
a. Ms. Cidro practices a balanced assessment.
b. Ms. Cidro's assessment method is performance-based.
c. Ms. Cidro needs a rubric in scoring the work of the students.
d. Ms. Cidro's assessment targets are all in the cognitive domain.
Answer: D
13. If Mr. Paraiso will have to make a scoring rubric for the student's output, what format is better to
construct considering that the teacher has limited time to evaluate their work?
a. Analytic Rubric
b. Holistic Rubric
c. Either A or B
d. Neither A nor B
Answer: B
14. The school principal has 3 teacher applicants all of whom graduated from the same institution and
are licensed teachers. She only needs to hire one. What should she do to choose the best teacher from
the three?
I. Give them a placement test.
II. Interview them on why they want to apply in the school.
III. Let them demonstrate how to teach a particular lesson.
IV. Study their portfolios to examine the qualities of the students' outputs when they were in College.
a. I and II.
b. II and III.
c. I and III, IV
d. II, III and IV
Answer: D
15. What should be done first when planning for a performance-based assessment?
a. Determine the "table of specifications" of the tasks
b. Set the competency to be assessed.
c. Set the criteria in scoring the task.
d. Prepare a scoring rubric.
Answer: B
16. To maximize the amount of time spent for performance-based assessment, which one should be
done?
a. Plan a task that can be used for instruction and assessment at the same time.
b. Assess one objective for one performance task.
c. Set objectives only for cognitive domains.
d. Limit the task to one meeting only.
Answer: A
17. Who among the teachers below gave the most authentic assessment task for the objective "Solve
word problems involving the four basic operations"
a. Mrs. Juliano who presented a word problem involving a four fundamental operations and then
asked the pupils to solve it.
b. Mrs. Mandia who asked her pupils to construct a word problem for a given number sentence that
involves four fundamental operations and then asked them to solve the word problem they
constructed.
c. Mrs. Malang who asked her pupils to construct any word problem that involves the four
fundamental operations and then asked them to show how to solve it.
d. Mrs. Pontipedra who asked her pupils to construct any word problem that involves the four
fundamental operations then formed them by twos so that each pair exchanged problems and help
solve each other's problem.
Answer: D
18. Which is wrong to assume about traditional assessment?
a. It can assess individuals objectively.
b. It can assess individuals at the same time.
c. It is easier to administer than performance test.
d. It can assess fairly all the domains of intelligence of an individual
Answer: D
19. Which statement about performance-based assessment is FALSE?
a. It emphasizes merely process.
b. It also stresses doing, not only knowing.
c. It accentuates on process as well as product.
d. Essay tests are an example of performance-based assessments.
Answer: A
20. Under which assumption is portfolio assessment based?
a. Portfolio assessment is a dynamic assessment.
b. Assessment should stress the reproduction of knowledge.
c. An individual learner is adequately characterized by a test score.
d. An individual learner is inadequately characterized by a test score.
Answer: D
21. Which is a good portfolio evidence of a student's acquired knowledge and writing skills?
a. Project
b. Test Results
c. Reflective Journal
d. Critiqued Outputs
Answer: C
22. When planning for portfolio assessment, which should you do first?
a. Set the targets for portfolio assessment.
b. Exhibit one's work and be proud of one's collection
c. Select evidences that could be captured in one's portfolio
d. Reflect on one's collection and identify strengths and weaknesses
Answer: A
23. Which kind of rubric is best to use in rating students' projects done for several days?
a. Analytic
b. Holistic
c. Either holistic or analytic
d. Both holistic and analytic
Answer: A
24. Which is not true of an analytic rubric?
a. It is time consuming
b. It is easier to construct than the holistic rubric
c. It gives one's level of performance per criterion
d. It allows one to pinpoint the strengths and weaknesses of one's work.
Answer: B
25. Mrs. Bacani prepared a rubric with 5 levels of performance described in 5-excellent, 4-very
satisfactory, 3-satisfactory, 2 needs improvement, 1-poor. After using this rubric with these
descriptions, she found out that most of her students had a rating of 3. Even those who are evidently
poor in their performance had a rating of satisfactory. Cold there be a possible error in the use of the
rubric?
a. Yes, the teacher could have committed the generosity error.
b. Yes, the teacher could have committed the central tendency source of error.
c. No, it is just common to see more of the students having grade of 3 in a 5-point scale.
d. No, such result is acceptable as long as it has a positive consequence to the students.
Answer: B
Teaching Profession Part 1
Below is the LET Reviewer for Professional Education Prof. Ed.:
Teaching Profession Part 1.
1. Which of the following emphasizes the right of citizens to quality education?
a. The basic education level
b. Tertiary level
c. The graduate level
d. All levels
Answer: D
2. Which educational level/s provide/s for free and compulsory education as stipulated in Article IV,
Section 2 of the Philippine Constitution?
a. Elementary level
b. Secondary level
c. Elementary and secondary levels
d. Tertiary level
Answer: C
3. Who among the following is in the category of non-academic personnel as provided for under
Education Act of 1982?
a. Guidance counselors
b. School principal
c. School nurse
d. School librarian
Answer: C
4. How is gradual progression of teacher's salary from minimum to maximum done?
a. Regular increment every year
b. Increment after ten years of service
c. Regular increment every 3 years
d. Increment after five years
Answer: C
5. Which of the following is NOT recognized by the Magna Carta for Public School Teachers?
a. Quality education depends primarily on the quality of socio-economic status of teachers.
b. Advancement in education depends on the teachers' qualifications and ability.
c. Education is an essential factor in the economic growth of the nation.
d. Education is development and vice-versa.
Answer: D
6. What appointment can be given to Teacher A who possesses the minimum qualifications but lacks
the appropriate but lacks the appropriate civil service eligibility?
a. Contractual basis
b. Permanent
c. Provisional
d. Substitute
Answer: C
7. Which of the following rights is intended for parents under Education Act of 1982?
a. The right to academic freedom
b. The right to privacy of communication
c. The right to seek redress of grievance
d. The right to full access to the evidence of the case
Answer: C
8. What can help achieve relevant quality education?
a. Strong curriculum
b. Competent instruction
c. School-community relations
d. Competent administrator
Answer: B
9. Which of the following provisions under the Magna Carta for Public School Teachers will most likely
promote teachers' welfare and defend their interests?
a. Be promoted in rank and salary
b. Regulate their social involvement
c. Undergo and participate in professional development
d. Establish, join and maintain professional and self-regulation organizations
Answer: D
10. What does "teachers are persons in authority" imply?
a. Teachers cannot be charged.
b. No person can assault a teacher.
c. Teachers have immunity from arrest.
d. Decisions made by teachers are deemed right.
Answer: B
11. Who among the following characterizes a professional teacher?
a. An education graduate who received honors
b. A teacher who has taught for at least six years
c. A teacher who has attended national seminars on teaching
d. A teacher who qualifies for a permanent position under RA 4670
Answer: D
12. Who are covered by RA 4670?
a. Teachers in all levels
b. Teachers in all public elementary schools
c. Teachers in both public and private schools
d. Teachers in public elementary and secondary schools
Answer: D
13. Teacher B has been in active service for 10 years when he decided to pursue higher studies. Under
RA 4670, what kind of leave of absence can s/he avail of?
a. Indefinite leave
b. Scholarship leave
c. Study leave
d. Vacation leave
Answer: C
14. When can teachers be required to work on assignment not related to their duties?
a. When on probation
b. When found inefficient
c. When lacking in educational qualifications
d. When compensated under existing laws
Answer: D
15. Teacher C has been teaching 7 straight years and therefore qualities for a study leave with pay for
one year. Should she pursue it, how much pay is she entitled to receive?
a. 50% of monthly salary
b. 60% of monthly salary
c. 70% of monthly salary
d. 100% monthly salary
Answer: B
16. Which of the following laws strengthens teacher education in the Philippines through the
establishment of centers of excellence?
a. RA 7722
b. RA 7784
c. RA 7796
d. RA 7834
Answer: B
17. What does free public secondary educational under the law mean?
a. Right of every student to enter public secondary schools
b. Free from being screened to enter pubic secondary schools
c. Free from payment of school fees identifies and authorized by law
d. Free from payment of tuition and other fees for students enrolled in public secondary schools
Answer: D
18. Teacher D is assigned in a rural area; Teacher E in a depressed community; Teacher F in a
hazardous area; and Teacher G in a place where standard of living is high. Who is entitled to a
hardship allowance?
a. Teacher D
b. Teacher E
c. Teacher F
d. Teacher G
Answer: C
19. Teacher H contracted an illness that required rest for more than one year. Which leave should she
apply for?
a. Sick leave
b. Personal leave
c. Vacation leave
d. Indefinite leave
Answer: D
20. A school personnel can avail of free legal service under certain circumstances. Principal I was
accused of maligning her neighbor. Is Principal I entitled to the said service?
a. Yes, she should defend herself.
b. No, if funds are not available.
c. No, it might bring some disagreements in school
d. No, the case is not related to her professional duties.
Answer: D
21. Teacher J discusses conflicts between warring groups in Mindanao. Which pillar should he stress
more?
a. Learning to be
b. Learning to live together
c. Learning to do
d. Learning to know
Answer: B
22. Teacher K teaches in a public school in her locality. Due to teacher shortage, her classroom
teaching starts from 6 am and ends at 3 pm. Is the assignment given her just?
a. Yes, the situation demands that she render longer teaching hours.
b. Yes, as long as she signs a conforme letter to that effect.
c. No, rendering longer teaching hours would make the teacher tired and exhausted.
d. No, Magna Carta for Public School Teachers states that in the exigencies of service, any teacher may
be required to render more than six hours and n ot more than eight hours of actual classroom
teaching a day.
Answer: D
23. Teacher L, a graduate of BSEd with majorship in Mathematics teaches in a national high school in
her province. Since she has been rated outstanding in her performance, can she be exempted from
taking the LET?
a. Yes, that is a privilege that must be given to teachers whose performance is outstanding.
b. Yes, if approved by PRC.
c. No, RA 7836 states that no person shall practice or offer to practice the teaching profession in the
Philippines or be appointed as teacher to any position calling for a teaching position without having
previously obtained a valid certificate and a valid license from the Commission.
d. No, professional license is required of all teachers regardless of age and teaching performance.
Answer: C
24. Which of the following statements is NOT true about the Code of Ethics for Professional Teachers?
a. The teacher must select which information to keep confidential
b. The teacher must demonstrate full commitment and devotion to duty
c. The teacher must manifest pride in the nobility of the teaching profession
d. The teacher must make no prejudice or discrimination against any learner
Answer: A
25. Which of the following could be the reason for the teacher's suspension from the practice of the
teaching profession?
a. Immoral, unprofessional or dishonorable conduct
b. Observing proper procedures in obtaining a certificate of registration
c. Faithfulness to the code of ethical and professional standards for professional teachers
d. Willingness to attend seminars, workshops, conferences and the like or the continuing education
program prescribed by the Board and the Commission.
Answer: A
Teaching Profession Part 2
Below is the LET Reviewer for Professional Education Prof. Ed.:
Teaching Profession Part 2.
1. Ms. Sanchez, a BSE graduate, has not passed the LET yet. On what capacity can she be hired?
a. Permanent status
b. Emergency status
c. Provisional for not less six months
d. Provisional for not less than one year
Answer: D
2. Teacher M suffers from hypertension and experiences difficulty in speech. Which would be affected
if he continues teaching?
a. Personality
b. Punctuality
c. Effectiveness
d. Devotion to duty
Answer: C
3. Teacher N wants to continue with her study leave for another six months after completing a school
year. Could she be allowed?
a. Yes, if her grades are excellent.
b. Yes, but without compensation.
c. No, other teachers should have the chance.
d. No, study leave should not exceed one year.
Answer: B
4. Teacher O tutors her students, who have difficulty coping with Math, after class hours. Is her act
ethical?
a. Yes, provided she receives jut compensation.
b. Yes, provided she does not require a fee from the parent.
c. No, that is unfair to other students.
d. No, she should be free after her official time.
Answer: B
5. Teacher P, the English coordinator, was assisted by Teacher Q throughout the celebration of English
Week. What could Teacher P do to acknowledge Teacher Q's assistance?
a. Buy her a gift
b. Keep quiet about the assistance received.
c. Mention formally to the principal the assistance received.
d. Make an announcement giving due recognition of the assistance received.
Answer: D
6. Is holding a rally to protest the delay of benefits due a person ethically acceptable?
a. Yes, when hold while on official time.
b. Yes, when hold outside the official time.
c. Yes, when hold with approval of the principal.
d. Yes, when hold together with parents and students.
Answer: B
7. What should a teacher do when he/she falls in love with his/her student?
a. Court the student at home.
b. Propose and marry the student.
c. Wait till the student is no longer under his/her tutelage.
d. Act normally as if nothing happens and the student does not exist.
Answer: C
8. When a Principal starts to exercise his/her powers over making and promoting students, is his/her
action acceptable?
a. Yes, when the teacher cannot make decision on time.
b. Yes, when there is abuse of judgment on the part of the teacher.
c. No, teachers are more knowledgeable of their student's performance.
d. No, grading and promoting students are exclusive functions of teachers.
Answer: B
9. Teacher R was asked by her principal to teach pre-school class in addition to her regular grade one
class. What will be the basis for her additional compensation?
a. Her basic salary
b. Performance rating
c. Providing public information of their policies and procedures
d. Encouraging appreciation of government agencies
Answer: D
10. Which of the following shows responsiveness of public officials and employees?
a. Avoiding wastage in public funds
b. Formulating rules and policies regarding work
c. Providing public information of their policies and procedures
d. Encouraging appreciation of government services
Answer: C
11. Teacher S, a Science teacher has been accused of sexual harassment by one of her students. What
should the school principal do?
a. Ask the teacher to surrender to the police.
b. Tell the teacher to stop reporting to school.
c. Advice the teacher to transfer to other school.
d. Create a committee to investigate the accusation.
Answer: D
12. Teacher T receives a love letter from one of her third year high school students in Eenglish. What
should Mr. Martin do?
a. Read her letter to the class.
b. Let the student express her feelings through letters.
c. Return the letter to the student and tell her not to do it again.
d. Surrender the letter to the parent of the student.
Answer: C
13. Mr. Nico, a Social Science teacher is advocating reforms which the principal failed to recognize.
What should the principal do?
a. Subject Mr. Nico to a disciplinary measure.
b. Just keep quiet about the behavior of Mr. Nico
c. Call Mr. Nico to the office and clarify things out with him.
d. Send Mr. Nico a memo requiring him to explain his behavior.
Answer: C
14. Which of the following manifests "Commitment to democracy" as explained in RA 6713?
a. Maintaining the principle of accountability.
b. Committing to democratic values and ways of life.
c. Manifesting by deeds the supremacy of civilian authority over the military.
d. All of the above
Answer: D
15. Teacher U was ordered by her principal to come to school on four consecutive Saturdays for the
training of students' editorial staff of their school paper. Is this allowed under RA 4670?
a. Yes, provided the teacher is compensated.
b. No, because it's not within the regular functions of the classroom teacher.
c. Yes, because it's part of the teacher's other duties
d. No, because it's not clearly indicated in the law
Answer: C
16. Dr. Velasco, a schools' division superintendent acted on the complaint filed by a group of parents
against the alleged misconduct of a particular teacher. She issued a memorandum requiring her to
take a leave of absence for a week while the complaint is being heard yet. Was the action of the
superintendent legal?
a. Yes, because she is the superintendent.
b. No, because the complaint has not been heard yet.
c. Yes, the superintendent has disciplinary authority over teachers.
d. No, the superintendent has no disciplinary authority over teachers.
Answer: C
17. A school's academic coordinator has been found to have engaged in gambling which has caused
him to be absent most of the time. Can his certificate of registration as a teacher be revoked?
a. No, unless he's proven guilty.
b. No, because he's protected by his rights as a teacher.
c. Yes, because he's incompetent.
d. Yes, because habitual gambling is a dishonorable conduct and is against the practice of teaching.
Answer: D
18. Mr. Santos is a holder of a valid certificate of eligibility as a teacher issued by the Civil Service
Commissioner and the then DECS, while Mr. Cruz is a registered professional. Who is allowed to
practice the teaching profession in the Philippines?
a. Mr. Santos, because of his CSC eligibility certificate.
b. Mr. Cruz, because their credentials are both recognized by law.
c. Both of them, because their credentials are both recognized by law.
d. Neither of the two because they did not take and pass the LET.
Answer: C
19. What is RA 6713 also called?
a. Ethical Standards for public Employees
b. Code of Ethical Standards for Government Officials and Employees
c. Code of Conduct and Ethical Standards for Public Officials and Employees
d. Code of Ethical Standards and Conduct of Government Officials and Employees
Answer: C
20. Teacher V, a BEED graduate is preparing for the LET. Which of the following should she focus her
attention more?
a. General Education
b. Specialization
c. Professional Education
d. General Education and Professional Education
Answer: D
21. What norm of conduct is manifested by being loyal to the republic and to the Filipino people?
a. Professionalism
b. Nationalism and Patriotism
c. Responsiveness to the public
d. Honesty
Answer: B
22. Mr. Salazar, a school superintendent, filed his statement of assets and liabilities upon assuming to
office. Under what ethical standard does this practice fall?
a. Divestment
b. Prohibited Acts and Transactions
c. Statement of Assets and Liabilities
d. System of Incentives
Answer: C
23. Principal B acted on the letter of complaint received by his office 30 days after saying he was
preoccupied by more important things the past days. Is his reason acceptable?
a. Yes, because he has to prioritize things.
b. No, RA 6713 states that public officials and employees must act promptly on letters and requests
within 15 working days from receipt thereof.
c. Yes, because the letter of complaint can wait and is of no urgency.
d. No, the reason is simple unacceptable.
Answer: B
24. Which of the following is NOT in the norms of conduct under RA 6713?
a. Professionalism
b. Justness and sincerity
c. Commitment to public interest
d. Responsiveness to the private
Answer: D
25. Which of the following is true about the teacher as a person under the Code of Ethics for
Professional Teachers?
a. Live with dignity at all times wherever he/she is
b. Serve as a model worthy of emulation
c. Place premium upon self-respect and self-discipline
d. All of the above.
Answer: D
Social Dimensions in Education Part 1
Below is the LET Reviewer for Professional Education Prof. Ed.:
Social Dimensions in Education/ Developments in Education Part 1.
1. Which of the following conditions manifests trend of globalization?
a. Establishment of stronger boundaries between and among nations.
b. Increased awareness on the importance of national cultures and traditions.
c. Less and less impact of human activity on the planet earth.
d. The incorporation of local and national economies into a worldwide global economy.
Answer: D
2. According to the Delors report, there are a number of main tensions central to the problems of the
twenty first century that we need to overcome. One of them is the challenge to an individual how he or
she can adapt to the changing world without forgetting or turning his/her back from the past. What
kind of tension or conflict is manifested in this situation?
a. Tension between tradition and modernity
b. Tension between the global and the local
c. Tension between the universal and the individual
d. Tension between long term and short term considerations
Answer: B
3. Which of the following features represents the new paradigm shift in education?
a. Traditional pedagogies
b. Lifelong education for all
c. Rigid subject matter boundaries
d. Knowledge as the only learning outcome
Answer: B
4. What is the measure of relevance in education?
a. Democratization of access
b. Functionality and meaningfulness
c. Ability to sustain education through the future
d. Excellence and effectiveness
Answer: B
5. What is the concern of Multicultural Education?
a. Anticipating the future and imagining possible and probable futures.
b. Gender equality and harnessing of the role of women in development.
c. Promoting care for the environment and building a global culture of ecological responsibility.
d. The exploration of concepts of cultural diversity, similarities and prejudices to promote cultural
understanding.
Answer: D
6. Which of the following may be considered an economic impact of globalization on education?
a. Increasing commercialization of education and the corporate takeover of education
b. Weakening of the notion of the "citizen" as a unified and unifying concept.
c. New technologies of information and communication creates new approaches to learning
d. Reduction of state and government support and subsidy for education
Answer: A
7. Which of the following aptly describes Marshall Mcluhans' concept of global village?
a. The idea that because of rapid globalization and development in technology, the world has become
one global village where increased diversity and difference among people has become more
pronounced than ever.
b. Rapid integration of the planet through media and technology where events in one part of the world
could be experienced from other parts in real-time, similar to what human experience was like when
we lived in small villages.
c. Global Village is the kind of global world we are experiencing, characterized by fundamentalism,
apathy and conflict brought about by clashes of cultures.
d. People's cultural and religious identities will be the primary source of conflict in the post-Cold War
world as evidenced by the conflict between fundamentalist Muslims and the western world.
Answer: A
8. When planning her lessons and units, Mrs. Jones is careful to include books and resources from a
variety of cultures and ethnic groups. What kind of education is this?
a. Multilingual education
b. Transformative education
c. Multicultural education
d. Gender free education
Answer: C
9. Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of globalization?
a. Stretching a social, political and economic activities across political frontiers, regions and
continents.
b. The growing magnitude of interconnectedness and flows of trade, investment and migration.
c. A speeding up of global interactions and processes through worldwide systems of transportation
and communication.
d. The expansion of economic protectionism and isolation of poor countries.
Answer: D
10. Which of the following illustrates the major paradigm shift in education in the 21st century?
a. Shift from rigid subject matter to a more interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary pedagogical
approach.
b. Shift from values education and emotional learning to knowledge dominated curriculum
c. From contextualized themes generated from global and local realities to pre-organized subject
matter
d. From more flexible learning styles to a prescribed pedagogy
Answer: A
11. What educational approach/perspective recognizes the knowledge and experience of women,
racial groups and ethnic groups as being just, as valid and relevant as the knowledge of dominant
groups in mainstream academic discourse?
a. Transformative education
b. Multicultural education
c. Inclusive education
d. Global education
Answer: C
12. How does the notion of cultural relativity and variability affect the teaching-learning processes in
school?
a. The students' varied cultural background will in now way affect the way they will learn the lessons
in school.
b. The students can readily adjust to the way the teacher initiates learning in school because children
are adaptable beings no matter what culture they come from.
c. The child's cultural background influences the children's way of interpreting and viewing the world;
hence, teachers must consider the children's world view when teaching.
d. The teacher should be wary of differing cultural points of view and must make sure that students
will see things the same way.
Answer: D
13. Which among the following is the focus of Civic Education?
a. Promote understanding of human rights, concepts and values to enable learners to comprehend and
transform conditions which give rise to human rights violations.
b. Learning for effective participation in democratic and development processes at both local and
national levels.
c. Foster a vision of education for sustainable development and care for the environment.
d. Empower people with the skills, attitudes and knowledge to build a peaceful world based on justice
and human rights.
Answer: B
14. Which of the following initiatives would NOT help a school address diversity?
a. Using ability grouping
b. Using cooperative learning
c. Working with neighborhood groups
d. Using culturally-relevant teaching methods
Answer: A
15. If the teacher is emphasizing the development of the learner's competency to transform
knowledge into innovations and job-creation, what pillar of education does s/he is actually
promoting?
a. Learning to Know
b. Learning to Do
c. Learning to Live Together
d. Learning to Be
Answer: B
16.What pillar of education which emphasizes learning to be human, through acquisition of
knowledge, skills and values conducive to personality development?
a. Learning to Know
b. Learning to Do
c. Learning to Live Together
d. Learning to Be
Answer: D
17. A class is composed of students coming from several ethnic communities including Muslims and
lumads. They seem to have difficulty understanding each others' behavior and points of view. What
should the teacher do?
a. Introduce multicuturalism in the class and provide activities for practice.
b. Threaten the students that if there are students who do not behave and tolerant of their classmates,
s/he will be dropped from class.
c. Inform students that they will all be learning new ways of thinking and behaving in this class, so
they might as well leave their cultural idiosyncrasies at home.
d. Assign bright students to monitor and control behavior of poor students.
Answer: A
18. Which of the following qualities should be developed by the pillar, Learning to Live Together?
a. Strong appreciation of the diversity of the human race
b. Readiness to take risks and resolve or manage conflicts
c. Scientific spirit and an inquiring mind
d. Complete fulfillment of humans, in all the richness of his/her personality
Answer: A
19. Which of the following statements about Gender is correct?
a. Gender is biologically determined.
b. Gender is socially and culturally-constructed.
c. Gender roles are the same in all societies.
d. Gender is an ascribed status in society.
Answer: B
20. UNICEF and UNESCO are two key UN agencies which are particularly active advocates of education
for peace. Which of the following is not supported by UNESCO in promoting peace in the schools?
a. Uphold children's basic rights as outlined in the Convention on the Rights of the Child (CRC)
b. Develop a climate that models peaceful and respectful behavior among all members of the learning
community
c. Demonstrate the principles of equality and non-discrimination in administrative policies
d. Enable the teachers to stress peace-making in social studies classroom only when necessary
Answer: D
21. One way to advance peace education is through partnerships of various non-governmental
organizations, education institutions, United Nations specialized bodies which link ideals of peace
with research and practice. One such significant examples is the Hague Agenda for Peace and Justice
for the 21st Century. What is the aim of the Agenda's Global Campaign for Peace Education?
a. Helps coordinate local initiatives and unite educators in the common practice of educating for a
culture of peace.
b. Supports the UN Decade for a Culture of Peace and Non-violence for the Children of the World and
to introduce peace and human rights education into all educational institutions.
c. Brings together multiple traditions of pedagogy, theories of education, and international initiatives
for the advancement of total human development and care for the environment through learning.
d. Serves to enhance learning across subjects like conflict resolution initiatives.
Answer: B
22. The impact of conflict on children whether as victims of war or child soldiers has been brought to
world attention through media, international organizations and eye witness accounts. What is the best
thing to do to help children affected by conflict?
a. Employ education to regain parts of a lost children and to facilitate the experiences that support
healthy social, emotional and intellectual growth and development
b. Provide employment opportunity for them as well as their parents to attain financial independence
c. Offer them to migrate in neighboring country as foreign refugees
d. Secure their safety by imposing strict curfew hours
Answer: A
23. The United Nations is committed to address climate through mitigation and adaptation. Which of
the following is the best way of addressing the issue?
a. Deepen strategic and operational collaboration with international and regional organizations,
including international financial institutions and regional development banks, and other stakeholders.
b. Developing a policy framework that identifies basic elements needed to prevent human rights
violations.
c. Facilitate and execute agreements on reducing emissions from deforestation and forest degradation
to protect forests and sustain the livelihoods of the people who depend on them.
d. Enhancing collaboration among humanitarian organizations, particularly from the global South, at
the local, national and regional levels, to strengthen community resilience and emergency response,
and establishing a monitoring system to assess progress on the implementation of preparedness
measures.
Answer: C
24. Why are educational environments very crucial to peace education?
a. The social, cultural, economic and political contexts in which educators work shape the specific
content and methods they choose for peace education.
b. The variety of different educational settings from rural to urban, school-based to community and
within the formal curricula or non-formal popular education projects are relevant to peace education.
c. Many teachers infuse peace education into traditional academic subjects such as literature, math,
science, history, language, civics and the arts.
d. All of the above
Answer: D
25. What is celebrated every December 10?
a. Mother Language day
b. Human Rights Day
c. Earth's Day
d. International Day of Tolerance
Answer: B
Social Dimensions in Education Part 2
Below is the LET Reviewer for Professional Education Prof. Ed.:
Social Dimensions in Education/ Developments in Education Part 2.
1. What kind of tension is referred to when people prefer to have quick answers and ready solution to
many problems even if its calls for a patient, concerted, negotiated strategy of reform?
a. Tension between modernity and tradition
b. Tension between long term and short term considerations
c. Tension between spiritual and material
d. Tension between individual and universal
Answer: B
2. In what strands of the four pillars of education implies a shift from skill to competence, or a mix of
higher-order skills specific to each individual?
a. Learning to Know
b. Learning to Do
c. Learning to Live Together
c. Learning to Be
Answer: B
3. Which of the following is NOT true about the Four Pilalrs of Learning?
a. The pillars of learning stress the goal of contributing to social cohesion, intercultural and
international understanding, peaceful interchange, and harmony.
b. The Pillars of Learning imply a shift from schooling to learning throughout life by "learning how to
learn"
c. The pillars of learning stress the importance of closer linkage between education and the world of
work.
d. The Pillars of Learning adheres to the instrumental and purely academic view of education that
focuses on the achievement of specific aims of education such as economic productivity.
Answer: D
4. What pillar of education of J. Delors (UNESCO) focuses on voc-tech relevant to people-centered
human development?
a. Learning to Know
b. Learning to Do
c. Learning to Live Together
d. Learning to Be
Answer: B
5. The rapid traversing of ideas, attitudes and values across national borders that generally leads to an
interconnectedness and interaction between peoples of diverse cultures and ways of life. What is
being referred to?
a. Cultural Globalization
b. Fundamentalism
c. Multiculturalism
d. Clash of civilization
Answer: A
6. Which is considered a political impact of globalization?
a. Changing role of education in terms of preparing students for the world of work
b. The threat to the autonomy of national educational systems by globalization.
c. Reforms in education as lifelong education
d. Branding, globalization and learning to be consumers
Answer: B
7. What United Nation Decade are we celebrating for 2005-2014?
a. Educating for Culture of Peace
b. Educating for International Understanding
c. Educating for Sustainable Development
d. Promoting the Rights of the Elderly
Answer: C
8. With the growing competition brought about by globalization, what is preferred by most employers
in hiring their employees?
a. Flexible
b. Selective
c. Quick
d. None of the above
Answer: A
9. Which of the following characteristics does NOT describe contextualized learning as a major
paradigm shift in education?
a. From limited access to time-bound and space limited education, to borderless education, lifelong
learning for all in a learning society.
b. From traditional pedagogies to more modern strategies of teaching and learning.
c. From knowledge limited to the local scene to the globalized knowledge, values, attitudes, and skills
interfaced with local wisdom.
d. Pre-organized subject matter to localized themes generated from the global realities and the
cultural relevant, meaningful and useful to learner.
Answer: A
10. What current current trend in education focuses on the study of the basic concepts, beliefs and
values underlying our democratic political community and constitutional order?
a. Civic education
b. Development education
c. Peace education
c. Multicultural education
Answer: A
11. Which of the following is the first target of the Millennium Development Goals (MDG's) formulated
by member states of the UN in September 2000?
a. Reduce child mortality
b. Eradicate extreme poverty and hunger
c. Reduce death due to HIV/AIDS and malaria
d. Achieve universal access to primary education
Answer: B
12. Which among the following statements about Human Rights Education (HRE) is correct?
a. HRE is more of the responsibilities of the state to implement human rights law rather than the
protection of the rights holders
b. HRE should focus more on rights based on "law in books", rather than "law in real-life".
c. HRE needs to focus on the values, principles, and standards and human rights and how they can be
translated into day-to-day actions
d. Human Rights Standards vary from society to society and HRE therefore should also vary in terms
of approaches and methods
Answer: C
13. What is the implication and globalization to the practice and experience of education?
a. Increase of state and government support and subsidy for education
b. Commodification and the corporate takeover of education
c. Greater autonomy of national educational systems
d. Delocalization of technologies and orientations in education
Answer: B
14. Which of the following skills corresponds to the Fourth Pillar of Learning, "Learning to live
together"?
a. Empathy and cooperative social behavior
b. Personal commitment and sense of responsibility
c. Adaptability to change in the world of work
d. Reasoning and problem solving skills
Answer: A
15. Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of Multicultural education?
a. Personality empowering
b. Socially transformative
c. Pedagogically humanistic
d. Culturally discriminating
Answer: D
16. What is the character of education that manifests democratization of access and inclusivity?
a. Relevance
b. Sustainability
c. Quality
d. Equity
Answer: D
17. What is the kind of education that emphasizes human-earth relationships and fosters a vision of
education for sustainable development to build a global culture of ecological responsibility?
a. Human Rights Education
b. Development Education
c. Environmental Education
d. Global Education
Answer: C
18. Which of the following is NOT a benefit of multicultural education?
a. Multicultural education increases positive relationships through achievement of common goals,
respect, appreciation and commitment to equality among the teachers and students.
b. Multicultural education decreases stereotyping and prejudice through direct contact and
interaction among diverse individuals.
c. Multicultural education promotes independence of various ethnic groups in development and
supports fragmented view of the world.
d. Multicultural education renews vitality of society through the richness of the different cultures of its
members and fosters development.
Answer: C
19. Which of the following is NOT one of the benefits of social media?
a. Mass media decreases prejudice and discrimination.
b. Mass media enriches the educational programs.
c. Mass media increases student's exposure to diversity.
d. Mass media helps provoke discussion of current issues.
Answer: A
20. Which among the following rights manifests rule of law and good governance?
a. Right to education
b. Right to environment protection
c. Right of participation
d. Right to work
Answer: C
21. Which among the following is NOT a core principle of human rights?
a. Human dignity
b. Non-discrimination
c. Universality
d. Independency
Answer: D
22. How are human rights principles reflected in the activities of national and local governments?
a. Legislating laws to include rights education in all levels of schooling
b. Organizing local exhibit or event to highlight the children's talents and local products
c. Asking the community leaders to volunteer in the construction of a barangay hall
d. Lobbying to the UN High Commission for Human Rights to allocate higher budget for Philippines'
Commission on Human Rights.
Answer: A
23. Which of the following could be a reason to justify peace education as a series of "teaching
encounters" or teaching-learning process?
a. Desire for peace
b. Nonviolent alternatives for managing conflict
c. Skills for critical analysis of structural arrangements that produce and legitimize injustice and
inequality
d. All of the above
Answer: D
24. Which of the following is accurate in regard to working with parents in diverse classrooms?
a. The parent's culture is important, but should not influence their children's education.
b. Teachers should demonstrate their "expertise" to parents to show they know best.
c. Teachers should strive to use a variety of ways to keep parents informed, including parents who
cannot speak English or Filipino.l
d. The importance of the family's influence on children's education has diminished over the past few years.
Answer: C
25. Which of the following is NOT a guiding statement of peace education?
a. Peace education teaches students what to think rather than how to think.
b. Peace education employs holistic and participatory approach.
c. Peace education aims not to reproduce but transform.
d. Peace builds bridges of support among key participants. Answer:
A
What is the basic value that is central to human rights education?
a. Respect for diversity
b. Human dignity
c. Human solidarity
d. Justice for all
A father tells his daughter “You are a woman. You are meant for the home and so for you, going to
school is not necessary.” Is the father CORRECT?
a. It depends on the place when the daughter and the father live.
b. Yes, women are meant to be a mother only.
c. No. today women can take on the jobs of men.
d. No, there is gender equality in education.
Which pillar of learning is aimed at the holistic development of man and his complete fulfillment?
a. Learning to be
b. Learning to know
c. Learning to live together
d. Learning to do
Material development at the expense of human development points to the need to do more in
school.
a. Learning to be
b. Learning to know
c. Learning to live together
d. Learning to do
Which violate(s) the principle of respect?
I. Teacher A tells her students that what Teacher B taught is wrong.
II. To retaliate, Teacher B advises students not to enroll in Teacher A’s class.
III. Teacher C secretly gives way to a special favor (e.g. add 2 points to grade) requested by
student a who is vying for honors.
a. II and III
c. I and II
b. I, II and III
d. I and III
Student C says “Bahala na” and braves the storm for a test. In this situation, which is expressed by
81
the student’s “Bahala na”?
a. lack of self reliance
b. lack of foresight
c. willingness to take risk
d. indolence
While serving during elections, some trouble makers entered your precinct. What do you think is the
most appropriate thing to do?
a. challenge them to a duel
b. ignore them and look for a safe place
c. close the precinct and go home
d. seek the assistance of law enforcers
What does conservative Filipino student experience when she migrates to the US and witnesses for
herself public display of affection?
a. colonial mentality
b. enculturation
c. culture shock
d. acculturation
Student Z does not study at all but when the LET comes, before he takes the LET, he spends one hour
at Quiapo church praying for a miracle, i.e. to pass the exam. Which attitude towards religion or
God is displayed?
a. religion as fake
b. religion as authentic
c. religion as magic
d. religion as real
Education in human rights starts with:
a. loving each other
b. caring for the other
c. liking the other
d. respect towards the other
In order to avoid disgrace, a pregnant, unmarried woman takes drugs to induce abortion. Is she
morally justified to do that?
a. No. The unborn child cannot be made to suffer the consequences of the sins of his parents.
b. Yes. It can save her and the child from disgrace when he grows up.
c. No. The act of inducing abortion is bad in itself.
d. No. It is better to prevent the child from coming into the world who will suffer very much due
to the absence of a father.
Which explains the reason why there are continuous and increasing human rights violations?
a. The United Nations General Assembly approved only resolutions on human rights and the basic
freedoms which are not binding.
b. The solutions used are ineffective.
c. The United Nations as an international body is rather slow in the exercise of its powers.
d. The United Nations uses a single solution on all forms of human rights violations.
What are considered major goals of multicultural education?
82
I. Catering to diversity of learners
II. Considering social class and ethnic groups
III. Providing equal opportunities to education
IV. Helping individuals and group survive despite differences in culture and beliefs
a. I, II and IV
b. II and III
c. III and IV
d. I, II, III and IV
Children learn how to open a coconut and other common chores in a coconut farm. In this instance,
culture is transmitted by
.
a. assimilation
b. enculturation c. acculturation
d. immersion
“Be honest even if others are not. Be honest even if others cannot.” What does the statement imply
about values?
I. Values remain to be values even if nobody possesses them
II. Values are dependent on persons, place and time
III. Values are changing
a. II only
b. II and III
c. III only
d. I only
For world peace, the United Nations approved a non- proliferation treaty. Which was the immediate
purpose of this treaty?
a. To limit the use and the sale of guns
b. To reject the membership of China as a member of the United Nations
c. To stop the manufacture of guns
d. To stop the spread of nuclear weapons
Which statements on education is/are correct?
I. Education is a fundamental human right
II. Education is a imperfect right
III. Education is the key to sustainable development, peace and stability
a. I only
b. I and II
c. III only
d. I,II and III
What is the teacher’s accountability in the achievement of quality education?
a. Be accountable for reporting the performance of learners to the school head and stakeholders
b. Be accountable for the effective attainment of specified learning objectives and outcomes
c. Be accountable for reporting the performance of learners to parents
d. Be accountable for the grading performance of learners
Which is a correct statement about peace?
a. Peace means no conflict.
b. Peace is the absence of war and violent conflict.
c. Peace involves a lot of aspects. It is not just a single or simple good.
d. Peace is the opposite of violence and aggression.
Which of the UNESCO’s four pillars of education is most related to peace education?
a. learn to do
b. learn to know
c. learn to live together d. learn to be
Genuine respect for all people that lead to world peace is anchored on the concept that all persons:.
83
a. high dignity
b. are citizens of the world
c. have talents
d. can contribute to global development
When planning her lessons and units, Mrs. Jones is careful to include books and resources from a
variety of cultures and ethnic groups. What kind of education is this?
a. Multilingual education
b. Transformative education
c. Multicultural education
d. Gender free education
Which of the following is NOT a characteristic of globalization?
a. Stretching a social, political and economic activities across political frontiers,
regions and continents.
b. The growing magnitude of interconnectedness and flows of trade, investment
and migration.
c. A speeding up of global interactions and processes through worldwide systems
of transportation and communication.
d. The expansion of economic protectionism and isolation of poor countries.
Which of the following illustrates the major paradigm shift in education in the 21st century?
a. Shift from rigid subject matter to a more interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary pedagogical
approach.
b. Shift from values education and emotional learning to knowledge dominated curriculum
c. From contextualized themes generated from global and local realities to preorganized subject matter
d. From more flexible learning styles to a prescribed pedagogy
. Which of the following initiatives would NOT help a school address diversity?
a. Using ability grouping
b. Using cooperative learning
c. Working with neighborhood groups
d. Using culturally-relevant teaching methods
If the teacher is emphasizing the development of the learners competency to transform knowledge
into innovations and job-creation, what pillar of education does s/he is actually promoting?
a. Learning to Know
b. Learning to Do
c. Learning to Live Together
d. Learning to Be
What pillar of education which emphasizes learning to be human, through acquisition of
knowledge, skills and values conducive to personality development?
a. Learning to Know
b. Learning to Do
c. Learning to Live Together
d. Learning to Be
84
A class is composed of students coming from several ethnic communities including Muslims and
lumads. They seem to have difficulty understanding each other; behavior and points of view. What
should the teacher do?
a. Introduce multicuturalism in the class and provide activities for practice.
b. Threaten the students that if there are students who do not behave and tolerant
of their classmates, s/he will be dropped from class.
c. Inform students that they will all be learning new ways of thinking and behaving in
this class, so they might as well leave their cultural idiosyncrasies at home.
d. Assign bright students to monitor and control behavior of poor students.
. Which of the following qualities should be developed by the pillar, Learning to Live Together?
a. Strong appreciation of the diversity of the human race
b. Readiness to take risks and resolve or manage conflicts
c. Scientific spirit and an inquiring mind
d. Complete fulfillment of humans, in all the richness of his/her personality
Which of the following statements about Gender is correct?
a. Gender is biologically determined.
b. Gender is socially and culturally-constructed.
c. Gender roles are the same in all societies.
d. Gender is an ascribed status in society.
Which of the following is accurate in regard to working with parents in diverse classrooms?
a. The parent culture is important, but should not influence their children & education.
b. Teachers should demonstrate their expertise; to parents to show they know best.
c. Teachers should strive to use a variety of ways to keep parents informed, including parents
who cannot speak English or Filipino.
d. The importance of the family influence on children; education has diminished
over the past few years.
If our present government is a democracy, where does power reside?
a. In the Supreme Court
c. In the President
b. In Congress
d. In the Filipino People
Which of them is not characterized by culture?
a. Culture deprives the people from maximum growth.
b. Culture provides rules of proper conduct for living in a society.
c. Culture helps the individual fulfil his potential as a human being.
d. Culture satisfies the curiosity and interests of people.
Which is TRUE of the historical development of the Philippines?
a. It has been never been an independent nation.
b. It has been independent nation ever since.
c. It has evolved from a colony to a fully independent nation.
d. It has not achieved full independence from the very beginning.
85
In what strands of the four pillars of education implies a shift from skill to competence, or a mix
of higher-order skills specific to each individual?
a. Learning to Know
c. Learning to Do
b. Learning to Live Together
d. Learning to Be
The rapid traversing of ideas, attitudes and values across national borders that generally leads to
an interconnectedness and interaction between peoples of diverse cultures and ways of life.
What is being referred to?
a. Cultural Globalization
b. Multiculturalism
c. Fundamentalism
d. Clash of civilization
Emmabeb went home crying because her peers kept calling her “Ms Moon!”.
a. classism
b. sexism
c. ageism
d. looksism
Power interruptions occur in some areas in Luzon. What theory is manifested in this scenario?
a. Consensus theory
b. Conflict theory
c. Interactionist theory
d. Structural functionalism
Who was the major proponent of Structural Functionalism Theory?
a. Talcott Partons
b. Talcott Parsons
c. Talcott Farsons
d. Talcott Parlons
Which of them is influenced by a consensus theory?
a. Fake news has demoralized the public.
b. Other politicians are said involved in economic sabotage
c. Some media personalities might be involved in initiating the spread of fake news
d. Salaries of public school teachers should increase reasonably.
It deals with the aims and desires of system of people.
a. latency
b. goal attainment
c. adaptation
d. ideology
It provides opposing ideas of selected group in the society.
a. conflict theory
b. consensus theory
c. structural functionalism
d. interactionist theory
Giving judgments or reactions toward issues is influenced by what pillar?
86
a.
b.
c.
d.
Learning to Live Together
Learning to Transform
Learning to Be
Learning to Know
Margie shows empathy to the beggar along the street by buying food for her. What pillar of
education inspires Margie to do this action?
a. Learning to Live Together
b. Learning to Transform
c. Learning to Be
d. Learning to Know
Which of them is manifested by a student who is trying to practice Learning To Do?
a. Mhia reads books on the feeding relationship of some animals.
b. Mhia dissects the frog and writes her findings in her record notebook.
c. Mhia prints the article about “Greenhouse Effect.”
d. Mhia answers the questions in relation to Global Warming.
If you encountered a very arrogant person, what will you do to be able to practice Learning to
Live Together?
a. Ignore the person.
b. Push the person away.
c. Talk to the person nicely.
d. Speak to him loudly.
What form of government is practiced if people are obliged to follow any official in the country,
for any cause?
a. fascism
b. oligarchy
c. dictatorship
d. communism
Which of the following characteristics does NOT describe contextualized learning as a major
paradigm shift in education?
a. From traditional pedagogies to more modern strategies of teaching and learning.
b. Pre-organized subject matter to localized themes generated from the global realities and
the cultural relevant, meaningful and useful to learner.
c. From knowledge limited to the local scene to the globalized knowledge, values, attitudes,
and skills interfaced with local wisdom.
d. From limited access to time-bound and space limited education, to borderless education,
lifelong learning for all in a learning society.
Judaism, Christianity, and Islam are examples of a. polytheistic religion
b. monotheistic religion
c. ethical religion
d. all of the above
Which of the following is accurate in regard to working with parents in diverse classrooms?
87
a. The parent's culture is important, but should not influence their children's education.
b. Teachers should demonstrate their "expertise" to parents to show they know best.
c. Teachers should strive to use a variety of ways to keep parents informed, including parents
who cannot speak English or Filipino.
d. The importance of the family's influence on children's education has diminished over the
past few years.
Teacher J discusses conflicts between warring groups in Mindanao. Which pillar should he stress
more?
a. Learning to be
b. Learning to live together
c. Learning to do
d. Learning to know
What is the concern of Multicultural Education?
a. Anticipating the future and imagining possible and probable futures.
b. Gender equality and harnessing of the role of women in development.
c. Promoting care for the environment and building a global culture of ecological responsibility.
d. The exploration of concepts of cultural diversity, similarities and prejudices to promote
cultural understanding.
Which of the following features represents the new paradigm shift in education?
a. Traditional pedagogies
b. Lifelong education for all
c. Rigid subject matter boundaries
d. Knowledge as the only learning outcome
When planning her lessons and units, Mrs. Denden is careful to include books and resources from a
variety of cultures and ethnic groups. What kind of education is this?
a. Multilingual education
b. Transformative education
c. Multicultural education
d. Gender free education
Which of the following initiatives would NOT help a school address diversity?
a. Using ability grouping
b. Using cooperative learning
c. Working with neighborhood groups
d. Using culturally-relevant teaching methods
If the teacher is emphasizing the development of the learner's competency to transform
knowledge into innovations and job-creation, what pillar of education does s/he is
actually promoting?
88
a. Learning to Know
b. Learning to Do
c. Learning to Live Together
d. Learning to Be
Which of the following statements about Gender is correct?
a. Gender is biologically determined.
b. Gender is socially and culturally-constructed.
c. Gender roles are the same in all societies.
d. Gender is an ascribed status in society.
Which of the following qualities should be developed by the pillar, Learning to Live Together?
a. Strong appreciation of the diversity of the human race
b. Readiness to take risks and resolve or manage conflicts
c. Scientific spirit and an inquiring mind
d. Complete fulfillment of humans, in all the richness of his/her personality
All are characteristics of a transgender people except a. They can be straight, gay or bisexual.
b. Their gender identity is not something that can be overcome or changed.
c.They have changed their bodies to their preferred sex through hormonal and/or surgical
treatments.
d. Transgender men (born female and transitioned to male) had thinner subcortical areas of
the brain that would indicate a male structure.
Charlotte is a transgender. Which of them is observed in her?
a. changing her clothes and appearance she feels safe to do so
b. changing her name informally or legally
c. attracted to the sex that is opposite from her own that was assigned at birth
d. All are correct.
Which of them should not be done by parents to their transgender child?
a. Force the child into more stereotypical gender behavior.
b. Talk to the child’s school about safety concerns and other special
c.needs.
Parents should not look at opposite gender identity as a phase the child will grow out of.
d. Seek out mental health professionals who are experienced in gender identity issues.
Which of these practices makes a transgender people offended toward the society?
a. Deprive them of their rights and privileges.
b. Invite them to social gatherings and events.
c. Entertain transgender job applicants.
d. Support their dreams and aspirations in life.
Which of the following statements about Gender is correct?
a. Gender is biologically determined.
b. Gender is socially and culturally-constructed.
89
c. Gender roles are the same in all societies.
d. Gender is an ascribed status in society.
Which refers to women subordination that leads to inequality?
a. Racism
b. Ageism
c. Classificism
d. Sexism
Which theory upholds that parents reinforce appropriate gender role behaviors?
a. Gender schema theory
b. Multiplicity theory
c. Social learning theory
d. Cognitive developmental theory
The third gender ideology identified by Hockchild is a. transitional
b. transcendental
c. transformational
d. transmittal
Which ideology assumes that men have greater power than women?
a. Traditional gender
b. Classical gender
c. Egoistic gender
d. Empowered gender
If a newly married couple is expected to live with or near the husband’s parent, they are a. patrilocality
b. matrilocality
c. bilocality
d. neolocality
A religion that believes in only one god is known as a. Monarchy
b. Monotheistic
c. Polytheistic
d. Oligarchy
Why do civilizations need a government?
a. To provide people with jobs.
b. To exercise authority
c. In order to protect their community and enforce laws
d. To educate people on their basic rights.
90
What are the five major religions?
a. Islam, Christianity, Judaism, Mormonism, and Hinduism
b. Islam, Christianity, Judaism, Buddhism, and Hinduism
c. Islam, Jainism, Judaism, Buddhism, and Hinduism
d. Islam, Christianity, Judaism, Hinduism, and Zoroastrian
Which of the following is NOT a purpose of a family institution?
a. To nurture and socialize children
b. To pass on generational traditions
c. To increase the population in a society
d. To provide a sense of belonging and identity
What is a main function of the religion institution?
a. To provide people with a set of beliefs, values and practices that helps them understand the
right way to live
b. To separate people into clusters, so they have differences in opinion
c. To form groups that can revolt against the governmental institution
d. To establish a hierarchy among religious subsets
What is the main purpose of social institutions?
a. To create an infrastructure system throughout the world
b. To help carry out functions that are crucial for the society's survival
c. To make buildings, such as prisons, to help society
d. To create differences in the world so each society is unique
Which of the following is NOT a requirement of the government?
a. To make and enforce the rules of society
b. To regulate relations with other societies
c. To have a leader whose power is recognized by the people
d. To promote the health of the public
A set of norms surrounding a necessary function of society is referred to as a a. marriage
b. institution
c. authoritarianism
d. government
You are a Brahmin (highest class) in India. You decide to marry an untouchable (lowest class).
Sociologists would call this marriage an example of
a. exogamy
b. endogamy
c. polygamy
d. polyandry
91
What was Karl Marx’s contribution to the understanding of social institutions?
a. As societies became more industrialized, they become more communist.
b. In a socialist society, the bosses and the workers are constantly in conflict
with one another.
c. The economy is the basic institution in society.
d. None of the above
Acculturation can best be described as the process by which:
a. members of a culture group adopt the traits of a host society.
b. cultures become more alike as they share technology and organizational
structures.
c. individuals or groups come to accept cultural innovation.
d. cultural practices and perspectives spread from one culture to other areas.
Which of the following statements best describes how deviance helps
strengthen conformity in society?
a. Without deviance, there would be no need for agents of social control.
b. Deviant behavior obstructs movements promoting social change.
c. Responding to deviance clarifies boundaries between right and wrong.
d. Punishment of deviance affirms the legitimacy of political authority.
It is a cause of poverty that means an intense and selfish desire for something,
especially wealth, power, or food.
a. Inequitable distribution of wealth
b. inequitable distribution of power
c. Lack of opportunities
d. Greed
In any society, the key principles from the functionalist perspective includes the
following -.
a. social system, social structure, consensus, cooperation and equilibrium
b. equilibrium, consensus and cooperation, social structure, social system
c. interdependency, social structure, consensus and cooperation, equilibrium
d. interdependency, consensus, cooperation, equilibrium
LET QUESTIONS FROM CARL BALITA REVIEW CENTER
1. Which of the following is an appropriate action to help a habitual borrower of
money get rid of this habit?
a. Let him do something for you in return for the money you lend him
b. Do not lend him anymore
c. Direct him to others instead
d. Ask for a collateral for the cash he is loaning
2. The following are characteristics of multicultural education EXCEPT:
a. Cultural discriminating
92
b. Personal empowering
c. Socially transformative
d. Experiential and reflective
3. Which situation is considered as a form of civic engagement?
a. Patronizing Filipino products
b. Electoral participation
c. Analyzing the strengths and weaknesses of the constitution
d. Bribing a government official
4. The following are correct statements about the Four Pillars of Learning EXCEPT:
a. The pillars of learning stress the importance of closer linkage between
education and the world of work.
b. The pillar of Learning to Be reflects a shift from an instrument view of
education to a humanistic view that emphasizes the development of the
complete person
c. The Pillars of Learning adheres to the instrumental and purely academic
view of education that focuses on the achievement of specific aims of
education such as economic productivity.
5. After statistical analysis, it was found out that the reliability coefficient of a test is
reported to be r= 0.92. This could be interpreted as:
a. The test is very unreliable
b. The test is perfectly reliable
c. The test has low reliability
d. The test is very reliable
93
6. Which program is in line with Confucius’ assertion that there should be no
distinction of classes in teaching?
a. Moral recovery program
b. Back to basics
c. Values education
d. Education for All
7. The use of values clarification as a strategy in vales education flows from which
philosophy?
a. Existentialism
b. Progressivism
c. Reconstructionalism
d. Essentialism
8. Which of the following should be considered when creating multiple choice
items?
a. The stem presents an unknown problem
b. The stem has irrelevant material
c. The stem and alternatives are on the same page
d. The alternatives are arranged in any order
9. Which religion advocates the ascetic way of life?
a. Shintoism
b. Hindu
c. Islam
d. Taoism
10. Dr. Loreto, school division superintendent acted on the complaint filed by a
group of parents against the alleged misconduct of a particular teacher. He
issued a memorandum requiring the teacher to take a leave of absence for a
week while the complaint is being heard yet. Was the action of the
superintendent legal?
a. Yes, the superintendent has disciplinary authority over teachers
b. No, the complaint has not been heard yet
c. Yes, because she is the superintendent
d. No, the superintendent has no disciplinary authority over teachers
94
11. To produce globally competitive graduates, the Philippine education system gives
major emphasis to:
a. Humanities, Social Studies and work education
b. English, science and Mathematics
c. Bilingual education and character education
d. Valued education, science and social studies
12. The exchange of rings, releasing of doves, and pinning of veil around the bride
and the groom during wedding ceremonies demonstrate that culture is:
a. Changeless
b. Symbolic
c. Historical
d. Continuous
13. Teachers empowerment to attain economic security can be best achieved
through:
a. Cause oriented organization
b. Social Club
c. Faculty Union
d. Teacher Professional Organization
14. The Filipinos who were selected in 1903 by the Americans and were sent abroad to
study were known as:
a. Peninsulares
b. Reformists
c. Insulares
d. Pensionados
15. Which among the following national values is not promoted by the government in
flag ceremonies every Monday?
a. Maka-Diyos
b. Makakalikasan
c. Makapamilya
d. Makatao
16. A love letter was received by Mr. Cantoni from one of his fourth year highschool
student in Math class. Which of the following should Mr. Cantoni do?
a. Read the letter to the class
b. Return the letter to the student and tell her not to do it again
c. Allow the student to express her feelings through letters
d. Surrender the letter to the parent of the student involved
95
17. What must a teacher keep in mind during oral reading?
a. This is the best method for determining good readers
b. Oral reading increased comprehension and recall better than silent reading
c. Understanding difficulties in the important goal
d. Children do not enjoy reading aloud
18. A student obtained a 95 percentile rank in an aptitude test. This means that:
a. The student belongs to the 95% of the group who took the test
b. 95% of the examinees did better than the student who took the test
c. The student answered 95% of the items correctly
d. The student surpassed 95% of those who took the test.
19.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Among the following, which is not a function of the school?
Socialization among students
Changing cultural practices
Reproduction of Species
Development of attitudes and skills
20. This refers to the characteristic of a lesson plan where it must have consistency
and strong connection from start to finish.
a. Symmetry
b. Coherence
c. Clarity
d. Conciseness
21. Which of the following comprise the tri-focalized system of Philippine Education?
a. Basic Education (DepEd), Technical Vocational (TESDA) and Higher
Education (CHED)
b. Early childhood, Technical Vocational and Basic Education
c. Elementary, Secondary or Highschool, and Tertiary or College level
d. Bureau of Alternative learning system (ALS), Department of Education
(DepEd) and Commission on Higher Education (CHED)
22. The Philippine Constitution guarantees the right of all citizens to quality
education at:
a. Graduate level
b. Basic Education Level
c. All levels
d. Tertiary level
96
23. Which of the following pleasures is considered morally good?
a. Pleasure felt by winning in a chance number game
b. Pleasure felt in winning a talent contest by means of ballot
c. Pleasure felt by winning a sports game by default
d. Pleasure felt in offering one’s hard earned grades to one’s parents.
24. Other countries allot how many years of highschool education?
a. 5 years
b. 7 years
c. 6 years ( grade 7 to grade 12)
d. 8 years
25. When conducting a conference with parents, which action is inappropriate?
(hind akma)
a. Be an all-knowing type of person
b. Be willing to accept parent’s feelings
c. Be careful about giving advice
d. Be positive in your approach
26. The Reconstructionist emphasized which of the following?
a. Experiential learning
b. Social problem
c. Subjectivity
d. Social change
27. DepEd replaced DECS because of which legalbasis?
a. RA 7796
b. RA 7722
c. RA 7836
d. RA 9155
28. Which of the following statements best describe Erik Eriksons
Psychosocial Theory of Human Development?
a. Four psychosocial stages in the latency period
b. Eight crises all people are thought to face
c. A stage theory that is not psychoanalytic
d. The same number of stages as Freud but with different names
97
29. In case where the teacher fell in love with a student, which of the following must be
done?
a. Act normally is if nothing happened and the student does not exist
b. Propose and marry the student at once
c. Court the student at home instead
d. Wait until the student is no longer under his/her care
30. Most Filipino students fail to study independently. This may be attributed to
which of the following reasons?
a. High degree of independence
b. High degree of dependence on authority
c. Unpreparedness for school
d. Ambivalence
31. When a Principal starts to exercise powers over making grades and promoting
students, is the action acceptable?
a. No, grading and promoting students are exclusive functions of teachers
b. Yes, when teacher cannot make the decision on time
c. No, teachers are more knowledgeable of their students’ performance
d. Yes, when there is abuse of judgement on the part of the teacher.
32. This is the distance of the scores from the mean:
a. Mode
b. Frequency
c. Deviation
d. Range
33. If a teacher is preparing a Table of Specifications for the periodical test of the
students, he is establishing which of the following?
a. Predictive
b. Content
c. Construct
d. Concurrent
34. A teacher was recently converted to a new religion. Believing his convictions
deeply, he convinces his students to attend his groups religious services and
criticizes other religions. Is the teachers action ethical?
a. Yes, what he does strengthens values education
b. No, a teacher should not use his position to do proselytizing
c. Yes, the teacher has academic freedom and can decide what to teach
d. Yes, what he does is at the core of values education
98
35. RA 4670 Covers who among the following: RA 4670 – Magnacarta For
Teachers
a. Teachers in both public and private schools
b. Teachers in public elementary and secondary schools
c. Teachers in all public elementary schools
d. Teachers in all levels
e.
36. Which of the following tests aims to measure the ability of the students
to create and organize their ideas?
a. Essay
b. Identification
c. Matching Type
d. Multiple Choice
37. Which approach is most appropriate for values education subjects?
a. Conflict Story
b. Brainstorming
c. Panel Discussion
d. Simulation
38. The graduating class were given an achievement Test in Mathematics. Majority of
the students got low score. The distribution would be described as:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Mesokurtic
Platykurtic
Positively skewed – many got low score
Negatively skewed – many got high score
39. What is the basic value that is central to human rights education?
a. Respect for diversity
b. Human dignity
c. Human solidarity
d. Justice for all
40. A teacher wants to do brainstorming in class. Which of the following is an
indicator that she dit it effectively?
a. She made the class evaluate their answers
b. Many ideas were generated
c. The correct answer to a convergent question was obtained
d. The class arrived at the best solution to a problem
99
41. He conducted an experiment involving dogs salivation as a reaction t the sound of
the buzzer. He is well known for his classical conditioning theory.
a. Pavlov
b. Bandura
c. Skinner
d. Watson
42. Which type of questions should discouraged when trying to develop
higher level thinking skills among student?
a. Overload questions
b. Sequential questions
c. Clear questions
d. Stimulating questions
43. Which of the following describes a diagnostic assessment?
a. A teacher gave a 10-item test to determine the specific lessons which the
students failed to understand
b. A teacher gave a short quiz after discussing thoroughly the lesson to
determine the effect of instruction
c. A teacher asked questions when the discussion was going on to who among his
students understood what was trying to emphasized
d. A teacher administered a test to the incoming grade IV pupils to determine
the effect of instruction
44. Who among the following suggested that COMPETITION and AWARDS
should be used to MOTIVATE PEOPLE?
a. Socrates
b. Plato
c. Herbart
d. Aristotle
45. Researchers can control certain variables in which of the following research
methods?
a. Experimental
b. Historical
c. Qualitative
d. Descriptive
10
0
46. For a teacher to be an effective classroom manager, she must not only be
friendly but also:
a. Confident
b. Buddy-buddy
c. Analytical
d. Businesslike
47. This is the REPETITION OF FCTS AND SKILLS which the teacher wishes to
reinforce for mastery?
a. Mastery
b. Drill
c. Review
d. Recitation
48. Which of the following may generate interpersonal relationships in the work
environment?
a. Challenging the best practices
b. Acquiring new skills
c. Music festival
d. Off-site respites
49. Which of the following characteristics must the teacher possess for their student to
be creative learner?
a. Flexibility
b. Authoritarian
c. Know it all
d. Single mindedness
50. In mastery learning, what is referred to as the definition of an
acceptable standard of performance?
a. SMART
b. Criterion measure
c. Behavior
d. Condition
51. The UTILIZATION OF DRILLS in the classroom is based on which of the
following Thorndikes Law?
a. Exercise
b. Effect
c. Readiness
d. Belongingness
10
1
52. In which developmental stage is RAPID GROWTH and change take place?
a. Middle Adulthood
b. Early childhood
c. Adolescence
d. Infancy
53. Which of the following activities would be of most help if more practice with a
particular skill is needed?
a.
b.
c.
d.
Dictionary use
Assignment
Drill
Review
54. Textbooks are widely used in educational institutions. They can be used
advantage by:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Combining them with many other kinds of instructional materials
Using them one at a time
Using the study questions found at the end of every chapter
Basing achievement test on them
55. How do you distinguish a program for teachers’ professional development that
follows high standard from one that does not? Quality professional development
helps teachers to:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Get motivated intrinsically to continuously grow
Get opportunities for promotion
Earn MA units for higher ranks
Build boundaries between their students
56. Which of the following method of evaluation was used by a student when he/she
lets his/her classmates look at his/her work?
a.
b.
c.
d.
Tutorial
Class participation
Peer review
Dialogue
10
2
57. A quiz is considered as what type of test?
a. Summative Test
b. Formative Test
c. Placement Test
d. Aptitude Test
58. Who asserted that the most basic needs in the hierarchy of needs must be met to
motivate people into learning
a.
b.
c.
d.
Erik Erikson
Carl Rogers
Abraham Maslow
Lawrence Kohlberg
59. The NCBTS are established standards for good teaching in the Philippines which
must be considered by teachers for quality professional development. What is
meant by the acronym NBCTS?
a. National Career and Basic Teaching Standards
b. National Competency Based Teacher Standards
c. National Career Based Teacher Safety
d. National Competency Based Teaching Standards
60. To ensure high standards of teachers’ personal and professional development,
which measure must be implemented?
i.
A school head prepares the professional development of his/her teachers
ii.
Every teacher puts together his/her own professional
development plan
iii.
The implementation of what is learned in training must be
monitored
a. I only
b. Ii and iii
c. Ii only
d. I and ii
61. Which is being conducted when a reading teacher stays for an extra 30minutes
daily after class and teaches the slow readers how to read?
a.
b.
c.
d.
Enrichment session
Remedial session
Review session
Training session
10
3
62. This measure if central tendency can be identified by mere inspection:
a. Median
b. Distribution frequency
c. Mode
d. Mean
63. Which principle of association states that ideas, memories and experiences are
linked when one has frequent experiences with other?
a. Contiguity
b. Similarity
c. Philosophy
d. Contrast
64. The following are feature of cooperative learning EXCEPT:
a. Individual accountability
b. Group accountability for learning
c. Positive interdependence
65. This self-assessment tool which is used nationwide is one of the bases in
planning the
training for teachers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Community based
Preservice
In service
School based
66. The statement “once a teacher, forever a student” implies which of the following
about the quality personal and professional development for teachers?
a. The teacher is capable of teaching students
b. Personal and professional development Calls for teachers exposure to
students
c. The teacher gain knowledge from students
d. The process is continuous / or lifelong learning
67. This tool / instrument was developed by the DepEd for self-assessment to ensure
high standards of the teachers personal and professional development:
a. TPDI
b. TSNA
c. IPPD
d. KSA
10
4
68. A goal oriented curriculum culminates in:
a. The planning activities
b. Evaluation
c. Brainstorming for creative thinking
d. The formulation of objectives
69. Which of the following is best implied by quality and relevant teacher
development initiatives?
a. Focus on the non-performers
b. Lifelong learning
c. Capacity building of educational community
d. Mentoring of experts who share the latest ideas about teaching and learning
70. Which of the following may be considered as technology in the classroom?
a. Computer use in the classroom
b. All of the above
c. Digital games
d. A class website
71. Forgetting and unlearning can be prevented through the use of which of these
processes?
a. Evaluation
b. Drill and review
c. Presentation
d. Motivation
72. This is considered as the most frequent score in a distribution.
a. Median
b. Mode
c. Variance
d. Mean
73. The teacher performance results provide continual
development:
a. Management
b. Evaluation
c. Feedback
d. Supervision
10
5
to professional
74. In accordance with Section 5, Article XIV of the Constitution, academic freedom
shall be enjoyed in which of the following?
a. Public assemblies only
b. All institutions of higher learning
c. All levels of learning
d. State colleges and universities
75. You are very much interested in quality professional development program for
teachers. Which of the following characteristic should you look for?
a. Required renewal; of professional license
b. Prescribe by top educational leaders
c. Dependent whether funds are available
d. Responsive to the identified needs of the teachers.
76. What is the mean of the following scores: 88, 85, 77, 92, 96, 90, and 68
a. 88
b. 85
c. 81
d. 90
77. If Mrs. Buenavista wants to test her student’s ability to organize ideas, the most
appropriate test to utilize is:
a. Fill in the blanks
b. True-false type
c. Essay
d. Multiple choice
78. Teachers are required to make in Individual Plan for Professional Development
(IPPD) which is based on the philosophy that the teacher is a lifelong learner. The
NCBTS provides the steps for which assessment in making the IPPD?
a. Learning
b. Self
c. Collegial
d. Educational
79. When teachers encourage active class participation through individual and group
activities, which of the following needs could be addressed?
a. The need to be accepted, important and appreciated
b. The need to be popular within the group
c. The need to be close to the teacher
d. The need to be happy and satisfied at the expense of the others
10
6
80. Societal change requires continually deep-seated questions about “good” living.
Which of these did Socrates recognize as the greatest of the human virtues
a. Reasonable justice
b. Moral wisdom
c. Love
d. Faithfulness
81. For BEEd and BSEd graduates, which competencies are expected?
i.
Higher level literacy and critical thingking
ii.
Principled understanding of the learning process
iii.
Assuming the responsibility to sustain professional growth
iv.
Acting as an agent
a.
b.
c.
d.
I, ii, iii
Ii and iv
All of the above
I and ii
82. Which of the following statements is accurate about rubrics?
a. A rubric is both analytical and holistic
b. Rubrics are developmental
c. A rubric is analytic
d. A rubric is holistic
83. Which of these methods aptly applies to lessons needing experiments
a. Laboratory
b. Problem solving
c. Demonstration
d. Process approach
84. To ensure the quality of education, teachers follow the Code of Ethics for
Professional Teachers. Which of the following level of educational institutions is
not covered by these codes?
a. Preschool
b. Tertiary
c. Elementary
d. Secondary
10
7
85. Which of the following is not included in the responsibilities of a teacher?
a. Teachers clean the school garden
b. Teachers conduct dialogue or conference with parents
c. Teachers write lesson plans
d. Teachers keep school records
86. The study of Rizal and his writing as well as the life and teachings of other
heroes in schools is based on what philosophy?
a. Realism
b. Idealism
c. Pragmatism
d. Existentialism
87. The concept of Total Quality School Model must be applied by who among the
following for an institution to be successful?
a. All teachers
b. All government officials
c. All stakeholders
d. All administrator
88. Which NCBTS domain create situations that encourage LEARNERS TO EXERCISE
HIGH ORDER THINKING SKILLS (HOTS)?
A. Curriculum
B. Uniqueness of learner
C. Community linkages
D. Learning atmosphere
89.AA teacher is planning to create an achievement test for her students. Which of the
following should be her initial action?
a. Defines the instructional objective
b. Create a table of specification
c. Decide on the length of the test
d. Select the type of test items to use
90. Teacher Ylona has a foreign visitor, she plans to buy gift for her visitor. Which of
the following should she buy?
a. Embroidered products from benguet
b. Porcelain wares
c. Antiques from Asian countries
d. Golden bhudda figures
10
8
91. Which among the following are the three most important factors in the educative
process?
a. Student, teacher and parents
b. Student, teacher and venue learning
c. Student, teacher and method for learning
d. Student, teacher and subject matter
1. A guest speaker in one graduation rites told his audience: "Reminder, you are what you choose
to be." The guest speaker is more of a/an
.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Realist
Pragmatist
Idealist
Essentialist
2. A teacher who equates authority with power does NOT
a.
b.
c.
d.
.
Shame
develop self-respect in every pupil
retaliate
intimidate
3. Based on Edgar Dale's Cone of Experience, which activity is farthest from the real thing?
a.
b.
c.
d.
Read
Hear
View images
Attend exhibit
4. Based on Piaget's theory, what should a teacher provide for children in the concrete operational
stage?
a.
b.
c.
d.
Activities for hypothesis formulation.
Learning activities that involve problems of classification and ordering.
Games and other physical activities to develop motor skills.
Stimulating environment with ample objects to play with.
5. Study this group of tests which was administered with the following results, then answer the
question.
Subject Mean SD Ronnels's Score
Math 56 10 43
Physic 41
s
Englis 80
h
9 31
16 109
In which subject(s) did Ronnel perform best in relation to the group's performance?
a. Physics and Math
Page 1 of 39
b. English
c. Physics
d. Math
6. Who among the following puts more emphasis on core requirements, longer school day, longer
academic year and more challenging textbooks?
Page 2 of 39
A.
Perennialist
B.
Essentialis
t
C.
Progressivist
D. Existentialist
7. I drew learners into several content areas and encouraged them to solve a complex question for
inter-disciplinary
teaching.
Which
strategy
did
I
use?
Problem-centered
A.
learning
Unit
B.
method
Reading-writing
C.
activity
D. Thematic instruction
8. The concepts of trust vs. maturity, autonomy vs. self-doubt, and initiative vs. guilt are most
closely
related
with
the
works
of
.
A. Erikson
B.
Piaget
C.
Freud
D. Jung
9. I want to teach concepts, patterns and abstractions. Which method is most appropriate?
a. Indirect instruction
b. Discovery
c. Direct instruction
D. Problem solving
10. Which behavioral term describes a lesson outcome in the highest level of Bloom's cognitive
domain?
A. Create
B. Evaluate
C. Analyze
D. Design
11. A sixth grade twelve-year old boy comes from a dysfunctional family and has been abused and
neglected. He has been to two orphanages and three different elementary schools. The student
can decode on the second grade level, but he can comprehend orally material at the fourth or
fifth grade level. The most probable cause/s of this student's reading problem is/are
.
A. emotional factors
B. poor teaching
Page 3 of 39
C.
neurological factors
Page 4 of 39
D. immaturity
12. Principal B tells her teachers that training in the humanities is most important. To which
educational philosophy does he adhere?
A. Existentialism
B. Perennialism
C. Progressivism
D. Essentialism
13. Which is the first step in planning an achievement test?
A.
Define the instructional objective.
B. Decide on the length of the test.
C. Select the type of test items to
use. D. Build a table of specification.
14. In the Preamble of the Code of Ethics of Professional Teachers, which is NOT said of teachers?
A.
LET passers
B. Duly licensed professionals
C. Possess dignity and reputation
D. With high-moral values as well as technical and professional competence
15. Teacher Q does not want Teacher B to be promoted and so writes an anonymous letter against
Teacher B accusing her of fabricated lies Teacher Q mails this anonymous letter to the Schools
Division Superintendent. What should Teacher Q do if she has to act professionally?
A.
Submit a signed justifiable criticism against Teacher B, if there is any.
B. Go straight to the Schools Division Superintendent and gives criticism verbally.
C. Hire a group to distribute poison letters against Teacher B for information dissemination.
D. Instigate student activists to read poison letters over the microphone.
16. As a teacher, what do you do when you engage yourself in major task analysis?
A. Test if learning reached higher level thinking skills.
B.
Breakdown a complex task into sub-skills.
C. Determine the level of thinking involved.
Page 3 of 39
D. Revise lesson objectives.
17. Which is a sound classroom management practice?
A. Avoid establishing routines
B.
Establish routines for all daily needs and tasks.
C. Apply rules and policies on a case to case basis.
D. Apply reactive approach to discipline.
18. What does extreme authoritarianism in the home reinforce in learners?
A. Doing things on their own initiative
B. Ability to direct themselves.
C. Dependence on others for direction.
D. Creativity in work.
19. In a criterion-referenced testing, what must you do to ensure that your test is fair?
A. Make all of the questions true or false.
B. Ask each student to contribute one question.
C. Make twenty questions but ask the students to answer only ten of their choice.
D.
Use the objectives for the units as guide in your test construction.
20. Teacher M's pupils are quite weak academically and his lesson is already far behind his time
table. How should Teacher M proceed with his lesson?
A. Experientially
B. Inductively
C. Logically
D. Deductively
21. Soc exhibits fear response to freely roaming dogs but does not show fear when a dog is on a
leash or confined to a pen. Which conditioning process is illustrated
A. Generalization
B. Extinction
C. Acquisition
Page 4 of 39
D.
Discrimination
22. Teacher P wants to develop the skill of synthesizing in her pupils. Which one will she do?
A.
Ask her students to formulate a generalization from the data shown in
graphs.
B. Ask her students to answer questions beginning withWhat if ...
C. Tell her pupils to state data presented in graphs.
D. Directs her students to ask questions on the parts of the lesson not understood.
23. Studies in the areas of neurosciences disclosed that the human brain has limitless capacity.
What does this imply?
A. Some pupils are admittedly not capable of learning.
B. Every pupil has his own native ability and his learning is limited to this nativeabilty.
C.
Every child is a potential genius.
D. Pupils can possibly reach a point where they have learned everything.
24. What should you do if a parent who is concerned about a grade his child received compared to
another student's grade, demands to see both students' grades?
A. Refuse to show either record.
B.
Show both records to him.
C. Refuse to show any record without expressing permission from principal.
D. Show only his child's records.
25. Rights and duties are correlative. This means that
.
A. rights and duties regulate the relationship of men in society
B. rights and duties arise from natural law
C.
each right carries with it one or several corresponding duties
D. rights and duties ultimately come from God
26. If you agree with Rizal on how you can contribute to our nation's redemption, which should you
work for?
A. Opening our doors to foreign influence
B.
Upgrading the quality of the Filipino through education
C. Stabilizing the political situation
Page 5 of 39
D. Gaining economic recovery
27. Teacher A is directed to pass an undeserving student with a death threat. Which advice will a
hedonist give?
A. Pass the student. Why suffer the threat?
B.
Don't pass him. You surely will not like someone to give you a death threat
in order to pass.
C. Don't pass him. Live by your principle of justice. You will get reward, if not in this life, in the
next!
D. Pass the student. That will be of use to the student, his parents and you.
28. Are percentile ranks the same as percentage correct?
A. It cannot be determined unless scores are given.
B. It cannot be determined unless the number of examinees is given.
C.
No
D. Yes
29. Teacher W wants to review and check on the lesson of the previous day? Which one will be
most reliable?
A. Having students identify difficult homework problems.
B. Having students correct each other's work.
C.
Sampling the understanding of a few students.
D. Explicitly reviewing the task-relevant information necessary for the day's lesson.
30. To elicit more student's response, Teacher G made use of covert responses. Which one did she
NOT do?
A. She had the students write their response privately.
B. She showed the correct answers on the overhead after the students have written
their responses.
C. She had the students write their responses privately then called each of them.
D. She refrained from judging on the student's responses.
31. Which is a form of direct instruction?
A. Discovery process
B. Problem solving
Page 6 of 39
C.
Programmed instruction
Page 7 of 39
D. Inductive reasoning
32. Which test has broad sampling of topics as strength?
A. Objective test
B. Short answer test
C.
Essay test
D. Problem type
33. Teacher B uses the direct instruction strategy. Which sequence of steps will she follow?
I. Independent practice
II. Feedback and correctiveness
III. Guided student practice
IV. Presenting and structuring
V. Reviewing the previous day's work
A. V-II-IV-III-I
B. III-II-IV-I-V
C.
V-lV-III-II-I
D. I-V-II-III-IV
34. Teacher H and Teacher I are rivals for promotion. To gain the favor of the promotional staff,
Teacher I offers her beach resort for free for members of the promotional staff before the
ranking. As one of the contenders for promotion, is this becoming of her to do?
A. Yes. This will be professional growth for the promotional staff.
B.No. This may exert undue influence ori the members of the promotional staff and
so may fail to promote someone on the basis of merit.
C. Yes. The rare invitation will certainly be welcomed by an overworked promotional staff.
D. Yes. There's nothing wrong with sharing one's blessings.
35. Which illustrates a developmental approach in guidance and counseling?
A. Spotting on students in need of guidance
B. Teaching students how to interact in a positive manner
C.
Acting as a mediator
D. Making the decision for the confused student
Page 8 of 39
36. The test item "Group the following items according to shape" is a thought test item on
.
A. creating
B. classifying
C. generalizing
D. comparing
37. Direct instruction is for facts, rules, and actions as indirect instruction is for
,
,
.
A. hypotheses, verified data and conclusions
B. concepts, patterns and abstractions
C.
concepts, processes and generalizations
D. guesses, data and conclusions
38. Which group of philosophers maintains that truth exists in an objective order that is
independent of the knower?
A. Idealists
B. Pragmatists
C. Existentialists
D. Realist
39. On whose philosophy was A. S. Neil's Summerhill, one of the most experimental schools, based?
A. Rousseau
B. Pestalozzi
C. Montessori
D. John Locke
40. Teacher H strives to draw participation of every student into her classroom discussion. Which
student's need is she trying to address? The need
A. to show their oral abilities to the rest of the class
B. to be creative
C. to feel significant and be part of a group
D. to get everything out in the open
41. Out of 3 distracters in a multiple choice test item, namely B, C, and D, no pupil chose D as
answer. This implies that D is
A. an ineffective distracter
Page 9 of 39
B. a vague distracter
C. an effective distracter
D. a plausible distracter
42. Which describes norm-referenced grading?
A. The performance of the group
B. What constitutes a perfect score
C. The students' past performance
D. An absolute standard
43. Which Filipino trait works against the shift in teacher's role from teacher as a fountain of
information to teacher as facilitator?
A. Authoritativeness
B. Authoritarianism
C. Hiya
D. Pakikisama
44. Teacher G's lesson objective has something to do with the skill of synthesizing? Which
behavioral term is most appropriate?
A. Test
B. Assess
C. Appraise
D. Theorize
45. From whom do we owe the theory of deductive interference as illustrated in syllogisms?
A.
Plato
B. Socrates
C. Aristotle
D. Pythagoras
46. To come closer to the truth we need to go back to the things themselves.This is the advice of the
A. behaviorists
B. phenomenologists
C. idealists
D. pragmatists
Page 9 of 39
47. Which is NOT a sound purpose for asking questions?
A. To probe deeper after an answer is given.
B. To discipline a bully in class.
C. To remind students of a procedure.
D. To encourage self-reflection.
48. Your teacher is of the opinion that the world and everything in it are ever changing and so
teaches you the skill to cope with change. What is his governing philosophy?
A. Idealism
B. Existentalism
C. Experimentalism
D. Realism
49. Research tells that teachers ask mostly content questions. Which of the following terms does
NOT refer to content question?
A. Closed
B. Direct
C. Concept
D. Convergent
50. Whose teaching is in support of Education for All (EFA), he asserted that in teaching there
should be no distinction of social classes.
A. Sun Yat Sen
B. Confucius
C. Mencius
D.
Lao Tsu
51. As a teacher, you are a reconstructionist. Which among these will be your guiding principle?
A.
I must teach the child every knowledge, skill, and value that he needs for a
better future.
B. I must teach the child to develop his mental powers to the full.
C. I must teach the child so he is assured of heaven.
D. I must teach the child that we can never have real knowledge of anything.
52. If a teacher plans a constructivist lesson, what will he most likely do? Plan how he can
A. do evaluate his students' work
Page 10 of 39
B. do reciprocal teaching
C. lecture to his students
D.
engage his students in convergent thinking
53. Based on Piaget's theory, what should a teacher provide for children in the sensorimotor stage?
A. Games and other physical activities to develop motor skill.
B. Learning activities that involve problems of classification and ordering.
C. Activities for hypothesis formulation.
D. Stimulating environment with ample objects to play with.
54. Teacher H gave her first-grade class a page with a story in which pictures take the place of some
words. Which method did she use?
A. The whole language approach
B. The Spaulding method
C. The rebus method
D. The language experience approach
55. A stitch on time saves nine, so goes the adage.. Applied to classroom management, this means
that we
A. may not occupy ourselves with disruptions which are worth ignoring because they are minor
B. must be reactive in our approach to discipline
C. have to Jesolve minor disruptions before they are out of control
D. may apply 9 rules out of 10 consistently
56. The attention to the development of a deep respect and affection for our rich cultural past is an
influence of
.
A. Confucius
B. Hegel
C. Teilhard de Chardin
D. Dewey
57. In what way can teachers uphold the highest possible standards of quality education?
A. By continually improving themselves personally and professionally
B. By wearing expensive clothes to change people's poor perception of teachers
C. By working out undeserved promotions
Page 11 of 39
D. By putting down other professions to lift the status of teaching
58. Student B claims: I cannot see perfection but I long for it. So it must be real.Under which group
can he be classified?
A. Idealist
B. Empiricist
C. Realist
D. Pragmatist
59. In Krathwohl's taxonomy of objectives in the affective, which is most authentic?
A. Characterization
B. Organization
C. Responding
D. Valuing
60. NSAT and NEAT results are interpreted against set mastery level. This means that NSAT and
NEAT fall under
.
A. intelligence test
B. aptitude test
C. criterion-referenced test
D. norm-referenced test
61. Each teacher is said to be a trustee of the cultural and educational heritage of the nation and is,
under obligation to transmit to learners such heritage. Which practice makes him fulfill such
obligation?
A. Use the latest instructional technology.
B. Observe continuing professional education.
C. Use interactive teaching strategies.
D.
Study the life of Filipino heroes.
62. A teacher's summary of a lesson serves the following functions, EXCEPT
A. it links the parts of the lesson
B.
lt brings together the information that has been discussed
C. it makes provisions for full participation of students.
D. it clinches the basic ideas or concepts of the lesson.
Page 12 of 39
63. In which competency do my students find the greatest difficulty? In the item with a difficulty
index of
.
A. 0.1
B. 0.9
C. 0.5
D. 1.0
64. Which method has been proven to be effective in courses that stress acquisition of knowledge?
A. Socratic method
B. Cooperative learning
C. Mastery learning
D. Indirect instruction
65. Why should a teacher NOT use direct instruction all the time?
A. It requires much time.
B. It requires use of many supplementary materials.
C. It is generally effective only in the teaching of concepts and abstractions.
D. It reduces students engagement in learning.
66. Principal C shares this thought with his teachers:Subject matter should help students
understand and appreciate themselves as unique individuals who accept complete
responsibility for their thoughts, feelings, and actions.From which philosophy is this thought
based?
A. Perennialism
B. Essentialism
C. Existentialism
D. Progressivism
67. Whose influence is the education program that puts emphasis on self-development. through the
classics, music, and rituals?
A. Buddha
B. Mohammed
C. Confucius
D. Lao Tsu
68. Teacher A is a teacher of English as a Second Language. She uses vocabulary cards, fill-in-theblank sentences, dialogues, dictation and writing excercises in teaching a lesson about grocery
shopping. Based on this information, which of the following is a valid conclusion?
Page 13 of 39
A. The teacher is applying Bloom's hierachy of cognitive learning.
B. The teacher is teaching in a variety of ways because not all students learn in the same
manner.
C. The teacher wants to make herteachirig easier by having less talk.
D. The teacher is emphasizing reading and writing skills.
69. Which one may support equitable access but may sacrifice quality?
A. Open admission
B. School accreditation
C. Deregulated tuition fee hike
D. Selective retention
70. Teacher A discovered that his pupils are very good in dramatizing. Which tool must have helped
him discover his pupils' strength?
A. Portfolio assessment
B. Performance test
C. Journal entry
D. Paper-and-pencil test
71. Two students are given the WISE II. One has a full scale IQ of 91, while the other has an IQ of
109. Which conclusion can be drawn?
A. The second student has significantly higher intellectual ability
B. The first student is probably below average, while the second has above average potential
C. Both students are functioning in the average range of intellectual ability
D. Another IQ test should be given to truly assess their intellectual potential
72. Helping in the development of graduates who aremaka-Diyosis an influence of
A. naturalistic morality
B. classical Christian morality
C. situational morality
D. dialectical morality
73. Teacher B clears his throat to communicate disapproval of a student's behavior. Which specific
influence technique is this?
A. Signal interference
B. Direct appeal
Page 14 of 39
C. Interest boosting
D. Proximity control
74. In the context on the theory on multiple intelligences, what is one weakness of the paper-pencil
test?
A. It is not easy to administer.
B. It puts the non-linguistically intelligent at a disadvantage.
C. It utilizes so much time.
D. It lacks reability.
75. Which criterion should guide a teacher in the choice of instructional devices?
A. Attractiveness
B. Cost
C. Novelty
D. Appropriateness
76. What is most likely to happen to our economy when export continuously surpasses import is a
thought question on
.
A. creating
B. relating cause-and-effect
C. synthesizing
D. predicting
77. The teacher's first task in the selection of media in teaching is to determine the
.
A. choice of the students
B. availability of the media
C. objectives of the lesson
D. technique to be used
78. All men are pretty much alike. It is only by custom that they are set apart, said one Oriental
philosopher. Where can this thought be most inspiring?
A. In a multi-cultural group of learners
B. In multi-cultural and heterogeneous groups of learners and indigenous peoples' group
C. In a class composed of indigenous peoples
D. In heterogeneous class of learners
Page 15 of 39
79. If teacher has to ask more higher-order questions, he has to ask more
questions.
A. closed
B. fact
C. concept
D. convergent
80. Student Z does not study at all but when the Licensure Examination for Teachers (LET) comes,
before he takes the LET, he spends one hour or more praying for a miracle, i.e. to pass the exam.
Which attitude towards religion or God is displayed?
A. Religion as fake
B. Religion as magic
C. Religion as authentic
D. Religion as real
81. Teacher T taught a lesson denoting ownership by means of possessives. He first introduced the
rule, then gave examples, followed by class exercises, then back to the rule before he moved into
the second rule. Which presenting technique did he use?
A. Combinatorial
B. Comparative
C. Part-whole
D. Sequence
82. All subjects in Philippine elementary and secondary schools are expected to be taught using the
integrated approach. This came about as a result of the implementation of
.
A. Program for Decentralized Education
B. School-Based Management
C. Basic Education Curriculum
D. Schools First Initiative
83. Which technique should a teacher use to encourage response if his students do not respond to
his question?
A. Ask a specific student to respond, state the question, and wait a response.
B. Tell the class that it will have detention unless answer are forthcoming.
C. Ask another question, an easier one.
D. Wait for a response.
Page 16 of 39
84. Standard deviation is to variability as mean is to
.
A. coefficient of correlation
B. central tendency
C. discrimination index
D. level of difficulty
85. Quiz is to formative test while periodic is to
A. criterion-reference test
B. summative test
C. norm-reference test
D. diagnostic test
86. Which teaching activity is founded on Bandura's Social Learning Theory?
A. Lecturing
B. Modeling
C. Questioning
D. Inductive Reasoning
87. In mastery learning, the definition of an acceptable standard of performance is called a
A. SMART
B. criterion measure
C. behavior
D. condition
88. Students' scores on a test were: 72, 72, 73, 74, 76, 78, 81, 83, 85. The score 76 is the
.
A. mode
B. average
C. mean
D. median
89. Test norms are established in order to have a basis for
.
A. establishing learning goals
B. interpreting test results
C. computing grades
Page 17 of 39
D. identifying pupils' difficulties
90. Which behavior is exhibited by a student who is strong in interpersonal intelligence?
A. Works on his/her own.
B. Keeps interest to himself/herself.
C. Seeks out a classmate for help when problem occurs.
D. Spends time meditating.
91. All of the following describe the development of children aged eleven to thirteen EXCEPT
.
A. they shift from impulsivity to adaptive ability
B. sex differences in IQ becomes more evident
C. they exhibit increase objectivity in thinking
D. they show abstract thinking and judgement
92. A student passes a research report poorly written but ornately presented in a folder to make up
for the poor quality of the book report content. Which Filipino trait does this practice prove?
Emphasis on .
A. art over academics
B. substance overporma
C. art over science
D. porma over substance
93. The principle of individual differences requires teachers to
.
A. give greater attention to gifted learners
B. provide for a variety of learning activities
C. treat all learners alike while in the classroom
D. prepare modules for slow learners in class
94. Value clarification as a strategy in Values Education classes is anchored on which philosophy?
A. Existentialism
B. Christian philosophy
C. Idealism
D. Hedonism
Page 18 of 39
95. Teacher E discussed how electricity flows through wires and what generates the electric charge.
Then she gave the students wires, bulbs, switches, and dry cells and told the class to create a
circuit that will increase the brightness of each bulb. Which one best describes the approach
used?
A. It used a taxonomy of basic thinking skills
B. It was contructivist
C. It helped students understand scientific methodology
D. It used cooperative learning
96. Rodel is very aloof and cold in his relationships with his classmates. Which basic goal must haye
not been attained by Rodel during his developmental years, according to Erikson's theory on
psychological development?
A. Autonomy
B. Trust
C. Initiative
D. Generativity
97. Which type of report refers toon-the-spotdescription of some incident, episode or occurrence
that is being observed and recorded as being of possible significance?
A. Autobiographical report
B. Biographical report
C. Value and interest report
D. Anecdotal report
98. The main purpose of compulsory study of the Constitution is to
A. develop students into responsible, thinking citizens
B. acquaint students with the historical development of the Philippine Constitution
C. make constitutional experts of the students
D. prepare students for law-making
99. The following are used in writing performance objectives, EXCEPT
A. delineate
B. diagram
C. integrate
D. comprehend
100.
Which can effectively measure students' awareness of values?
A. Projective techniques
Page 19 of 39
B. Moral dilemma
C. Likert scales
D. Anecdotal record
101.
The first thing to do in constructing a periodic test is for a teacher to
A. decide on the number of items for the test
B. go back to her instructional objectives
C. study the content
D. decide on the type of test to construct
102. Teacher F is convinced that whenever a student performs a desired behavior, provided
reinforcement and soon the student will learn to perform the behavior on his own. On which
principle is Teacher F's conviction based?
A. Cognitivism
B. Environmentalism
C. Behaviorism
D. Constructivism
103. Teacher U teaches to his pupils that pleasure is not the highest good. Teacher's teaching is
against what philosophy?
A. Realism
B. Hedonism
C. Epicureanism
D. Empiricism
104. Teacher F wanted to teach the pupils the skill to do cross stitching. Her check up quiz was a
written test on the steps of cross stitching. Which characteristic of a good test does it lack?
A. Scorability
B. Reliability
C. Objectivity
D. Validity
105.
In self-directed learning, to what extent should a teacher's scaffolding be?
A. To a degree the student needs it.
B. None, to force the student to learn by himself.
Page 20 of 39
C. To the minimum, to speed up development of student's sense of independence.
D. To the maximum, in order to extend to the student all the help he needs.
106.
What can be said of Peter who obtained a score of 75 in a Grammar objective test?
A. He answered 75 items in the test correctly.
B. He answered 75% of the test items correctly.
C. His rating is 75.
D. He performed better than 5% of his classmates.
107.
Which applies when skewness is zero?
A. Mean is greater than the median
B. Median is greater than mean
C. Scores have three modes
D. Scores are normally distributed
108. Which measure(s) of central tendency separate(s) the top half of the group from the bottom
half?
A. Median
B. Mean
C.
Median and Mean
D. Mode
109.
What was the most prominent educational issue of the mid 1980s?
A.
Bilingual Education
B. Values Education
C. Accountability
D. Mainstreaming
110.
How can you exhibit expert power on the first day of school?
A.
By making them feel you know what you are talking about.
B. By making them realize the importance of good grades.
C. By reminding them your students your authority over them again and again.
D. By giving your students a sense of belonging and acceptance.
111.
Which types of play is most characteristic of a four to six-year old child?
Page 21 of 39
A. Solitary and onlooker plays
B.
Associative and coooperative plays
C. Associative and onlooker plays
D. Cooperative and solitary plays
112.
For which may you use the direct instruction method?
A. Become aware of the pollutants around us.
B. Appreciate Milton's Paradise Lost.
C.
Use a microscope properly.
D. Distinguish war from aggression.
113.
Read the following then answer the question
TEACHER: IN WHAT WAYS OTHER THAN THE PERIODIC TABLE MIGHT WE PREDICT THE
UNDISCOVERED ELEMENTS?
BOBBY: WE COULD GOTO THE MOON AND SEE IF THERE ARE SOME ELEMENTS THERE WE DON'T
HAVE.
BETTY: WE COULD DIG DOWN INTO THE CENTER OF THE EARTH AND SEE IF WE FIND ANY OF THE
MISSING ELEMENTS
RICKY: WE COULD STUDY DEBRIS FROM THE METEORITES IF WE CAN FIND ANY.
TEACHER: THOSE ARE ALL GOOD ANSWERS. BUT WHAT IF THOSE EXCURSIONS TO THE MOON, TO
THE CENTER OF THE EARTH, OR TO FIND METEORITES WERE TOO COSTLY AND TIME CONSUMING?
HOW MIGHT WE USE THE ELEMENTS WE ALREADY HAVE HERE ON EARTH TO FIND SOME NEW
ONES?
Question: The Teacher's questions in the above exchange are examples of
questions.
A. fact
B. concept
C.
direct
D. closed
114.
The following are sound specific purposes of questions EXCEPT
A.
to call the attention of an inattentive student
B. to teach via student answers
C. to stimulate leamers to ask questions
D. to arouse interestand curiosity
Page 22 of 39
115. Teacher B engages her students with information for thorough understanding for meaning
and for competent application. Which principle governs Teacher B's practice?
A. Contructivist
B. Gestalt
C. Behaviorist
D.
Cognitivist
116. In a study conducted, the pupils were asked which nationality they preferred, if given a
choice. Majority of the pupils wanted to be Americans. In this case, in which obligation relative
to the state, do schools seem to be failing? In their obligation to
A. respect for all duly constituted authorities
B.
promote national pride
C. promote obedience to the laws of the state
D. instill allegiance to the Constitution
117. Read this question:How will you present the layers of the earth to your class?This is a
question that
A. directs
B. leads the student to evaluate
C. assesses cognition
D.
probes creative thinking
118. A mother gives his boy his favorite snack everytime the boy cleans up his room. Afterwards,
the boy cleaned his room everyday in anticipation of the snack. Which theory is illustrated?
A. Associative Learning
B. Classical Conditioning
C. Operant Conditioning
D.
119.
Pavlonian Conditioning
What should a teacher do for students in his class who are not on grade level?
A. Give them materials on their level and let them work at a pace that is reasonable
for them, trying to bring them up to a grade level.
B. Give them the same work as the other students, because they will absorb as much as they
are capable of.
C. Give them the same work as the other students, not much, so that they won't feel
embarrassed.
D. Give them work on the level of the other students and work a little above the classmates
level to challenge them.
Page 23 of 39
120.
Which holds true to standardized
tests?
A. They are used for comparative purposes
B. They are administered differently
C.
They are scored according to different standards
D. They are used for assigning grades
121. Shown a picture of children in sweaters inside the classroom, the students were asked this
question: "In what kind of climate do these children live?" This is a thought question on
A.
inferring
B. applying
C. creating
D. predicting
122. In his second item analysis, Teacher H found out that more from the lower group got the
test item # 6 correctly. This means that the test item
.
A. has a negative discriminating power
B.
has a lower validity
C. has a positive discriminating power
D. has a high reability
123. Teacher A knows of the illegal activities of a neighbor but keeps quiet in order not to be
involved in any investigation. Which foundational principle of morality does Teacher A fail to
apply?
A. The end does not justify the means.
B. The principle of double-effect
C.
Always do what is right.
D. Between two evils, do the lesser evil.
124.
As a teacher, you are a rationalist. Which among these will be your guiding principle?
A. I must teach the child that we can never have real knowledge of anything.
B.
I must teAch the child to develop his mental powers to the full.
C. I must teach the child so he is assured of heaven.
D. I must teach the child every knowledge, skill, and value that he needs for a better future.
125.
Which guideline in test construction is NOT observed in this test item: Jose Rizal wrote
.
A. The central problem should be packed in the stem.
Page 24 of 39
B.
There must be only one correct answer.
C. Alternatives must have grammatical parallelism.
D. The alternates must be plausible.
126. I combined several subject areas in order to focus on a single concept for inter-disciplinary
teaching. Which strategy/method did I use?
A. Problem-entered learning
B. Thematic instruction
C. Reading-writing activity
D.
Unit method
127.
Which is a major advantage of a curriculum-based
assessment?
A. It is informal in nature.
B. It connects testing with teaching.
C. It tends to focus on anecdotal information on student progress.
D.
128.
It is based on a norm-referenced measurement model.
Based on Edgar Dale's Cone of Experience, which activity is closest to the real thing?
A. View images
B.
Attend exhibit
C. Watch a demo
D. Hear
129.
Teacher Y does norm-referenced interpretation of scores. Which of the following does she
do?
A. She describes group performance in relation to a level of mastery set.
B. She uses a specified content as its frame of reference.
C.
She compares every individual students' scores with others' scores.
D. She describes what should be their performance.
130.
The typical autocratic teacher consistently does the following EXCEPT
A.
encouraging students.
B. shaming students.
C. ridiculing students.
131.
D. intimidating students.
Which is one role of play in the pre-school and early childhood years?
Page 25 of 39
A. Develops competitive spirit.
B. Separates reality from fantasy.
C.
Increases imagination due to expanding knowledge and emotional range.
D. Develops the upper and lower limbs.
132.
During the Spanish period, what was/were the medium/media of instruction in schools?
A. The Vernacular
B. English
C. Spanish
D.
Spanish and the Vernacular
133. An effective classroom manager uses low-profile classroom control. Which is a low-profile
classroom technique?
A. Note to parents
B. After-school detention
C. Withdrawal of privileges
D.
Raising the pitch of the voice
134. The primary objective of my lesson is:To add similar fractions correctly.Before I can do this
I must first aim at this specific objective:To distinguish a numerator from a nominator.What
kind of objective is the latter?
A. Major
B. Terminal
C.
Enabling
D. Primary
135.
Which is/are the sources of man's intellectual drives, according to Freud?
A. Id
B. Superego
C.
Id and ego
D. Ego
136.
Which is an appropriate way to manage off-task behavior?
A. Make eye contact.
B. Stop your class activity to correct a child who is no longer on task.
Page 26 of 39
C. Move closer to the child.
D.
Redirect a child's attention to task and check his progress to make sure he is
continuing to work.
137.
John Watson said:Men are built not born.What does this statement point to?
A. The ineffectiveness of training on a person's development.
B.
The effect of environmental stimulation on a person's development.
C. The absence of genetic influence on a person's development
D. The effect of heredity.
138. Which does NOT belong to the group of alternative learning systems?
A. Multi-grade grouping
B. Multi-age grouping
C.
Graded education
D. Non-graded grouping
139. Which activity should a teacher have more for his students if he wants them to develop
logical- mathematical thinking?
A.
Problem solving
B. Choral reading
C. Drama
D. Storytelling
140.
A goal-oriented instruction culminates in
A.
.
planning of activities
B. evaluation
C. identification of topics
D. formulation of objectives
141.
A teacher/student is held responsible for his actions because s/he
.
A. has instincts
B. is mature
C.
has a choice
D. has reason
Page 27 of 39
142. The burnout malady gets worse if a teacher doesn't intervene to change whatever areas he
or she can control. Which one can renew a teacher's enthusiasm?
A. Stick to job
B.
Initiate changes in jobs
C. Judge someone else as wrong
D. Engage in self-pity
143.
With indirect instruction in mind, which does NOT belong to the group?
A. Problem solving
B. Lecture-recitation
C. Inductive reasoning
D.
Discovery
144. History books used in schools are replete with events portraying defeats and weaknesses of
the Filipino as a people. How should you tackle them in the classroom?
A. Present them and express your feelings of shame.
B.
Present facts and use them as means in inspiring your class to learn from
them.
C. Present them and blame those people responsible or those who have contributed.
D. Present them as they are presented,and tell the class to accept reality.
145. Teachers often complain of numerous non-teaching assignments that adversely, affect their
teaching. Does this mean that teachers must be preoccupied only with teaching?
A. Yes, if they are given other assignments, justice demands that they be properly compensated.
B. Yes, because other community leaders, not teachers, are tasked to leadin community
activities.
C.
NO, because every teacher is expected to provide leadership and
initiative in activities for betterment of communities.
D. Yes, because teaching is enough full time job.
146. "In the light of the facts presented, what is most likely to happen when ... ?" is a sample
thought question on
A.
inferring
B. generalizing
C. synthesizing
D. justifying
147.
Which is a true foundation of the social order?
Page 28 of 39
A. Obedient citizenry
B.
The reciprocation of rights and duties
C. Strong political leadership
148.
D. Equitable distribution of wealth
For maximum interaction, a teacher ought to avoid
questions.
A. informational
B. rhetorical
C.
leading
D. divergent
149. It is not wise to laugh at a two-year old child when he utters bad word because in his stage
he is learning to
.
A.
consider other's views
B. distinguish sex differences
C. socialize
D. distinguish right from wrong
150. Which guideline must be observed in the use of prompting to shape the correct
performance of your students?
A.
Use the least intrusive prompt first.
B. Use all prompts available.
C. Use the most intrusive prompt first.
D. Refrain from using prompts.
151. Bruner's theory on intellectual development moves from enactive to iconic and symbolic
stages. In which stage(s) are diagrams helpful to accompany verbal information?
A. Enactive and iconic
B.
Symbolic
C. Symbolic and enactive
D. Iconic
152. If your Licensure Examination Test (LET) items sample adequately the competencies listed
in the syllabi, it can be said that the LET possesses
validity.
A. concurrent
B. construct
Page 29 of 39
C.
content
D. predictive
153. Teacher F is newly converted to a religion. Deeply convinced of his new found religion, he
starts Monday classes by attacking one religion and convinces his pupils to attend their
religious services on Sundays. Is this in accordance with the Code of Ethics of Professional
Teachers?
A. Yes. What he does is values education.
B.
No. A teacher should not use his position to proselyte others.
C. Yes. In the name of academic freedom, a teacher can decide what to teach.
D. Yes.What he does strengthens values education.
154.
Which does Noam Chomsky, assert about language learning for children?
I. Young children learn and apply grammatical rules and vocabulary as they are exposed to them.
II. Begin formal teaching of grammatical rules to children as early as possible.
III. Do not require initial formal language teaching for children.
A. I and III
B. II only
C. I only
D.
I and II
155. In a social studies class, Teacher I presents a morally ambiguous situation and asks his
students what they would do. On whose theory is Teacher I's technique based?
A. Kohlberg
B.
Bandura
C. Piaget
D. Bruner
156.
You arrive at knowledge by re-thinking of latent ideas. From whom does this thought come?
A.
Experimentalist
B. Realist
C. Idealist
D. Existentialist
157. A child who gets punished for stealing candy may not steal again immediately. But this does
not mean that the child may not steal again. Based on Thorndike's theory on punishment and
learning, this shows that
Page 30 of 39
A. punishment strengthens a response
B. punishment removes a response
C.
punishment does not remove a response
D. punishment weakens a response
158. After giving an input on a good paragraph, Teacher W asks her students to rate a given
paragraph along the elements of a good paragraph. The students' task is in level of
A. application
B.
analysis
C. evaluation
D. synthesis
159.
Which is most implied by a negatively skewed score distribution?
A. The scores are evenly distributed from left to the right
B. Most pupils are achievers
C.
Most of the scores are low
D. Most of the scores are high
160.
How can you exhibit referent power on the first day of school?
A. By making them feel you know what you are talking about.
B.
By telling them the importance of good grades.
C. By reminding your students your authority over them again and again.
D. By giving your students a sense of belonging and acceptance.
161. If teacher wants to test students' ability to organize ideas, which type of test should she
formulate?
A. Multiple-choice type
B. Short answer
C.
Essay
D. Technical problem
162. Ruben is very attached to his mother and Ruth to her father. In what developmental stage
are they according to Freudian psychological theory?
A.
Oedipal stage
B. Latent stage
Page 31 of 39
C. Anal stage
D. Pre-genital stage
163. Behavior followed by pleasant consequences will be strengthened and will be more likely to
occur in the future. Behavior followed by unpleasant consequences will be weakened and will
be less likely to be repeated in the future. Which one is explained?
A. Freud's Psychoanalytic Theory
B. Thorndike's Law of Effect
C.
B. F. Skinner's Operant Conditioning Theory
D. Bandura's Social Learning Theory
164.
Which one can enhance the comparability of grades?
A.
Using common conversion table for translating test scores in to ratings
B. Formulating tests that vary from one teacher to another
C. Allowing individual teachers to determine factors for rating
D. Individual teachers giving weights to factors considered for rating
165. Based on Freud's psychoanalytic theory which component(s) of personality is (are)
concerned with a sense of right and wrong?
A. Super-ego
B.
Super-ego and Ego
C. Id
D. Ego
166.
Which assumption underlies the teacher's use of performance objectives?
A. Not every form of learning is observable.
B. Performance objectives assure the learrier of learning.
C.
Learning is defined as a change in the learner's observable performance.
D. The success of learner is based on teacher performance.
167. Who among the following needs less verbal counseling but needs more concrete and
operational forms of assistance? The child who
.
A. has mental retardation
B.
has attention-deficit disorder
C. has learning disability
Page 32 of 39
D. has conduct disorder
168. We encounter people whose prayer goes like this: "O God, if there is a God; save my soul, if I
have a soul" From whom is this prayer?
A. Stoic
B. Empiricist
C.
Agnostic
D. Skeptic
169. The best way for a guidance counselor to begin to develop study skills and habits in
underachieving student would be to
.
A. have these underachieving students observe the study habits of excelling students
B.
encourage students to talk about study habits from their own experiences
C. have them view film strips about various study approaches
D. give out a list of effective study approaches
170.
To promote effective practice, which guideline should you bear in mind? Practice should be
A.
done in an evaluative atmosphere
B. difficult for students to learn a lesson
C. arranged to allow students to receive feedback
D. take place over a long period of time
171. In Krathwohl's affective domain of objectives, which of the following is the lowest level of
affective behavior?
A. Valuing
B. Characterization
C. Responding
D.
172.
Organization
With specific details in mind, which one has (have) a stronger diagnostic value?
A. Multiple choice test
B. Non-restricted essay test
C. Restricted essay test
D.
173.
Restricted and non-restricted essay tests
What is the mean of this score distribution: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10?
Page 33 of 39
A.
7
B. 6
C. 8.5
D. 7.5
174. Availment of the Philippine Education Placement Test (PEPT) for adults and out-of-school
youths is in support of the goverriment'S educational program towards .
A.
equitable access
B. quality
C. quality and relevance
D. relevance
175. With-it-ness, according to Kounin, is one of the characterestics of an effective classroom
manager. Which phrase goes with it?
A. Have hands that write fast.
B.
Have eyes on the back of your heads.
C. Have a mouth ready to speak.
D. Have minds packed with knowledge.
176. Teacher B is a teacher of English as a Second Language. She uses vocabulary cards, fill-inthe- blank sentences, dictation and writing exercises in teaching a lesson about grocery
shopping. Based on this information, which of the following is a valid conclusion?
A.
The teacher is reinforcing learning by giving the same information in, a
variety of methods.
B. The teacher is applying Bloom's hierachy of cognitive learning.
C. The teacher wants to do less talk.
D. The teacher is emphasizing listening and speaking skills.
177.
With synthesizing skills in mind, which has the highest diagnostic value?
A. Essay test
B.
Performance test
C. Completion test
D. Multiple choice test
178.
How can you exhibit legitimate power on the first day of school?
A. By making your students feel they are accepted for who they are.
Page 34 of 39
B. By informing them you are allowed to act in loco parentis.
C. By making them realize the importance of good grades.
D.
179.
By making them feel you have mastery of subject matter.
Which questioning practice promotes more class interaction?
A. Asking the question before calling on a student.
B.
Focusing on divergent question
C. Focusing on convergent questions.
D. Asking rhetorical questions.
180. Theft of school equipment like tv, computer, etc. by teenagers in the community itself is
becoming a common phenomenon. What does this incident signify?
A. Prevalence of poverty in the community.
B. Inability of school to hire security guards.
C. Deprivation of Filipino schools.
D.
181.
Community's lack of sense of co-ownership.
Which of the following propositions is attributed to Plato?
A. Truth is relative to a particular time and place.
B. Human beings create their own truths.
C.
Learning is the discovery of truth as Iatent ideas are brought to
consciousness.
D. Sense perception is the most accurate guide to knowledge.
182.
In the parlance of test construction what does TOS mean?
A. Table of Specifics
B.
Table of Specifications
C. Table of Specific Test Items
D. Team of Specifications
183.
Read the following then answer the question:
TEACHER: IN WHAT WAYS OTHER THAN THE PERIODIC TABLE MIGHT WE PREDICT THE
UNDISCOVERED ELEMENTS?
BOBBY: WE COULD GO TOTHE MOON AND SEE IF THERE ARE SOME ELEMENTS THERE WE DON'T
HAVE.
Page 35 of 39
BETTY: WE COULD DIG DOWN TO THE CENTER OF THE EARTH AND SEE IF WE FIND ANY OF THE
MISSING ELEMENTS.
RICKY: WE COULD STUDY DEBRIS FROM THE METEORITES IF WE CAN FIND ANY.
TEACHER: THOSE ARE ALL GOOD ANSWERS BUT WHAT IF THOSE, EXCURSIONS TO THE MOON, TO
THE CENTER OF THE EARTH, OR TO FIND METEORITES WERE TOO COSTLY AND TIME CONSUMING?
HOW MIGHT WE USE THE ELEMENTS WE ALREADY HAVE HERE ON EARTH TO FIND SOME NEW
ONES?
Question: Which questioning strategy/ies does/do the exchange of thoughts above
illustrate?
A. Funneling
B. Sowing and reaping
C. Nose-dive
D.
184.
Extending and lifting
Standard deviation is to variability as mode to
.
A. level of difficulty
B. discrimination
C. correlation
D.
185.
central tendency
. By what name is Indirect instruction the Socratic method also known?
A. Mastery learning
B. Indirect Method
C. Morrison method
D.
Questioning method
186. In a treatment for alcoholism, Ramil was made to drink an alcoholic beverage and then
made to ingest a drug that produces nausea. Eventually, he was nauseated at the sight and smell
of alcohol and stopped drinking alcohoL Which theory explains this?
A. Operant conditioning
B. Social Learning Theory
C.
Associative Learning
D. Attribution Theory
187. The search for related literature by accessing several databases by the use of a telephone
line to connect a computer library with other computers that have database is termed .
Page 36 of 39
A. compact disc search
B. manual search
C.
on-line search
D. computer search
188.
Which one can best evaluate students' attitudinal development?
A. Essay test
B.
Portfolio
C. Observation
D. Short answer test
189.
Which are direct measures of competence?
A. Personality tests
B. Performance tests
C. Paper-and-pencil tests
D.
190.
Standardized test
In instructional planning it is necessary that the parts of the plan from the first to the last
have
.
A. clarity
B.
symmetry
C. coherence
D. conciseness
191.
The cultivation of reflective and meditative skills in teaching is an influence of
.
A. Shintoism
B.
Zen Buddhism
C. Confucianism
D. Taoism
192. With which goals of educational institutions as provided for by the Constitution is the
development of work skills aligned?
A. To develop moral character
B. To teach the duties of citizenship
C. To inculcate love of country
Page 37 of 39
D.
To develop vocational efficiency
193. Researches conducted show that teacher's expectations of students become. Do not require
initial formal language teaching for children self-fulfilling prophecies. What is this phenomenon
called?
A. Halo effect
B.
Pygmalion effect
C. Ripple effect
D. Hawthorne effect
194. Under which program were students who were not accommodated in public elementary
and secondary schools because of lack of classroom, teachers, and instructional materials, were
enrolled in private schools in their respective communities at the government's expense?
A. Government Assistance Program
B. Study Now-Pay Later
C. Educational Service Contract System
D.
National Scholarship Program
195. Under which program were students who were not accommodated in public elementary
and secondary schools because of lack of classroom, teachers, and instructional materials, were
enrolled in private schools in their respective communities at the government's expense?
A.
Government Assistance Program
B. Study Now-Pay Later
C. Educational Service Contract System
D. National Scholarship Program
196. How would you select the most fit in government positions? Applying Confucius teachings,
which would be the answer?
A. By course accreditation of an accrediting body
B. By merit system and course accreditation
C.
By merit system
D. By government examinations
197. Referring to Teacher S, Nicolle describes her teacher asfair, caring and someone you can
talk to.Which power or leadership does Teacher S have?
A. Referent power
B.
Legitimate power
Page 38 of 39
C. Reward power
D. Expert power
Professional Education
Preboard A
SOCIAL DIMENSIONS OF EDUCATION
1. Under the 21st Century Life and Career Skills, which enables a person to respond to the change of
modernity?
A. Flexibility and Adaptability
B. Social and Cross-Cultural skills
C. Leadership and Responsibility
D. Productivity and Accountability
RATIONALIZATION:
Flexibility and Adaptability in the classroom are two of most important qualities that every teacher must
possess. These two characteristics also go hand-in-hand with one another. Flexibility is the idea that your
plans can change very quickly, sometimes with notice and sometimes without. Receiving criticism (good
and bad) from your advisers is extremely important in terms of flexibility because it will force you to
change up what you are used to doing. Being flexible means incorporating this feedback into your
teaching. Also, on-the-spot changes may also need to me made based on certain situations in the
classroom, often without prior realization. Adaptability is the ability to adapt to change. In general, it is
being able to acclimate yourself to changing roles, job responsibilities, material, and schedules. If you
cannot accommodate for these different aspects of teaching, it will be difficult to give your students the
best learning experience that they could possibly get, and of course that's always the goal!
2. Which pillar of learning describes the phrase “Unity in Diversity”?
A. Learning to live together
B. Learning to be
C. Learning to know
D. Learning to do
RATIONALIZATION:
Learning to live together in peace and harmony is a dynamic holistic and lifelong process through which
mutual respect, sharing, understanding, caring compassion, and social responsibility, solidarity,
acceptance and tolerance of diversity among individuals and groups (ethnic, social, cultural, religious,
national and regional) are internalized and practiced together to solve problems and to work towards a
just and free, peaceful and democratic society. Learning to live together involves developing, broadening
or changing perceptions of an attitude toward ourselves and others and consequently, the way we behave
in our daily encounters and interactions with others.
3. The teacher would like to focus on “WELLNESS” which needs to be developed among individual learners and
so she gives focus on
.
A. Vital values
B. Pleasure values
C. Spiritual values
D. Holy values
RATIONALIZATION:
Vital values are those pertaining to the well-being either of the individual and the community.
Pagelacks
38 of 39
4. The teacher who spends more than what is earned, thus becoming vulnerable to loan sharks
A.
B.
C.
D.
Financial literacy
Cyberliteracy
Eco-literacy
Media literacy
RATIONALIZATION:
Financial literacy is the education and understanding of various financial areas including topics related to
managing personal finance, money and investing. This focuses on the ability to manage personal
Page 38 of 39
finance matters in an efficient manner, and it includes the knowledge of making appropriate decisions
about personal finance such as investing, insurance, real estate, paying for college, budgeting, retirement
and tax planning.
5. Owing to issues in friendship, family ties, gender rights, etc.
a wide opportunity for value formation of learners.
A. Filipino
B. Social Science
C. English
D. Islamic Subject
is a value-rich subject that provides
RATIONALIZATION:
Social science is an academic discipline concerned with society and the relationships among individuals
within a society, which often rely primarily on empirical approaches.
6. Which run against the Filipino family value of sacrifice?
A. Willingness to forgive
B. Delayed satisfaction of desires
C. Inability to forgive
D. Tolerance of pain and mistakes
RATIONALIZATION:
To “sacrifice” means to give up something we hold dear in order to gain someone else even more
valuable. Although this is an idea and practice that’s considered archaic and unrealistic in today’s selfcentered, narcissistic world, if we think about it, sacrifice is really at the heart of any great
culture/society. Inability to forgive is an attitude that runs against the value of sacrifice.
7. A student passes a book report poorly written but ornately presented in a folder to make up for the poor
quality of book report content. Which Filipino traits does | this practice prove?
A. "Porma"over substance
B. Substance over "Porma"
C. Arts over academics
D. Art over Science
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is A, “Porma” over substance. When a student focuses more on designs and
embellishments rather than of content of a report, then it shows “porma” over substance.
8. When you wanted to genuinely clarify and point relative to an issue under a discussion in a meeting, what
will you do as a teacher?
A. Politely request for recognition to clarify your point.
B. Just keep quiet to avoid opposition
C. Discuss with seatmates to gain support
D. Oppose the other position
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is A. In communication, clarification involves offering back to the speaker the
essential meaning, as understood by the listener, of what they have just said. Thereby checking that the
listener's understanding is correct and resolving any areas of confusion or misunderstanding.
Clarification is important in many situations especially when what is being communicated is difficult in
some way. Communication can be 'difficult' for many reasons, perhaps sensitive emotions are being
discussed - or you are listening to some complex information or following instructions.
As a teacher, the best way to clarify an issue under a discussion is to politely request for recognition to
clarify your point.
9. In doing a research, which is needed to be more valid?
Page 38 of 39
A.
B.
C.
D.
Assumptions
Hypothesis
Factual evidences
Conclusion
Page 38 of 39
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is C, factual evidences. Conclusions drawn from analyzing research data can only be
valid if the evidences are factual since conclusions are based from the evidences.
PRINCIPLES OF TEACHING
10. Teacher Vanessa believes that students need not know the intended learning outcome of her lesson. She
proceeds to her learning activities at once without letting them know what they are supposed to learn for the
day. Which principle of learning does Teacher Vanessa negate?
A. Learning is the discovery of the personal meaning of ideas.
B. Effective learning begins with the setting clear expectations and learning outcomes.
C. Learning process is an active process.
D. Learning is a cooperative and a collaborative process.
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is B. Effective teachers set clear learning expectations and this was what Teacher
Vanessa failed to do before she proceeds with her lesson for the day.
11. Teacher Prince noticed that in group work, students just leave the work to the leader and so vowed never to
give group work again. Against which principle of learning is Teacher Prince’s decision?
A. Learning is the discovery of the personal meaning of ideas.
B. Learning is an active process.
C. Learning is a cooperative and a collaborative process.
D. Effective learning begins with setting clear expectations and learning outcomes.
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is C. Teacher Prince went against the principle which states that “Learning is a
cooperative and collaborative process” by not giving group work to his students. Collaborative learning is
a method of teaching and learning in which students team together to explore a significant question or
create a meaningful project. Cooperative groups work face-to-face and learn to work as a team. In small
groups, students can share strengths and also develop their weaker skills.
12. In his desire to finish the content of the course syllabus, Sir Janus just lectures while students listen. Which
principle of learning does Sir Janus violate?
A. Learning is a cooperative and a collaborative process.
B. Learning is the discovery if the personal meaning of ideas. C.
Learning is an active process.
D. Effective learning begins with setting clear expectations and learning outcomes.
RATIONALIZATION:
No one can learn for us in the same way that nobody can eat for us, nor live for us, nor die for us. If it is my
brother who solves my assignment in algebra, then it is my brother not me who will master the skill of
solving problems in algebra. This means that we must actively engage the learners in learning activities if
we want them to learn what we intend to teach. We must give our students opportunities to participate in
classroom activities. This quote serves as a summary of the first principle: “What I hear, I forget. What I
see, I remember. What I do, I understand.”
13. Mr. Sevilla requires his class to conduct research, write a research report and defend the same before a
panel of experts. In which level/s of processing will the students be engaged?
I.
Retrieval
II.
Comprehension
III.
Analysis
IV.
Knowledge utilization
A. III and IV
B. I, III and IV
C. II, III and IV
D. I, II, III and IV
Page 38 of 39
RATIONALIZATION:
Page 38 of 39
Marzano and Kendall have given Bloom’s taxonomy a bit of working over. They reframed the three
Domains and instead of categorizing learning activities they describe six levels of processing knowledge as
follows.






Retrieval – involves the recognition and recall of information and the execution of mental
procedures and psychomotor procedures.
Comprehension – involves the integration and symbolization of knowledge.
Analysis – involves matching and classifying activities, analyzing errors, generalizing from
foundational knowledge and specifying logical consequences.
Knowledge Utilization – involves decision-making, problem-solving, experimenting and
investigating.
Meta-cognitive System –involves the learner’s specification of learning goals, monitoring of the
learner’s own process, clarity and accuracy of learning. Simply put involves the learner’s
organization of their own learning.
Self-System – involves the learner’s examination of the Importance of the learning task and their
self-efficacy. It also involves the learner’s emotional response to the learning task and their
motivation regarding it.
14. Teacher Clarence wanted her students to rate their own work using the scoring rubric which she explained
to the class before the students began with their task. Based on revised Bloom’s taxonomy, in which level of
cognitive processing are the students?
A. Applying
C. Synthesizing
B. Analyzing
D. Evaluating
RATIONALIZATION:
Bloom's taxonomy is a set of three hierarchical models used to classify educational learning objectives
into levels of complexity and specificity. The three lists cover the learning objectives in cognitive, affective
and sensory domains. The cognitive domain list has been the primary focus of most traditional education
and is frequently used to structure curriculum learning objectives, assessments and activities.






Knowledge – involves recognizing or remembering facts, terms, basic concepts, or answers without
necessarily understanding what they mean. Its characteristics may include:
a) Knowledge of specifics—terminology, specific facts
b) Knowledge of ways and means of dealing with specifics—conventions, trends and sequences,
classifications and categories, criteria, methodology
c) Knowledge of the universals and abstractions in a field—principles and generalizations,
theories and structures
Comprehension – involves demonstrating an understanding of facts and ideas by organizing,
comparing, translating, interpreting, giving descriptions, and stating the main ideas.
Application – involves using acquired knowledge—solving problems in new situations by applying
acquired knowledge, facts, techniques and rules. Learners should be able to use prior knowledge to
solve problems, identify connections and relationships and how they apply in new situations.
Analysis – involves examining and breaking information into component parts, determining how
the parts relate to one another, identifying motives or causes, making inferences, and finding
evidence to support generalizations.
Synthesis – involves building a structure or pattern from diverse elements; it also refers to the act of
putting parts together to form a whole.
Evaluation – involves presenting and defending opinions by making judgments about information,
the validity of ideas, or quality of work based on a set of criteria.
15. Teacher Rey shared this lesson objective/learning outcome with her students: “Before the period ends, all
of you must be able to identify the topic sentence and supporting sentences of a given paragraph.” Teacher
Rey drilled them on subject-verb agreement to ensure that they can write a good paragraph then gave a tensentence paragraph for the students to determine subject-verb agreement before the class period ended.
Did Teacher Rey use the lesson objective/learning outcome as guide in the development of her lesson?
A. A little, because subject-verb agreement is a must in paragraph writing
Page 38 of 39
B. No,
C. Yes.
D. Very much, because she made use of a ten-sentence paragraph for the end-of-the-period quiz
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is B. Teacher Rey didn’t follow the objectives of his lesson. The drill activity he gave
was different from the learning objectives he shared with the class.
16. This is the time the teacher actually spends in the classroom giving instruction by various means.
A. Academic learning time
B. Mandated time
C. Allocated time
D. Teaching time
RATIONALIZATION:
The clock seems to manage every school day. The daily schedule is based on a variety of factors, such as
state- or district-mandated time periods for a given subject, bus schedules, local school schedules for
special classes, lunch periods, and teacher planning time. Wong and Wong (1998) describe four different
types of school-day time:




Allocated time. The total time for teacher instruction and student learning.
Instructional time. Also known as teaching time.The time teachers are actively teaching.
Engaged time. The time students are involved in a task.
Academic learning time. The time teachers can prove that students learned the content or mastered
the skill.
Read the following situation then answer numbers 17 and 18.
Teacher Algie proceed to her lesson without stating the intended learning outcomes
for the hour. She asked her students to work on Seatwok # 3 found in the Math
Workbook, pp. 3-4. After 40 minutes, the students corrected their own answers as
Teacher Algie dictated the answer.
17. What is an OBE/OBTL practice in Teacher Algie’s class?
A. Students’ correcting their own answers
B. The seatwork
C. Teacher Jing gave the answers
D. None at all
RATIONALIZATION:
Outcomes-Based Education/Outcomes-Based Teaching-Learning (OBE/OBTL) is focused not on what the
teacher intends to teach but rather the emphasis is on what is the outcome from the learner of that
teaching is intended to be. The basic premise of OBTL is that the teaching and learning activities and
assessment methods are constructively aligned with the intended learning outcomes (ILOs) for the
course. In other words, the outcomes determine the curriculum content, the teaching methods and
strategies, and the assessment process. The outcomes also provide a framework for curriculum
evaluation.
Teacher Algie’s practice was not in accordance with OBE/OBTL because she didn’t state the intended
learning outcomes for the lesson. The activity she gave was not based on outcomes.
18. If Teacher Algie develops lesson the OBTL way, what should she do?
A. Make students understand what they are expected to know and able to do after the lesson.
B. Make students arrive at the answers.
C. Correct the seatwork.
D. Make seatwork as homework.
RATIONALIZATION:
Page
38 of and
39
The correct answer is A. In order to be able to apply OBE/OBTL, Teacher Algie was supposed
to state
make her students understand their learning outcomes.
19. In classroom curriculum implementation, which is referred to as the “Green Flag”?
Page 38 of 39
A. Rigid Movement
B. Student interest
C. Content delivery blast
D. Too much chalkboard talk
RATIONALIZATION:
Green flags are practices we hope to see in classrooms in that subject area. Green flags: (a)
Heterogeneous classes with groups within (b) Student interest and teacher enthusiasm (c) Recognizing
that students may change in skills (d) Integration of problem solving (e) Students applying class lesson in
real-life situations (f) Enrichment activities available to students
20. In order for the students to clearly understand the structure and content of the teacher’s presentation, the
teachers should have?
A. Several years of experience as a presenter B.
A short preview
C. A summary
D. A short conclusion
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is B. Previewing is important because it allows you to use time more efficiently. It will
help the students better understand the structure and content of the teacher’s lesson.
21. In the instructional process, as the teacher completes the instruction on the lesson, what serves as the basis
of new lesson?
A. New information
B. Instructional tool
C. Appropriate methodology
D. Knowledge base
RATIONALIZATION:
New learning is constructed on prior knowledge. When we present them with problems or new
information, their prior knowledge and experiences influence their thinking. The more we understand
about what students already think, and the more we help them engage their prior understandings, the
more likely they are to learn well – and the less likely they are to misinterpret the material in our courses.
22. In introducing new lesson, what is important to consider by way of lesson continuity?
A. Relate past lesson to new lesson.
B. Prepare the instructional materials
C. Introduce new lesson.
D. Prepare new audio visual
RATIONALIZATION:
A review connects the current lesson with previous lessons by going over points that were taught or
learned previously.
23. Which of the following best implements research - based learning?
A. Power Point
B. Whole class discussion
C. Information data gathering
D. Intensive seat work
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is C, information data gathering. Research-based teaching means that students carry
out research in their courses independently and with an open outcome. This helps to internalize and
practice research conducts and methods, skills such as formulating a precise question and processing and
monitoring a research process.
Page teams
38 of 39
24. The subject matter is the ASEAN Qualifications Framework (AQRF). The Asian History teacher
up
with the Economics teacher, the Professional Education teacher for a thorough discussion of AQRF from the
perspective of other disciplines. Which describes the Asian History teacher’s pedagogical approach?
Page 38 of 39
A. Reflective
B. Integrated
C. Inquiry-Based
D. Constructivist
RATIONALIZATION:
The integrated approach helps pupils get a unified view of reality, and enhances their capability to
acquire real-life skills. It does this by linking learning content between and among subject areas. There is
integration when pupils are able to connect what they are learning in one subject area to a related
content in another subject area. For instance, topics learned in Math or Social Studies may be used by the
pupils with related concepts and skills in Reading and Language. The quality of learning outcomes
improves as pupils are able to integrate information across disciplines instead of acquiring them in
isolation.
25. Teacher Belinda avoids out-of-context drills. Instead she used real world problems for her students to
solve. Doing so makes Teacher Beth
in approach.
A. Reflective
B. Constructivist
C. Inquiry-based
D. Developmentally appropriate
RATIONALIZATION:
Inquiry-based learning is an approach to learning that emphasizes the student's role in the learning
process. Rather than the teacher telling students what they need to know, students are encouraged to
explore the material, ask questions, and share ideas. Inquiry-based learning uses different approaches to
learning, including small-group discussion and guided learning. Instead of memorizing facts and material,
students learn by doing. This allows them to build knowledge through exploration, experience, and
discussion.
26. How will you describe activities which involve questions and answers leading to discovery of an answer or
solution?
A. Interdisciplinary
B. Innovative
C. Integrative
D. Interactive
RATIONALIZATION:
Interactive learning is a hands-on approach to helping students become more engaged and retain more
material. With or without a form of technology, interactive learning helps students strengthen problemsolving and critical thinking skills.
27. Teacher Janus talked all period. He taught the class the steps to undertake in the conduct of an action
research. He also showed a poorly done action research. He explained why it is poorly done and finally
showed a model action research. Which teaching approach describes Teacher Janus’ lesson development?
Was Teacher Janus’ learner-centered?
A. No, he was more subject matter-centered and teacher-centered.
B. No, because his subject matter was highly technical.
C. Yes, he taught for all learners.
D. Yes, he made things easy for the learners.
RATIONALIZATION:
In the teacher-centered teaching approach, the teacher is perceived to be the only reliable source of
information in contrast to the learner-centered approach while in the subject-matter centered approach,
the subject matter gains primacy over that of the learner.
28. For meaningful teaching and learning, it is best to connect the lesson to the life of students by integrating a
relevant value in the lesson. Which principle is applied?
A. Write SMART lesson objectives/intended learning outcomes.
Page 38 of 39
B. Begin with the end in mind.
C. Share lesson objectives/ intended learning outcomes with students.
D. Lesson objectives/intended learning outcomes must integrate 2 or 3 domains – cognitive, skill and
affective or cognitive and affective or skill and affective.
Page 38 of 39
RATIONALIZATION:
Developing and delivering lessons by teachers are integral in the teaching process. It is hence important for
teachers to ensure that the three (3) domains of learning which include cognitive (thinking), affective
(emotions or feeling) and Psychomotor (Physical or kinesthetic) to be achieved. It is imperative to
understand that there are different categories of learners who have varying needs and as such different
methods must be adopted in the planning and delivery of lessons to ensure that such needs are addressed
29. Teacher Dhelia’s lesson was on “what a man can do to arrest climate change.” She made the students do the
talking, arguing and synthesizing. The lecture was made after the students’ lively discussion. To what
approach did Teacher Dada use?
A. Subject-centered approach
B. Teacher-centered approach
C. Student-centered approach
D. School-centered approach
RATIONALIZATION:
Student-centered learning, also known as learner-centered education, broadly encompasses methods of
teaching that shift the focus of instruction from the teacher to the student. In original usage, studentcentered learning aims to develop learner autonomy and independence by putting responsibility for the
learning path in the hands of students by imparting them with skills and basis on how to learn a specific
subject and schemata required to measure up to the specific performance requirement. Student- centered
instruction focuses on skills and practices that enable lifelong learning and independent problem-solving.
Student-centered learning theory and practice are based on the constructivist learning theory that
emphasizes the learner's critical role in constructing meaning from new information and prior experience.
30. Teacher Vel Marie said: “This is the rule on how to multiply fractions. To illustrate, let’s give examples.”
Then she gave fractions to the class for them to multiply. How did Teacher Vel Marie proceed?
A. Deductively
B. Inductively
C. Deductively then Inductively
D. Inductively then deductively
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is A. Teacher Vel Marie started her lesson on the rule (general) on how to multiply
fractions then proceed with giving examples (specific). Deductive approach involves the learners being
given a general rule, which is then applied to specific language examples and honed through practice
exercises. An inductive approach involves the learners detecting, or noticing, patterns and working out a
'rule' for themselves before they practice the language.
31. During problem solving method, the teacher’s primary role is
A. Director
B. Lecturer
C. Clarifier
D. Judge
.
RATIONALIZATION:
In a Problem-Based Learning scenario the teacher's traditional role changes, and some teachers may
need some time to adjust. No longer is the teacher and text the source of all knowledge in the classroom.
During problem solving activities, the teacher acts as a clarifier especially when students are in doubt
how to go about the problem.
32. Which of the following provides open environment for discussing opinions without fear of being wrong or
ridiculed for an unpopular opinion?
A. Debate
Page 38 of 39
B. Buzz Session
C. Symposium
D. Committee
Page 38 of 39
RATIONALIZATION:
Buzz sessions are short participative sessions that are deliberately built into a lecture or larger group
exercise in order to stimulate discussion and provide student feedback. In such sessions, small subgroups of two to four persons spend a short period (generally no more than five minutes) intensively
discussing a topic or topics suggested by the teacher. Each sub-group then reports back on its
deliberations to the group as a whole, or sometimes combines with another sub-group in order to share
their findings and discuss the implications.
33. The school conducted a general student election for the Supreme Student Council. The election is patterned
after the COMELEC system. The school is using what kind of technique?
A. Symposium
C. Panel discussion
B. Simulation
D. Dramatization
RATIONALIZATION:
Simulation is an activity that simulates “almost real-life situation”. Other applications of simulation are
the following: simulated flight for aviation students, assigning student to be the mayor of the day.
34. Which of the following would be the best choice if a teacher would like to focus on attitudinal change?
A. Dramatization
C. Role play
B. Field study
D. Simulation
RATIONALIZATION:
Role playing allows the child to shows his own personal emotions and therefore is a good option when
focusing on attitudinal change.
35. Teacher Vanessa was assigned by her peer teacher to make a power point presentation to a large combined
class for the research paper of the drug use menace in school. The setting patterned that was adopted
effectively was
.
A. Horseshoe pattern
B. Rectangular pattern
C. Circular pattern
D. Traditional pattern
RATIONALIZATION:
The traditional lecture setup typically consists of rows of fixed seating. It is ideal for large class
discussions. Students face the instructor with their backs to one another. This classroom seating
arrangement is historically common in colleges and universities, minimizing student-student
communication and largely supporting a “sage on the stage” learning environment. The highest
communication interactions between professors and students typically occurs with students in the first
row or along the middle of the classroom. Students in back rows are more likely to be less engaged.
36. This is my questioning behavior: I ask the question; I pause for a while then call on a student. Which is this
questioning practice?
A. Involving as many as possible
B. Asking non-directed question
C. Asking for non-volunteers
D. Directing a question
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is A. Pausing for a while after asking a question means that you are giving the
students “think time” and you are encouraging as many as possible to become involved in the activity.
37. Outside the acceptable and effective ways with dealing of the disciplines is/are
A. Verbal reinforces
B. Dialogue
C. Additional homework
D. Award merit
Page 38 of 39
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is C. Additional homework is not an acceptable and effective way of dealing with
discipline problems.
Page 38 of 39
38. Eye wink, waving of hands and nodding of head are examples of
A. Gestures
B. Verbal communication
C. Body language
D. Facial expression
.
RATIONALIZATION:
A gesture is a movement performed by the body like waving the hands or nodding the head for example.
Body language on the other hand are the signals you communicate due to your posture and gestures. For
example, when people are uncomfortable they tend to cross their arms. Therefore, if you see someone
with their arms crossed you can say their body language shows that they are uncomfortable. In summary,
gestures are the movements themselves and body language is what they convey.
CHILD AND ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT
39. It is a type of play in which children watch alongside but not with each other.
A. Solitary Play
B. Onlooker Play
C. Parallel Play
D. Associative Play
RATIONALIZATION:
Onlooker play happens when the child watches others at play but does not engage in it. The child may
engage in forms of social interaction, such as conversation about the play, without actually joining in the
activity. This type of activity is also more common in younger children.
40. “Every Individual is a unique individual,” adheres to what principle:
A. We are born different
C. Every person is unique
B. Individual Differences
D. Each of us has uniqueness
RATIONALIZATION:
Many of a learner’s personal characteristics can affect how he or she learns. Individual differences are
often explanations for differences in learning and performance among learners. The study of individual
differences among learners’ permits is done with the idea that results can help educators design
instruction that better meets the needs of each learner’s needs.
41. Which statement about student diversity is CORRECT
A. Student diversity is solely due to students varied culture.
B. Teachers should value and accept diversity of students.
C. Teachers should not accept diversity of students.
D. The less diversity the better for the teacher and students.
RATIONALIZATION:
Having a diverse group of students simply means recognizing that all the people are unique in their own
way. Their differences could consist of their reading level, athletic ability, cultural background,
personality, religious beliefs, and the list goes on. There has always been diversity in the classroom, but in
today society it is important to embrace it and make positive use of it. Teachers should value diversity and
they need to model this attitude to their students. When people value diversity, they recognize and
respect the fact that people are different and that these differences is generally a good thing. For example,
when attempting to solve a problem, it is better to assemble a diverse team with many skills and many
different ways of approaching the problem than it is to assemble a team that has all their strength
concentrated in one area.
42. A student was raised by authoritative parents. What will be his attitude in school?
A. Quarrelsome
B. Distant
Page 38 of 39
C. Inferior
D. Independent
RATIONALIZATION:
Kids raised by authoritative parents are more likely to become independent, self-reliant, socially
Page 38 of 39
accepted, academically successful, and well-behaved. They are less likely to report depression and
anxiety, and less likely to engage in antisocial behavior like delinquency and drug use.
43. Along Erickson’s psychosocial theory, which statement is one of autonomy in early childhood?
A. As I do things I fell I made a mistake.
B. I do things without worrying about them.
C. I worry that my parents will find about them.
D. I am apologetic about what I’ve done.
RATIONALIZATION:
If you are a parent or if you have ever interacted with a child between the ages of 18 months and 3 years,
then you have probably witnessed many of the hallmarks of the autonomy versus shame and doubt stage.
According to Erikson, children at this stage are focused on developing a greater sense of self- control. It is
at this point in development that young children begin to express a greater need for independence and
control over themselves and the world around them. The major question to be answered in this stage is
"Can I do things myself or am I reliant on the help of others?"
FACILITATING LEARNING
44. How does a novice learner acquire information?
A. Meaningful information
B. Selected information
C. Important information
D. All of the information
RATIONALIZATION:
Novice learners are well-intentioned folks who are typically brimming with enthusiasm while lacking
actual knowledge about the subject being taught. They have limited or nonexistent experience with most of
their understanding of the subject based on basic rules. In problem solving, they are satisfied with just
scratching the surface and hurriedly gives a solution to the problem. They employ rigid strategies that
may not be appropriate to the task at hand, attempt to process all the information they receive, and do not
examine the quality of their work nor stop to make revisions.
45. Which level of knowledge is manifested when a learner is able to answer the question, "What was most
confusing to me about the material explored in class today?"
A. Factual knowledge
B. Conceptual knowledge
C. Procedural knowledge
D. Metacognitive knowledge
RATIONALIZATION:
In 1999, Dr. Lorin Anderson, a former learner of Bloom's, and his colleagues published an updated
version of Bloom’s Taxonomy that takes into account a broader range of factors that have an impact on
teaching and learning. This revised taxonomy attempts to correct some of the problems with the original
taxonomy. Unlike the 1956 version, the revised taxonomy differentiates between “knowing what,” the
content of thinking, and “knowing how,” the procedures used in solving problems.
The Knowledge Dimension is the “knowing what.” It has four categories: factual, conceptual, procedural,
and metacognitive. Factual knowledge includes isolated bits of information, such as vocabulary
definitions and knowledge about specific details. Conceptual knowledge consists of systems of
information, such as classifications and categories.
Procedural knowledge includes algorithms, heuristics or rules of thumb, techniques, and methods as well
as knowledge about when to use these procedures. Metacognitive knowledge refers to knowledge of
thinking processes and information about how to manipulate these processes effectively.
46. Who coined the term “scaffolding”?
A. Bruner
B. Piaget
RATIONALIZATION:
C. Vygotsky
D. Pavlov
Page 38 of 39
Instructional scaffolding, also known as “Vygotsky scaffolding” or just “scaffolding,” is a teaching method
that helps students learn more by working with a teacher or a more advanced student to achieve their
learning goals.
Page 38 of 39
The theory behind instructional scaffolding is that, compared to learning independently, students learn
more when collaborating with others who have a wider range of skills and knowledge than the student
currently does. These instructors or peers are the “scaffolding” who help the student expand her learning
boundaries and learn more than she would be able to on her own.
Vygotsky scaffolding is part of the education concept “zone of proximal development” or ZPD. The ZPD is
the set of skills or knowledge a student can’t do on her own but can do with the help or guidance of
someone else. It’s the skill level just above where the student currently is.
47. One cognitive advancement in adolescence is metacognition. What does METACOGNITION mean? A.
Ability to identify one’s own thinking process and strategies
B. Ability to recall and explain
C. Ability to analyze and synthesize
D. Ability to problem solving
RATIONALIZATION:
Metacognition is "thinking about thinking" or "knowing about knowing" and is own ability to have an
awareness of our cognitive processes when we are learning. Paying attention to how you think and how
your thinking affects how you learn enhances both self-awareness and brainpower. This “thinking about
thinking” is called metacognition, and it’s a skill teacher can introduce to students at a very young age.
48. What kind of learning does this Cyril Houle's quotation, "If you teach a person what to learn, you are
preparing that person for the past, if you teach the person how to learn, you are preparing them for the
future" mean?
A. Metacognitive learning
B. Learning with audio-visual
C. Technology with learning
D. Learning with graphs
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is A. The phrase means that teaching the students “how to learn” is better than
teaching them “what to learn”. This pertains to metacognitive learning which include learners being
taught how to plan, monitor and evaluate their own learning.
ASSESSMENT OF LEARNING
49. Assessment of learning is an
A. Enrichment
B. Auxiliary
C. Add on
D. Integral
part of the teaching-learning process.
RATIONALIZATION:
Assessment is an integral part of the teaching and learning process. Its purpose is to inform students
regarding their learning progress and teachers regarding ways to adjust the curriculum and instruction
to respond effectively to the learning needs of students. Further, it communicates to the school
community the progress of students in achieving the school’s expectations for student learning as well as
course-specific learning goals. Assessment results must be continually analyzed to improve curriculum
and instruction.
50. As an investigative tool, assessment can help discover various aspects of students learning but these does
not include
A. What students already know
B. what students can do
C. What students expect to learn
D. What learning gaps students have
Page 38 of 39
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is C. The primary purpose of assessment is to improve students’ learning and
teachers’ teaching as both respond to the information it provides. Assessment for learning is an ongoing
process that arises out of the interaction between teaching and learning. It can do more than simply
Page 38 of 39
diagnose and identify students’ learning needs; it can be used to assist improvements across the
education system in a cycle of continuous improvement.
Assessment can help measure what students already know and can do. It can also discover what learning
gaps or difficulties the students have. However, it is not the major puspose of assessment to determine
what the students expect to learn.
51. Identify the characteristic that can make assessment difficult to apply, and therefore should be avoided by
teachers.
A. Applying assessment contextually
B. Provide interactive feedback on student performance
C. Setting definite variables as in rubrics
D. Discussing abstract concepts
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is D. (A) Applying assessment contextually; (B) providing interactive feedback on
student performance; and (C) setting of definite variables e.g. rubrics are all ideal practices in assessment.
On the other, discussing abstract concepts will make assessment difficult to apply as they are also difficult
to measure and evaluate.
52. Compared with evaluation which is subjective, testing students is more objective because it is based on?
A. homework
B. quantifiable data
C. human judgment
D. class work
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is B. When defined within an educational setting, assessment, evaluation, and testing
are all used to measure how much of the assigned materials students are mastering, how well student are
learning the materials, and how well student are meeting the stated goals and objectives.
Here are some definitions:



A test or quiz is used to examine someone's knowledge of something to determine what he or she
knows or has learned. Testing measures or quantifies the level of skill or knowledge that has been
reached.
Evaluation is the process of making judgments based on criteria and evidence.
Assessment is the process of documenting knowledge, skills, attitudes and beliefs, usually in
measurable terms. The goal of assessment is to make improvements, as opposed to simply being
judged. In an educational context, assessment is the process of describing, collecting, recording,
scoring, and interpreting information about learning.
53. The class was taught how to conduct an action research and was required an end-of-the-term written
research report. The class was taught how to do the research report and was shown as an Analytic Scoring
Rubric for them to know how they will be graded. The class took the Scoring Rubric as guide in the making
of their research report. They were all motivated to pass an excellent research report and as a group
checked now and then if they were true to the qualities of an excellent research report as seen in the
scoring rubric. What form of assessment is described?
A. Assessment AS Learning
B. Assessment FOR Learning
C. Assessment OF Learning
D. Assessment FOR and AS Learning
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is D. It involves assessment as learning because they were the ones who monitored
their own progress using a scoring rubric in conducting an action research.
54. Apart from a quantifiable data, what else can be used as basis for grading?
Page 38 of 39
A. Acceptance criterion
B. Performance criterion
C. Values criterion
D. Criterion rubrics
Page 38 of 39
RATIONALIZATION:
Performance Criteria are evaluative statements, which specify what is to be assessed and the required
level of performance. They detail the activities, skills, knowledge and understanding that provide
evidence of competent performance of each element.
55. For real-world application the teacher can apply
A. Demonstration
B. Performance
C. Simulation
D. Drills
.
RATIONALIZATION:
In general, a performance-based assessment measures students' ability to apply the skills and knowledge
learned from a unit or units of study. Typically, the task challenges students to use their higher-order
thinking skills to create a product or complete a process (Chun, 2010). Performance-based assessments
share the key characteristic of accurately measuring one or more specific course standards. They are also
complex, authentic, process/product-oriented, open-ended, and time-bound.
56. These are the criteria to reduce error in judging test content, sampling and procedures for tests except
A. Reliability
B. Predictability
C. Validity
D. Usability
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is B. All criteria mentioned (reliability, validity and usability) except for
“predictability” can reduce error in judging test content, sampling and procedures for tests. Reliability
refers to the extent to which assessments are consistent. Validity refers to the accuracy of an assessment - whether or not it measures what it is supposed to measure. Usability is the method or process we use to
determine how easy something is to identify, comprehend, and ultimately use.
57. Teacher wants to evaluate the child writing performance at the beginning, middle and after school year.
Which type of portfolio should the teacher use?
A. Evaluation portfolio
B. Development portfolio
C. Showcase portfolio
D. Assessment portfolio
RATIONALIZATION:
A development portfolio is a collection of work over time showing growth and improvement. It shows
how the owner (has) developed and therefore demonstrates growth. This type of portfolio will often also
contain products from various stages of the process, stages in which feedback has been received, and
possibly also products from work still in progress.
58. Teacher Iah wants her pupils to display their work where each one has worked. What type of portfolio is
the Teacher Iah expecting to see?
A. Assessment
B. Development
C. Showcase
D. Evaluation
RATIONALIZATION:
Showcase portfolios are designed to display a learner's best quality of work. This might be to highlight
student success, or to showcase a variety of accomplishments a student has achieved over a period of
time. In showcasing a student’s work, this portfolio allows them to describe and tell their own story.
Designing this type of portfolio requires creativity and individuality.
Page 38 of 39
59. Which rubric CANNOT provide specific feedback for improvement?
A. Analytic rubric
C. Holistic
B. General analytic
D. Developmental rubric
Page 38 of 39
RATIONALIZATION:
Creating a holistic rubric takes less time than the others, and grading with one is faster, too. The main
disadvantage of a holistic rubric is that it doesn't provide targeted feedback to students, which means
they're unlikely to learn much from the assignment. Although many holistic rubrics list specific
characteristics for each level, the teacher gives only one score, without breaking it down into separate
qualities.
60. How is content validity best assessed in the assignment to illustrate the law of demand and supply? A.
Illustration of demand and supply flow
B. Diagram of demand and supply trend
C. Correct definitions of demand and supply
D. Instances showing demand supplying demand
RATIONALIZATION:
When you create a test or questionnaire for a particular subject, you want the questions to actually
measure what you want them to. For example, the AP Physics exam should cover all topics actually taught
to students and not unrelated material like English or biology. This matching between test questions and
the content the questions are supposed to measure is called content validity. If some of the test questions
are measuring something else, this can create bias.
61. How can you get a mean of 86 if the total grade of 4 subjects is 85?
A. 83
B. 90
C. 84
D. 85
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is B, 90. If we use 83, 84 and 85 as the grade for the fifth subject, the mean will be
lower than 86. If we use 90 as the grade for the fifth subject, the mean would be equal to 86.
62. Using the standardized test, a school can determine
A. End-of-school year achievement
B. Degree of mastery
C. Remedial measures for improvement
D. Long serious problem
in order to give final grades or certification.
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is A. A standardized test is a test that is administered and scored in a consistent, or
"standard", manner. Standardized tests are designed in such a way that the questions, conditions for
administering, scoring procedures, and interpretations are consistent and are administered and scored in
a predetermined, standard manner. In the given question, it was mentioned that the use of standardized
test is to give final grades or certification which means that the closest answer is A, end- of-school
achievement.
63. Which is negatively skewed distribution?
A. More students are underachiever
B. Even from left to right
C. More got low score
D. More got high score
RATIONALIZATION:
A distribution is negatively skewed, or skewed to the left, if the scores fall toward the higher side of the
scale and there are very few low scores. In positively skewed distributions, the mean is usually greater
than the median, which is always greater than the mode.
64. In conducting item analysis, teacher Hazel found out that more on the lower group got item No.
Page
6 correctly.
38 of 39
This means that the item
A. Has lower validity
B. Is highly reliable
C. Has a positive discriminating power
.
Page 38 of 39
D. Has a negative discriminating power
RATIONALIZATION:
A negative item discrimination means a higher proportion of people from lower group chose the answer.
This would be expected for an incorrect answer. A negative discrimination on a correct answer may
indicate something is wrong, as the 'good' students are not choosing the correct answer.
65. What does achievement test measure in previous learning?
A. Teaching coverage
B. Attitude and aptitude
C. Motivational level D.
Quality and quantity
RATIONALIZATION:
An achievement test is a test of developed skill or knowledge. It evaluates the information or skills a
student has already learned. This is the sort of testing most students will be familiar with. Instructors use
achievement tests to determine whether or not information was successfully learned and retained. The
most common type of achievement test is a standardized test developed to measure skills and knowledge
learned in a given grade level, usually through planned instruction, such as training or classroom
instruction.
66. Teacher wants to test student’s acquisition of declarative knowledge. Which test is the most appropriate? A.
Short answer
B. Essay
C. Performance test
D. Completion test
RATIONALIZATION:
Declarative Knowledge refers to facts or information stored in the memory, that is considered static in
nature. Declarative Knowledge, also referred to as conceptual, propositional or descriptive knowledge,
describes things, events, or processes, their attributes, and their relation to each other.
Short-answer questions are questions that require students to create an answer. They are commonly
used in examinations to assess the basic knowledge and understanding (low cognitive levels) of a topic
before more in-depth assessment questions are asked on the topic.
67. Which type of test measures students thinking organizing and written communication skills?
A. Short answer
B. Completion type
C. Essay
D. Extemporaneous speech
RATIONALIZATION:
Essay test is a test that requires the student to compose responses, usually lengthy up to several
paragraphs. It can be used to measure higher level thinking skills such as analysis, synthesis, evaluation,
and creativity. It assesses the ability to recall, organize, and integrate ideas, to express oneself in writing,
and to supply information.
68. Which test measure is basic to select and connect ideas?
A. Multiple choice
B. Matching type
C. Mapping
D. Outlining
RATIONALIZATION:
Concept maps, or mind maps are powerful graphic organizers that can be used in so many ways to
illustrate and explore connections. Creating a Concept Map provides students and teachers with an
opportunity to construct and share their understanding of a topic, theme, concept, area of interest
Page 38 –ofthey
39
can even be used by teachers as a format for planning units or lessons of instruction. Mind mapping, or
concept mapping, can help students illustrate the connections between their ideas, concepts or content in
meaningful ways.
Page 38 of 39
EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
69. Which characteristics are necessary to be able to adapt to current demands of teaching using digital tools?
I.
Openness to learn
II.
Positive attitude
III.
Curiosity
IV.
Perseverance
A.
B.
C.
D.
I only
I and II
II and IV
I, II, III and IV
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is D. All the characteristics mentioned above are necessary for a teacher to be able to
adapt the use of digital tools.
70. The more senses that are involved, the better the learning. What does this imply?
A. Use visual aids.
B. Use audio aids.
C. Use audio-visual aids. D.
Use multi-sensory aids.
RATIONALIZATION:
The more senses that are involved in learning, the more and the better the learning. What is seen and
heard more than what are just seen and just are heard. One research findings confirm this: “Humans are
intensively visual animal. The eyes contain nearly 70 percent of the body’s receptors and send millions of
signals along the optic nerves to the visual processing centers of the brain. We take in more information
visually than through any of the other senses” (Wolfe, 2001). This implies the use of a teaching strategies
that makes use of more visual aids than mere audio aids.
71. Teacher B wants to make use of simulated life condition suitable for animals and plants living on land.
Which does she use?
A. Terrarium
B. Model
C. Aquarium
D. Poster
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is A. Terrarium, also called glass garden, wardian case, or vivarium, enclosure with
glass sides, and sometimes a glass top, arranged for keeping plants or terrestrial or semi-terrestrial
animals indoors. The purpose may be decoration, scientific observation, or plant or animal propagation.
72. What material is best to use if intended material is not available?
A. Supplementary material
B. Audio-visual material
C. Improvised material
D. Digital material
RATIONALIZATION:
Oyediran (2010) defines improvisation as the art of using materials or equipment obtained from local
environment or produced by the teacher, and with the assistance of the local personnel to enhance
instruction. In other to teach by inquiry method or use activity based instructions, improvisation is
required since instructional materials seem not to be adequate (Okebukola, 2002). Bassey (2002) defined
improvisation as the process of making equipment and materials by the students or by engaging the
services of others in the absence of real or manufactured ones. Generally, improvisation ofPage
instructional
38 of 39
materials is an attempt to adapt and make use of local resources in the teaching/learning process when
the ready-made materials are not available or are in shortfall or not within the reach of users. The teacher
and the students could produce the improvised instructional materials.
Page 38 of 39
73. Which social service is available in the computer?
A. Google B.
Facebook
C. I-pad
D. Wikipedia
RATIONALIZATION:
Facebook is a social networking site that makes it easy for you to connect and share with family and
friends online. Originally designed for college students, Facebook was created in 2004 by Mark
Zuckerberg while he was enrolled at Harvard University. By 2006, anyone over the age of 13 with a valid
email address could join Facebook. Today, Facebook is the world's largest social network, with more than
1 billion users worldwide.
74. Teacher Carl, a Social Studies teacher, wants his Grade 7 students to express their opinions, sentiments, and
ideas regarding a certain government issue in the national level. Which of the following can he BEST use to
facilitate such?
A. Forum
B. Blog
C. E-mail
D. Group messaging
RATIONALIZATION:
An Internet forum, or message board, is an online discussion site where people can hold conversations in
the form of posted messages. They differ from chat rooms in that messages are often longer than one line
of text and are at least temporarily archived. Also, depending on the access level of a user or the forum
set-up, a posted message might need to be approved by a moderator before it becomes publicly visible.
75. Miss Mary is preparing slides for her lesson demonstration; she remembers to supply the rule of six. Most
likely she will
.
A. Identify six important points to discuss and use about six minutes to explain each point.
B. Include six paragraphs presented in six slides.
C. Limit her presentation to six with six sentences on each slide.
D. Have six lines on each slide with each line having not more than six words.
RATIONALIZATION:
The “6x6” Rule


No more than six (6) bulleted items
No more than six words per bullet
a) Take out the sentences and replace with phrases
b) Leave out punctuation
c) Attempt to begin each item with a similar part of speech
76. Miss Gasat is planning technology integration in her science lesson on states of matter. She is applying her
pedagogical knowledge when she
.
A. Studies how to attach a video to her audio-visual presentation
B. Looks into the characteristics and interests of the learners in order to choose activities that would
match them
C. Learn how to scan picture to include in her presentation
D. Researches further on plasma as another state of matter
RATIONALIZATION:

Content knowledge (CK) – is teachers’ knowledge about the subject matter to be learned or taught.
The content to be covered in middle school science or history is different from the content to be
covered in an undergraduate course on art appreciation or a graduate seminar on astrophysics.
Knowledge of content is of critical importance for teachers. As Shulman (1986) noted, this
knowledge would include knowledge of concepts, theories, ideas, organizational frameworks,
Page 38toward
of 39
knowledge of evidence and proof, as well as established practices and approaches
developing such knowledge.
Page 38 of 39


Pedagogical knowledge (PK) – is teachers’ deep knowledge about the processes and practices or
methods of teaching and learning. They encompass, among other things, overall educational
purposes, values, and aims. This generic form of knowledge applies to understanding how students
learn, general classroom management skills, lesson planning, and student assessment. It includes
knowledge about techniques or methods used in the classroom; the nature of the target audience;
and strategies for evaluating student understanding.
Technological knowledge (TK) is a person’s understanding of the function and operation of
currently available technology and applications on that technology, for example, an understanding
of how to operate a tablet, download an app, and share a screenshot of something made in that app.
77. MOOCs are considered massive because
.
A. They can only be provided by big universities.
B. They were designed and created by a big group of experts.
C. They need a big amount of computer storage to be able to avail of a course. D.
They can accommodate a big number of learners.
RATIONALIZATION:
Massive Open Online Course (MOOC) is considered “massive” because it allows access to a very large
number of students, much larger than a face-to-face class, or a traditional online course. In addition, the
course should be prepared to accept changes in the number of students in several orders of magnitude, for
example, going from 1,000 to 100,000 students, without a major problem for operation.
78. Mr. Oliver is evaluating a website for his Literature class. He is making sure that factual pieces of
information found on the site are well documented and pictures and diagrams are properly labeled. He is
also checking that there are no misspelled words nor grammar errors. Which criterion is focusing on?
A. Clarity
B. Appropriateness
C. Accuracy
D. Motivation
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is C. Accuracy is to be ensuring that the information is correct and without any
mistake.
DEVELOPMENTAL READING
79. What is the special program given to the students who can’t read? A.
Reading program
B. Phonic program
C. Literary program
D. Language program
RATIONALIZATION:
An effective reading program develops reading competence in all students and is based on proven
practices. A core reading program is the primary instructional tool that teachers use to teach children to
learn to read and ensure they reach reading levels that meet or exceed grade-level standards. A core
program should address the instructional needs of the majority of students in a respective school or
district.
80. Which of these does NOT belong to the external factors that affect reading point of reference?
A. Parents
B. Peers
C. Financial reward
D. Enjoyment of reading
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is D. Parents, peers and financial reward are external factors that can affect
Pagereading
38 of 39 a
learner’s reading ability. Enjoyment of reading is a factor than occurs within the learner.
Page 38 of 39
81. Good readers make use of effective reading strategies. Which are examples effective reading strategies?
I.
Predicting
II.
Inferring
III.
Summarizing
IV.
Visualizing
A. I, II, III
B. I, III, IV
C. II, III, IV
D. I, II, III, IV
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is D. I, II, III and IV are all effective strategies that can be employed in reading.
Examples of comprehension skills that can be taught and applied to all reading situations include:










Summarizing
Sequencing
Inferencing
Comparing and contrasting
Drawing conclusions
Self-questioning
Problem-solving
Relating background knowledge
Distinguishing between fact and opinion
Finding the main idea, important facts, and supporting details
TEACHING PROFESSION
82. How can you consider a person professional?
A. Graduate of degree/University
B. Having ethical competence
C. Abide by his personal code of ethics
D. Skilled
RATIONALIZATION:
The following are the nine elements of professionalism.
1. Initial Professional Education – Professionals generally begin their professional lives by completing a
university program in their chosen fields – law school, medical school, engineering school, and so on.
2. Accreditation – University programs are accredited by oversight bodies that determine whether the
programs provide adequate education. Accreditation assures that graduates from accredited
programs start their professional lives with the knowledge they need to perform effectively. The
Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET) oversees engineering programs.
3. Skills Development – For most professions, education alone is not sufficient to develop full
professional capabilities. Nascent professionals need practice applying their knowledge before they
are prepared to take primary responsibility for performing work in their fields. Physicians have a
three-year residency. Certified public accountants (CPAs) must work one year for a board- approved
organization before receiving their licenses. Professional engineers must have at least four years of
work experience. Requiring some kind of apprenticeship assures that people who enter a profession
have practive performing work at a satisfactory level of competence.
4. Certification – After completion of education and skills development, a professional is required to
pass one or more exams that assure the person has attained a minimum level of knowledge. Doctors take
board exams. Accountants take CPA exams. Professional engineers take a Fundamentals of
Engineering exam at college graduation time and then take an engineering specialty exam about four
years later. Some professions require recertification from time to time.
5. Licensing – Licensing is similar to certification except that it is mandatory instead of voluntary and is
administered by a governmental authority. [Only licensed professionals can be found guilty of
malpractice but following generally accepted practices of your profession can be a defense against
Page 38 of 39
accusations of malpractice. Non-licensed workers are rarely sued for poor work, except in extreme
Page 38 of 39
cases of neglect or intent to harm; usually the company employing the worker is sued if its workers
produce defective products. Dissatisfied customers can sue the licensed professional AS AN
INDIVIDUAL, in addition to suing their employer. Along with licensing comes malpractice insurance, to
allow the licensed professional to practice his or her craft without fear of personal bankruptcy.
6. Professional Development – Many professions are required to keep their professional education
current. Ongoing professional education maintains or improves workers’ knowledge and skills after
they begin professional practice. Professional development requirements tend to be strongest in
professions where a body of technical knowledge is rapidly changing. Medicine is perhaps the most
notable because of the constant improvements in drugs, therapies, medical equipment, and diagnosis
and treatment procedures. After a professional’s initial education and skills development are
complete, this additional education requirement helps to assure a minimum competency throughout
the professional’s career.
7. Professional Societies – Professionals see themselves as part of a community of like-minded
individuals who put their professional standards above the individual self-interest or their
employer’s self-interest. When a professional society is just beginning, it usually promotes the
exchange of knowledge, and over time its function evolves to include defining certification criteria,
managing certification programs, establishing accreditation standards, and defining a code of ethics
and disciplinary action for violations of that code.
8. Code of Ethics – Each profession has a code of ethics to ensure that its practitioners behave
responsibly. The code states not just what its practitioners actually do but what they should do.
Professionals can be ejected from their professional societies or lose their licenses to practice for
violating the code of ethics. Adherence to a recognized code of conduct helps professionals feel they
belong to a well-regarded community, and enforcement of ethics standards helps maintain a
minimum level of conduct.
9. Organizational Certification – In many professions, not only must individuals be certified, their
organizations must be certified. Accounting firms are peer reviewed. Hospitals are accredited, as are
universities. For fields as complex as accounting, education, and medicine, organizational certification
is a response to the reality that individual competence is not sufficient to guarantee adequate levels of
professional service; organizational characteristics can have as much influence as individuals’
characteristics.
83. Based on elements of the profession, can the taxi driver be considered a professional? A.
No, because a driving is not a college/university degree.
B. Yes, because there's such a term professional driver.
C. It depends on the technical and ethical competence of the taxi driver.
D. Yes, if the taxi driver is competent and honest.
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is letter A. A professional is defined as one who earns one’s living from specified
professional activity. A professional is one who had obtained the standards of education and training
necessary in performing one’s specific role within the chosen profession. Professions are subject to strict
code of conduct, which magnifies one’s ethical and moral obligations. Professional standards of practice
and ethics of a particular field are agreed upon by widely recognized professional association. The
Professional Regulation Commission and the Supreme Court are the official organizations mandated by
the Philippine government to regulate the practice of various professionals. A taxi driver, though, may be
skillful in driving—however, did not attend formal education to acquire such skills necessary. In addition,
a taxi driver is granted a professional driver’s license by the Land Transportation Office not by the
Professional Regulation Commission nor the Supreme Court.
84. What is the nursery of the states?
A. Home
B. School
C. Hospital
D. Convents
RATIONALIZATION:
Page 38 of 39
The schools are the nurseries of the future citizens of the state; each teacher is a trustee of the cultural
and educational heritage of the nation and is under obligation to transmit to learners such heritage as
Page 38 of 39
well as to elevate national morality, promote national pride, cultivate love of country, instill allegiance to
the constitution and for all duly constituted authorities, and promote obedience to the laws of the state.
(Article II: The Teacher and the State - Section 1, Code of Ethics for Professional Teachers)
85. Mrs. Soriano was approached by a parent who had a concern about the grade received by her daughter, Judy,
comparing it with the grade of Sally her classmate. Which of these should Mrs. Soriano do?
A. Refuse to show the record notebook since it is her personal property.
B. Show both the record of Judy and her classmate Sally.
C. Refuse to show any record without the written approval of the principal.
D. Show only the record of her daughter Judy.
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is D. Judy’s parents have the right to access the official records of their daughter, but
they are not allowed to be given access to the grades of Sally. Mrs. Soriano must make it sure that Sally’s
record is confidential. It can only be accessed by Sally and her parents.
86. What is the proof that Professional Teachers demonstrate genuine desire for CPD?
A. Do as it is mandated
B. Go through it because everyone else does
C. Go through it for promotion
D. Do it even if it is not required
RATIONALE:
Teachers who show genuine desire for CPD do it even if it is not required. CPD stands for Continuing
Professional Development. It refers to the process of tracking and documenting the skills, knowledge and
experience that you gain both formally and informally as you work, beyond any initial training.
Continuing professional development (CPD) is accepted as an integral part of teacher education because
only a continuing learning and training assures a high level of expertise and enables the teachers to keep
their professional skills and knowledge up-to-date.
87. Which promotes a healthy environment among schools?
I. Canteen selling all kinds of food including junk food
II. Comfort rooms are the same for boys and girls
III. Sanitary drinking fountain
IV. Safe playground
A.
B.
C.
D.
III and IV
II and III
I only
I and IV
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is A. A healthy school environment is one which has sanitary drinking fountains and
safe playground for the pupils. The physical environment of school buildings and school grounds is a key
factor in the overall health and safety of students, staff, and visitors. School buildings and grounds must
be designed and maintained to be free of health and safety hazards, and to promote learning. Studies
have shown that student achievement can be affected either positively or negatively by the school
environment. Policies and protocols must be in place to ensure food protection, sanitation, safe water
supply, healthy air quality, good lighting, safe playgrounds, violence prevention, and emergency response,
among other issues that relate to the physical environment of schools.
88. How are institutions of learning encouraged to set higher standards over and above the minimum
requirement for state recognition?
A. Scholastic achievement
B. Faculty development
Page 38 of 39
C. Academic Freedom
D. Voluntary Accreditation
RATIONALIZATION:
Page 38 of 39
The correct answer is letter D. Voluntary accreditation is a process by which institutions or programs
continuously upgrade their educational quality and services through self-evaluation and judgment of
peers. A status is then granted to an educational institution or program which meets commonly accepted
standards of quality or excellence.
89. Which environment provides connecting schools where there’s respect, support and communication
progress?
A. Healthy environment
B. Positive environment
C. Secure environment
D. Safe environment
RATIONALIZATION:
An environment where students do not feel accepted or respected is a distraction from learning. A
positive learning environment means that a student feels comfortable, has a sense of rapport with their
teacher and peers, and believes they can be successful (Elizabeth F. Barkley, 2010. Student Engagement
Techniques) According to Barkley (2010), a positive learning leads to endorphins in the blood which in
turn gives feelings of euphoria and stimulates the frontal lobe. Essentially, learning becomes a
pleasurable experience rather than of one where the student fights or flees.
90. Which instructional activities may serve to reflect the teacher’s philosophy of teaching?
I.
Setting of learning outcomes
II.
Choice of teaching methods
III.
Engaging in routine activities
A. II and III
B. I and III
C. I only
D. I and II
RATIONALIZATION:
The learning outcomes/objectives, approaches, strategies, methods and techniques of teaching and
learning activities and even instructional materials being employed by the teacher all serve to reflect
his/her philosophy of teaching. It does not include routine activities.
91. If you are afraid to be different from the rest even if you are convinced that you are right makes you far
from being a/an
A. Existentialist
B. Utilitarianist
C. Pragmatist
D. Rationalist
RATIONALIZATION:
Existentialism is a philosophy that emphasizes individual existence, freedom and choice. It is the view
that humans define their own meaning in life and try to make rational decisions despite existing in an
irrational universe. Being afraid to make the right decisions, as mentioned makes an individual far from
being an existentialist.
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT
92. Which of the following processes usually comes first in developing curriculum?
A. Evaluating educational experiences
B. Identifying learning goals and objectives
C. Selection of educational content
D. Organization of learning experiences
Page 38 of 39
RATIONALIZATION:
The first and the most important step in developing a curriculum is to identify the learning goals and
objectives. The objectives will be the basis of the entire curriculum along with the teaching strategies and
methods, activities and assessment tools that need to be employed.
Page 38 of 39
93. When a school believes that curriculum should highly focus on Math, Science and other fundamental
intellectual disciplines, this school believes in the curriculum view of
.
A. Arthur Bestor
C. Phillip Phenix
B. John Dewey
D. Hollins Caswell
RATIONALIZATION:
The Advocates of Curriculum
The following theorists are the advocates of the curriculum concept. Their perspectives helped shape
current understanding of how curriculum is used in meeting educational goals.



Robert M. Hutchins – Hutchins believes that college education must be grounded on liberal
education while basic education should emphasize the rules of grammar, reading, rhetoric, logic and
mathematics. For him, curriculum is viewed as permanent studies which explain why some subjects
are repeated from elementary to college, such as grammar, reading, and mathematics.
Arthur Bestor – Bestor is an essentialist who believes that the mission of the school is to train the
intellectual capacity of learners. Hence, subjects to be offered are grammar, literature, writing,
mathematics, science, history and foreign language.
Joseph Schwab – Schwab views that discipline is the sole source of curriculum, and so, the
curriculum is divided into chunks of knowledge which are called subject areas like English,
mathematics, social studies, science, humanities, languages, and others. As a leading curriculum
theorist, Schwab used the term discipline as the ruling doctrine for curriculum development.
Therefore, curriculum is viewed as a field of study and it should only consist of knowledge that
comes from the disciplines; for example, linguistics, economics, chemistry, among others.
94. Once the grading period is done and all grades are recorded to whom the teacher will present the grades?
A. Principal
C. Parent
B. Registrar
D. Students
RATIONALE:
Classroom assessment serves to help teachers and parents understand the learners’ progress on
curriculum standards. The results of assessment are reported to the child, the child’s remedial teacher, if
any, and the teacher of the next grade level, as well as to the child’s parents or guardians.
95. Implementation means putting into practice the experiences which has been written in all except
.
A. Syllabi
B. Curriculum guides
C. Course outline
D. Internet resource sites
RATIONALIZATION:
Written Curriculum includes the documents, course of study, or syllabi handed down to the schools,
districts, division, departments, or colleges for implementation. Internet resource sites is not under
written curriculum.
96. The teacher published the following researches, books, materials, manuals and other instructional aid:
A. Planner
B. Writer
C. Innovator
D. Evaluator
RATIONALE:
The correct answer is B, writer. A curriculum writer basically “writes” the curriculum. A classroom
teacher takes record of knowledge concepts, subject matter or content. These need to be written or
preserved. The teacher writes books, modules, laboratory manuals, instructional guides, and reference
materials in paper or electronic media. writer
97. In K to 12, how is the final grade per subject for grades 11 and 12 obtained?
Page 38 of 39
A. Get the average of the grades of all subjects for the 4 semesters B.
Get the average of the grades of all subjects for the 2 semesters
C. Get the average of the grades for the 2 quarters
Page 38 of 39
D. Get the average of the grades for the 4 quarters
RATIONALIZATION:
The K to 12 Basic Education Program uses a standard- and competency-based grading system. Learners
from Grades 11 to 12 are graded on Written Work, Performance Tasks, and Quarterly Assessment every
quarter. These three are given specific percentage weights that vary according to the nature of the
learning area. For Grades 11 and 12, the two quarters determine the Final Grade in a semester.





The Numerical System of marking is used. Grades are expressed in multiples of one (1).
Cellar and ceiling grades are 70% and 100% respectively. The passing mark in any given subject is
75%.
The final conduct grade is the average of all conduct grades from the two quarters for each
semester.
The final grade is the average of the quarterly grades for each learning area.
The general average is the average of all the final grades of the different learning areas. All learning
areas have equal weight.
98. A student got a numerical grade of 80. What is his descriptor for his level of proficiency?
A. Very satisfactory
B. Fairly satisfactory
C. Satisfactory
D. Did not meet expectation
RATIONALIZATION:
A numerical grade of 80 is described as Satisfactory. Refer to the table below.
99. In K-12, does quarterly assessment have equal percentage weight for all tracks in Grade 11 and 12? A.
No
B. No for academic track subjects
C. Yes
D. Yes for academic track subjects
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is A. There are different percentage weights in the quarterly assessment of the
different tracks in Senior High School (Grades 11 & 12). Refer to the table below.
Page 38 of 39
Page 38 of 39
100.
I.
II.
III.
A.
B.
C.
D.
The introduction of mother tongue as a subject and as a language of instruction is in support of
.
The preservation and promotion of Filipino cultural heritage
The learning of English as second language
To improve learners’ performance
I, II and III
II and III
I and II
I and III
RATIONALIZATION:
In the Philippines, the Department of Education designed the two-track method to be used for the
effective implementation of the MTB-MLE, that is the primer track to focus on accuracy and the story
track to focus on meaning. Learning via the two-track method to gain proficiency in literacy as well as
comprehend academic content and gain curriculum mastery, creative and critical thinking skills for
decisive decision-making. The MTB-MLE provides the following educational components relevant to
the implementation of the K to 12 Curriculum: (K to 12 Curriculum Guide, Department of Education)
1. Literacy – We only learn to read once. Learning to read in the L1 develops skills that transfer to
reading any other languages. Comprehension in reading other languages only occurs after oral
proficiency has developed such that vocabulary of the written L2 text is already part of the learners’
spoken vocabulary.
2. Prior knowledge – Engaging learners in a discussion of what is already familiar to them using the
home language and culture enables better learning of the curriculum through integration and
application of that knowledge into current knowledge schemes.
3. Cognitive development and higher order thinking skills (HOTS – Using the learners’ mother tongue
provides a strong foundation by developing cognitive skills and comprehension of the academic
content from day one. The knowledge, skills, attitudes, and values gained through the mother
tongue better support learning of other languages and learning through other languages later. As
learners articulate their thoughts and expand ideas, both language and critical thinking are
strengthened. MTB-MLE cultivates critical thinking through talking about ideas in the familiar
language. When teaching only in the L2, critical thinking is postponed until L2 is sufficiently
developed to support such analysis.
4. Strong Bridge – MTB-MLE provides a good bridge to listening, speaking, reading, and writing the L2s
(L2, L3) of the classroom using sound educational principles for building fluency and confidence in
using the other languages for lifelong learning. Reading in the L2 is only introduced after basic L1
reading fluency and L2 oral proficiency are developed. Comprehension in reading the L2 occurs
after the development of that spoken L2. Once sufficient oral and written proficiency in the
L2 are developed, a gradual transition to using the L2 as medium of instruction can progress
without the L1 support.
5. Scaffolding – In L2 teaching, the L1 is used to support learning when the L2 is not sufficiently
developed to be used alone. The L1 is used for expression and the teacher facilitates the
development of the L2 to enable learners to adequately express ideas in the L2. In this way,
the L1 strengthens the learning of the L2 by supporting the L2 development for communication. 6.
Teaching for meaning and accuracy. Decoding text requires accuracy, while comprehending texts
requires decoding skills within a meaningful context. Both meaning and accuracy are important,
but in classrooms that teach only L2, there is often primary focus on accuracy until the L2 is
sufficiently learned. This delays actual meaningful learning until the L2 can support that learning.
Apart from helping the students learn English as their second language and improving their performance,
mother tongue is also in support of the preservation of the Filipino cultural heritage. To preserve our
linguistic and cultural diversity, we must encourage the use of mother-tongue as much as possible. We
should always practice, speak and teach our new generation to speak and communicate with each other
Page 38 of 39
in their mother-tongue.
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION
PREBOARD B
TEACHING PROFESSION
1. Which are elements of profession like teaching?
I.
Long years of professional education
II.
Passing the competency-based examination to obtain diploma from TESDA
III.
Continuing professional development
IV.
Adhere to a code of ethics for the professional group
A. I, II and IV
B. I, II and III
C. I, III and IV
D. II, III and IV
RATIONALIZATION:
The following are the nine elements of professionalism.
1. Initial Professional Education – Professionals generally begin their professional lives by completing a
university program in their chosen fields – law school, medical school, engineering school, and so on.
2. Accreditation – University programs are accredited by oversight bodies that determine whether the
programs provide adequate education. Accreditation assures that graduates from accredited
programs start their professional lives with the knowledge they need to perform effectively. The
Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology (ABET) oversees engineering programs.
3. Skills Development – For most professions, education alone is not sufficient to develop full
professional capabilities. Nascent professionals need practice applying their knowledge before they
are prepared to take primary responsibility for performing work in their fields. Physicians have a
three-year residency. Certified public accountants (CPAs) must work one year for a board- approved
organization before receiving their licenses. Professional engineers must have at least four years of
work experience. Requiring some kind of apprenticeship assures that people who enter a profession
have practive performing work at a satisfactory level of competence.
4. Certification – After completion of education and skills development, a professional is required to
pass one or more exams that assure the person has attained a minimum level of knowledge. Doctors take
board exams. Accountants take CPA exams. Professional engineers take a Fundamentals of
Engineering exam at college graduation time and then take an engineering specialty exam about four
years later. Some professions require recertification from time to time.
5. Licensing – Licensing is similar to certification except that it is mandatory instead of voluntary and is
administered by a governmental authority. [Only licensed professionals can be found guilty of
malpractice but following generally accepted practices of your profession can be a defense against
accusations of malpractice. Non-licensed workers are rarely sued for poor work, except in extreme
cases of neglect or intent to harm; usually the company employing the worker is sued if its workers
produce defective products. Dissatisfied customers can sue the licensed professional AS AN
INDIVIDUAL, in addition to suing their employer. Along with licensing comes malpractice insurance, to
allow the licensed professional to practice his or her craft without fear of personal bankruptcy.
6. Professional Development – Many professions are required to keep their professional education
current. Ongoing professional education maintains or improves workers’ knowledge and skills after
they begin professional practice. Professional development requirements tend to be strongest in
professions where a body of technical knowledge is rapidly changing. Medicine is perhaps the most
notable because of the constant improvements in drugs, therapies, medical equipment, and diagnosis
and treatment procedures. After a professional’s initial education and skills development are
complete, this additional education requirement helps to assure a minimum competency throughout
the professional’s career.
7. Professional Societies – Professionals see themselves as part of a community of like-minded
individuals who put their professional standards above the individual self-interest or their
employer’s self-interest. When a professional society is just beginning, it usually promotes the
exchange of knowledge, and over time its function evolves to include defining certification criteria,
managing certification programs, establishing accreditation standards, and defining a code of ethics
and disciplinary action for violations of that code.
8. Code of Ethics – Each profession has a code of ethics to ensure that its practitioners behave
responsibly. The code states not just what its practitioners actually do but what they should do.
Professionals can be ejected from their professional societies or lose their licenses to practice for
violating the code of ethics. Adherence to a recognized code of conduct helps professionals feel they
belong to a well-regarded community, and enforcement of ethics standards helps maintain a
minimum level of conduct.
9. Organizational Certification – In many professions, not only must individuals be certified, their
organizations must be certified. Accounting firms are peer reviewed. Hospitals are accredited, as are
universities. For fields as complex as accounting, education, and medicine, organizational certification
is a response to the reality that individual competence is not sufficient to guarantee adequate
levels of
Page 38 of 39
professional service; organizational characteristics can have as much influence as individuals’
characteristics.
2. Which of the following is true of the teaching profession?
A. Noblest profession
B. Highest paid profession
C. Most lucrative profession
D. Highest level of public service
RATIONALIZATION:
Teaching is the noblest among all the professions since all professionals underwent education with a
teacher. It’s also a process to prepare the next generation of skilled professionals and workers like
politician, engineers, doctors, policemen, priests, educators, legislators and good citizens. Teaching,
therefore, is considered as a means for which God uses a teacher as an instrument to touch lives.
3. Who among these graduates is not qualified to take the Licensure Examination for Teacher (LET)?
A. Bachelor of Science in Mathematics
B. Bachelor of Elementary Education
C. Associate in Arts
D. Bachelor of Agricultural Education
RATIONALIZATION:
A Bachelor’s Degree is required for an individual to be admitted to the Licensure Examination for
Teachers (LET).
Republic Act 9293 – “AN ACT AMENDING CERTAIN SECS OF REPUBLIC ACT NUMBERED SEVENTYEIGHT HUNDRED AND THIRTY-SIX (R.A. NO. 7836), OTHERWISE KNOWN AS THE “PHILIPPINE
TEACHERS PROFESSIONALIZATION ACT OF 1994”
SECTION 1. Section 15, (e) (3) of Republic Act No. 7836 is hereby amended as follows:
“SEC. 15. Qualification Requirements of Applicants. – No applicant shall be admitted to take the
examination unless, on the date of filing of the application, he shall have complied with the following
requirements:
“(e) A graduate of a school, college or university recognized by the government and possesses the
minimum educational qualifications, as follows:
(1) For teachers in preschool, a bachelor’s degree in early childhood education (BECED) or its
equivalent;
(2) For teachers in the elementary grades, a bachelor’s degree in elementary education (BSEED) or
its equivalent;
(3) For teachers in the secondary grades, a bachelor’s degree in education or its equivalent with a
major and minor, or a bachelor degree in arts and sciences with at least eighteen (18) units in
professional education; and
(4) For teachers of vocational and two-year technical courses, a bachelor’s degree in the field of
specialization or its equivalent, with at least eighteen (18) units in professional education.”
4. Is an alien qualified to take the Licensure Examination for Teachers?
A. Yes, provided his/her country has reciprocity with the Philippines in the practice of the teaching
profession.
B. Yes, provided he/she is a teacher education graduate.
C. No, because she/he is not a citizen of the Philippines.
D. No, he/she is not a natural born citizen of the Philippines.
RATIONALIZATION:
In RA 7836, as amended by RA 9293, those who can be allowed to take the LET are citizens of the
Philippines or aliens (foreigners) whose country have reciprocity with the Philippines in the practice of
the teaching profession.
5. Based on R.A. 9293, may all who failed in the LET be deployed as para-teachers? A.
No, only those with an average rating of 70 to 74.
B. Yes.
C. Yes, only in places where there are no applicants.
D. That depends on teacher need of the community.
Page 38 of 39
RATIONALIZATION:
According to RA 9293, those who have failed the licensure examination for professional teachers, with a
rating of not lower than five percentage points from the passing general average rating, shall be eligible as
para-teachers upon issuance by the Board of a two-year special permit, renewable for a non- extendible
period of two (2) years. The para-teachers shall be assigned to areas where there is a shortage or absence of
a professional teacher, as identified and provided by the Department of Education and the Autonomous
Region for Muslim Mindanao (ARMM) education department to the Board for professional teachers and
to the Commission. The special permit shall indicate the area of assignment of the para- teacher.
6. All teachers in private schools are required to have a license. Is this statement correct?
A. No
B. Yes
C. It depends on the school where the teacher teaches
D. It depends on the teaching experience of the teacher
RATIONALIZATION:
Page 38 of 39
Both R.A. 7836 and R.A. 9293 states that “No person shall engage in teaching and/or act as a professional
teacher as defined in this Act, whether in the preschool, elementary or secondary level, unless the person
is a duly registered professional teacher, and a holder of a valid certificate of registration and a valid
professional license or a holder of a valid special/temporary permit.” This means that all teachers,
whether in private or public school is required to have a license.
7. Based on RA 10533, the Enhanced Basic Education Act of 2013 is a non-licensed teacher allowed to teach in
the K to 12 Curriculum full time?
A. Yes, provided he/she obtains a license within five years from the time of hiring.
B. No, no one may teach without a license.
C. Yes, only in Tech-Voc track where there is dearth of qualified teachers.
D. That depends on the policy of the educational institution.
RATIONALIZATION:
Based on R.A. 10533 (Enhanced Basic Education Act or K-12), both the DepED and private education
institutions can now hire, as may be relevant to the particular subject “Graduates of science, mathematics,
statistics, engineering, music and other degree courses with shortages in qualified Licensure Examination
for Teachers (LET) applicants to teach in their specialized subjects in the elementary and secondary
education. Qualified LET applicants shall also include graduates admitted by foundations duly recognized
for their expertise in the education sector and who satisfactorily complete the requirements set by these
organizations: Provided, That they pass the LET within five (5) years after their date of hiring: Provided,
further, That if such graduates are willing to teach on part-time basis, the provisions of LET shall no
longer be required”.
8. Which of the following countries provide teachers license through Professional Regulation Commission
(PRC)?
A. Philippines
B. Brunei
C. Singapore
D. Malaysia
RATIONALIZATION:
The Professional Regulation Commission, otherwise known as the PRC, is a three-man commission
attached to Department of Labor and Employment (DOLE). Its mandate is to regulate and supervise the
practice of the professionals (except lawyers, who are handled by the Supreme Court of the Philippines)
who constitute the highly skilled manpower of the Philippines. As the agency-in-charge of the
professional sector, the PRC plays a strategic role in developing the corps of professionals for industry,
commerce, governance, and the economy.
9. Which ASEAN country provides greater pay for teachers?
A. Philippines
B. Malaysia
C. Singapore
D. Vietnam
RATIONALIZATION:
The following are the considered as the best countries to teach in Southeast Asia:




Thailand – the average beginning teacher banks a salary of around $1,000 per month. More
experienced teachers can make significantly more than that, even up to $4,000 per month teaching
in a reputable private school in Thailand.
Malaysia - Depending on experience, teachers can make anywhere from $1,000 to 3,000 in terms of
monthly salaries.
Vietnam - teachers make a basic salary of $1,200 to $1,500 per month, or more depending on
experience.
Singapore - With such a high-quality economy, the cost of living is the most expensive Page
in the38region.
of 39
A small city apartment costs as much as $2,300 per month and a monthly transportation pass runs
around $75. For teachers, this also means a much higher monthly salary than what is available in
other ASEAN nations, with experienced teachers making as much as $4,000 per month. In effect,
those looking for teaching jobs in Singapore will find a higher level of both required qualifications
and job competition.
10. According to the global teacher status index, from what country could have the teachers the greatest
respect from students?
A. China
B. Finland
C. Greece
D. New Zealand
RATIONALIZATION:
The Global Teacher Status Index is based on in-depth opinion by Populus in 35 countries that explores
the attitudes on issues ranging from what is a fair salary for teachers to whether they think pupils respect
teachers to how highly people rank their own education system. There have been many international
comparisons in education, but this the first time that the role of teacher status has been studied in-depth. In
China, 80% of people believe pupils respect teachers – the highest rating of any country.
11. This is an acceptable initiative conducive to the teachers making a difference in the achievement of new
generations of the country’s youth?
Page 38 of 39
A. Greatest prestige in the community
B. Wearing of distinctive teacher’s uniform
C. Highest pay in the country D.
Quality teacher participation
RATIONALIZATION:
Teaching is a complex and multidimensional process that requires deep knowledge and understanding in
a wide range of areas and the ability to synthesize, integrate, and apply this knowledge in different
situations, under varying conditions, and with a wide diversity of groups and individuals. Therefore,
quality teacher preparation is required to produce quality teachers that have content knowledge and
know how to teach that knowledge to young learners.
12. What is the highest career stage of a teacher in the PPST? A.
Distinguished
B. Proficient
C. Highly proficient
D. Most proficient
RATIOANALIZATION:
The description of standards (i.e., in PPST, the indicators) at different career stages provides a
“framework for the teacher development continuum.” (OECD, 2005). Anchored on the principle of lifelong
learning, the PPST recognizes the significance of a standards framework that articulates developmental
progression as teachers develop, refine their practice and respond to the complexities of educational
reforms. The following are the career stages




Beginning Teachers (Career Stage 1) are those who have gained the qualifications recognized for
entry into the teaching profession. Teachers at this stage are supported to reach Career Stage 2
within two to three years.
Proficient Teachers (Career Stage 2) are professionally independent in the application of skills vital
to the teaching and learning process. This stage shows the acceptable standards for all teachers,
which should be reached within the first two or three years of teaching.
Highly Proficient Teachers (Career Stage 3) consistently display a high level of performance in their
teaching practice. They are accomplished practitioners who mentor and work collegially with other
staff. This is the stage that Master Teachers are expected to be at.
Distinguished Teachers (Career Stage 4) embody the highest standards for teaching grounded in
global best practice. They are recognized as leaders in education, contributors to the profession and
initiators of collaborations and partnerships.
13. Which statement on diversity of students is CORRECT?
A. The lesser number of diverse students in a class, the better for the teacher and students.
B. Teacher must do his/her best to reduce the number of diverse students. C.
Teacher must accept the diversity of students in the class.
D. Diversity of students are purely dependent on culture.
RATIONALIZATION:
Diversity means having a range of people with various racial, ethnic, socioeconomic, and cultural
backgrounds and various lifestyles, experience, and interests. Diversity is the ability for differences to
coexist together, with some type of mutual understanding or acceptance present.
14. For the continuing professional development seminar of the graduate in the doctorate level to meet
standards, the outcome/s should be in accordance with which level in the Philippine Qualifications
Framework?
A. Level 4
C. Level 6
B. Level 5
D. Level 8
RATIONALIZATION:
The Philippine education system covers both formal and non-formal education. Formal education
Page 38 of is
39 a
progression of academic schooling from elementary (grade school) to secondary (high school) and
tertiary levels (TVET and higher education).
The system is tri-focalized by law into basic, technical-vocational and higher education under three
different agencies: the Department of Education (DepED) headed by a Cabinet Secretary for basic
education; the Technical Education and Skills Development Authority (TESDA) headed by a Director
General for technical-vocational education and training; and the Commission on Higher Education
(CHED) under the Office of the Philippine President headed by the Chairperson of a collegial body of five
Commissioners.
It describes the levels of educational qualifications and sets the standards for qualification outcomes. As
defined in RA 10968, qualification refers to a formal certification that a person has successfully achieved
specific learning outcomes relevant to the identified academic, industry or community requirements.
15. It is the responsibility of every teacher to undergo annual medical check-up in the interest of the:
I.
School
II.
Community
III.
Learner
IV.
Co-teachers
A. I and II
B. I only
C. I, II and III
D. III only
RATIONALE:
The provision of annual medical check-up for teachers (Sec. 22 of RA 4670) is for the interest of the
teacher himself/herself, the learners whom he/she is teaching, the school and community where he she
belongs, as well as the government who pays for his/her service.
16. Among the following,
acts “disparaging the community”.
A. Relating lessons to community culture.
B. Appreciating community values.
C. Using resources for community.
D. Imposing cultural bias to community
violates the code of ethics that every teacher prompt from
RATIONALIZATION:
Article III Section 4 of the Code of Ethics for Professional Teachers states that “Every teacher shall live for
and with the community and shall, therefore, study the local customs and traditions in order to have a
sympathetic attitude, therefore, refrain from disparaging the community.”
17. Which is an exemption in the code of ethics of teachers?
A. Principal
B. Librarian
C. Division Office Superintendent
D. Master Teacher
RATIONALE:
“The Code of Ethics for Professional Teachers covers all public and private school teachers in all
educational institutions at the preschool, primary, elementary, and secondary levels whether academic,
vocational, special, technical, or non-formal. The term “teacher” shall include industrial arts or vocational
teachers and all other persons performing supervisory and/or administrative functions in all schools at
the aforesaid levels, whether on full-time or part-time basis.” – Article 1. Librarians are not included in
PageTeachers.
38 of 39
the term “teachers.” Hence, they are not covered by the Code of Ethics for Professional
Librarians have their own set of ethical standards called “Code of Ethics for Philippine Librarians”.
18. Under the 1987 Philippine Constitution, which has been provided as official languages for purposes of
communication and instruction?
A. Filipino only
C. English only
B. Filipino, English and Spanish
D. Filipino and English
RATIONALIZATION:
Under the 1987 Philippine Constitution, Filipino and English are the official languages for purposes of
communication and instruction.
19. Which is TRUE of the Alternative Learning System? A.
Learning system parallel to the formal system
B. Lower than the formal system
C. More practical than the formal system
D. Excludes informal learning system
RATIONALIZATION:
The Alternative Learning System is a parallel learning system in the Philippines that provides a practical
option to the existing formal instruction. When one does not have or cannot access formal education in
Page 38 of 39
schools, ALS is an alternate or substitute. ALS includes both the non-formal and informal sources of
knowledge and skills.
Unlike the Formal Education system which is classroom-based and managed by trained formal school
teachers, ALS Non-formal Education happens outside the classroom, community-based, usually
conducted at community learning centers, barangay multi-purpose hall, libraries or at home, managed by
ALS learning facilitators, such as mobile teachers, district ALS Coordinators, instructional managers at an
agreed schedule and venue between the learners and facilitators.
20. According to PRC Revised Guidelines for Continuing Professional Development (Resolution No. 2013774,
every professional teacher is required proof of continuing professional development units for renewal
of professional identification card every three years.
A. 36
B.30
C. 45
D. 48
RATIONALIZATION:
Through the CPD Act of 2016, Professional Teachers were required to gain 45 CPD units for the renewal of
their professional identification card (PIC).
However, new Implementing Rules and Regulations (IRR) of the Republic Act 10912 or the Continuing
Professional Development Law of 2016 took effect on March 1, 2019 due to the numerous complaints
from professionals. The document from the Professional Regulation Commission (PRC) was signed by
Chairman Teofilo Pilando Jr., Commissioner Yolanda D. Reyes and Commissioner Jose Y. Cueto Jr. It was
published on February 13 at the Official Gazette and took effect 15 days after.
Under the new provisions, CPD is still a mandatory requirement for the renewal of the PRC ID of all
registered and licensed professionals. Significant decrease in the number of required CPD units for the
renewal of professional license. From 45 units, it’s now down to 15 units every three years. In-house
trainings and capacity-building activities of government agencies and corporations, including local
government units and private employers shall be credited and considered as CPD compliance.
A transition period will be implemented while the PRC is working with CPD councils to fulfill the “preconditions” required from them.
The following will be observed during the transition period:




Professionals working abroad shall not be covered by the CPD requirement during the period of
their employment abroad
Newly licensed professionals shall be exempted from CPD requirements for their first renewal
CPD councils shall reduce the required CPD units to a minimum which shall not be more than 15
CPD units
All seminars attended by licensed professionals should be recognized as CPD units and shall be
accepted as valid for the renewal of their licenses
Professionals who renewed their PRC ID's by signing an Undertaking shall only comply the required 15
CPD units, in pursuant to the Resolution.
21. When the teacher is convinced that it is better to teach the students the skill to adapt to change since
change is the only thing permanent in this world, he/she subscribe to which philosophy?
A. Existentialism
B. Pragmatism
C. Idealism
D. Realism
RATIONALIZATION:
For pragmatists, only those things that are experienced or observed are real. In this late 19th century
American philosophy, the focus is on the reality of experience. Unlike the Realists and Rationalists,
Pragmatists believe that reality is constantly changing and that we learn best through applying our
experiences and thoughts to problems, as they arise. The universe is dynamic and evolving, Page
a "becoming"
38 of 39
view of the world. There is no absolute and unchanging truth, but rather, truth is what works. Pragmatism
is derived from the teaching of Charles Sanders Peirce (1839-1914), who believed that thought must
produce action, rather than linger in the mind and lead to indecisiveness.
John Dewey (1859-1952) applied pragmatist philosophy in his progressive approaches. He believed that
learners must adapt to each other and to their environment. Schools should emphasize the subject matter
of social experience. All learning is dependent on the context of place, time, and circumstance. Different
cultural and ethnic groups learn to work cooperatively and contribute to a democratic society. The
ultimate purpose is the creation of a new social order. Character development is based on making group
decisions in light of consequences.
For Pragmatists, teaching methods focus on hands-on problem solving, experimenting, and projects, often
having students work in groups. Curriculum should bring the disciplines together to focus on solving
problems in an interdisciplinary way. Rather than passing down organized bodies of knowledge to new
learners, Pragmatists believe that learners should apply their knowledge to real situations through
experimental inquiry. This prepares students for citizenship, daily living, and future careers.
22. Which of the following is the focus of the Japanese education in the Philippines?
A. Democratic ideals and nationalism
B. Love and service to one’s country
C. Religion and love for Asian brothers
D. Vocational and health education
RATIONALIZATION:
Page 38 of 39
The correct answer is D. During the Japanese Period, Love for work and dignity for labor was emphasized.
There was the spread of health and vocational education. Nihongo was used and the Japanese tried to
stop the Filipino people from using the English Language.
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT
23. Which of the following processes usually comes first in developing curriculum?
A. Evaluating educational experiences
B. Identifying learning goals and objectives
C. Selection of educational content
D. Organization of learning experiences
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is B. The first and most important part in the curriculum development process is the
identification of learning goals, objectives and outcomes. It will be the basis of the entire educative
process.
24. When do we need to evaluate the curriculum?
A. When somebody suggests it
B. Whenever necessary
C. Every academic year
D. Every quarter
RATIONALIZATION:
The best answer is B, whenever necessary. Evaluation is the process of collecting data on a program to
determine its value or worth with the aim of deciding whether to adopt, reject, or revise the program. The
developer or planner wants to know how to improve the curriculum product. The public wants to know
whether the curriculum implemented has achieved its aims and objectives Teachers want to know
whether what they are doing in the classroom is effective. Curriculum evaluation should be concerned
with assessing the value of a program of study.


Worthen and Sanders (1987) define curriculum evaluation as “the formal determination of the
quality, effectiveness, or value of a program, product, project, process, objective, or curriculum”
Ornstein and Hunkins (1998) define curriculum evaluation as “a process or cluster of processes
that people perform in order to gather data that will enable them to decide whether to accept,
change, or eliminate something- the curriculum in general or an educational textbook in particular”
25. A teacher takes records of knowledge, subject matter, and content that are needed to be written and
preserved:
A. Planner
B. Writer
C. Innovator
D. Implementor
RATIONALIZATION:




Curriculum writer – A classroom teacher takes record of knowledge concepts, subject matter or
content. These need to be written or preserved. The teacher writes books, modules, laboratory
manuals, instructional guides, and reference materials in paper or electronic media.
Curriculum planner – It is the role of the teacher to make a yearly, monthly or daily plan of the
curriculum.
The teacher takes into consideration several factors in planning a curriculum. These are: learners,
support material, time, subject matter or content, desired outcomes, context of the learners among
others.
Curriculum innovator – Creativity and innovation are hallmarks of an excellent teacher. A
curriculum is always dynamic, hence keeps on changing. From the content strategies, ways of
holding, blocks of time, ways of evaluating, kinds of students and skills of teachers, one cannot find
a single eternal curriculum that would perpetually fit.
Page 38 of 39
Curriculum implementor – The curriculum that remains recommended or written will never serve
its purpose. Somebody has to implement it. Heart of schooling is the curriculum. It is this role where
the teacher becomes the implementor of the curriculum. She is at the height of an engagement with
the learners, with support materials in order to achieve the desired outcome. It is where teaching,
guiding and facilitating skills of the teacher is expected to be the highest level.
26. PAFTE proposed new curriculum for teachers’ education to make graduates globally competitive, what
type of curriculum is this?
A. Assessed
B. Recommended
C. Hidden
D. Supported
RATIONALIZATION:


Recommended Curriculum – Comes from a national agency like the DepEd, CHED, DOST or any
professional organization that has a stake in education.
Written Curriculum – Includes documents, course of study, or syllabi handed down to the schools,

districts, division, departments, or colleges for implementation.
Taught Curriculum – Different planned activities which are put into action in the classroom. Varied
activities that are implemented in order to arrive at the objectives or purposes of the written
Page 38 of 39




curriculum. Used by the learners with the guidance of the teachers. Varies according to the learning
styles of the students and the teaching styles of the teachers.
Supported Curriculum – Materials which support or help in the implementation of the written
curriculum. Should enable each learner to achieve real and lifelong learning.
Assessed Curriculum – Tested or evaluated curriculum. A series of evaluations done by the teacher
to determine the extent of teaching or to tell if the students are progressing
Learned Curriculum – Learning outcomes achieved by the students. Indicated by the results of the
tests and changes in behavior which can either be cognitive, affective or psychomotor
Hidden Curriculum – Unintended curriculum which is not deliberately planned but may modify
behavior or influence learning outcomes
27. Specialization in TLE under the K-12 Curriculum starts in what grade level?
A. Grade 7
C. Grade 9
B. Grade 8
D. Grade 10
RATIONALIZATION:
The Technical-Vocational Education-based TLE is focused on technical skills development in any area.
Five common competencies, based on the training regulations of the Technical Education and Skills
Development Authority (TESDA), are covered in the exploratory phase (Grades 7 and 8): mensuration
and calculation, technical drafting, use of tools and equipment, maintenance of tools and equipment, and
occupational health and safety. The specialization phase is from Grades 9 to 12.
28. In which grade is mother tongue used as a medium of instruction according to the K-12 Law?
A. K to 1
B. K to Grade 2
C. K only
D. K to Grade 3
RATIONALIZATION:
One of the changes in Basic Education Curriculum brought about by the new K-12 program is the
introduction of Mother Tongue- Based Multilingual Education (MTB-MLE) specifically in Kindergarten,
Grades 1, 2 and 3 to support the goal of “Every Child- A- Reader and A –Writer” by Grade 1.”
MTB-MLE refers to “first-language-first” education that is, schooling which begins in the mother tongue
and transitions to additional languages particularly Filipino and English. It is meant to address the high
functional illiteracy of Filipinos where language plays a significant factor. Since the child’s own language
enables her/ him to express him/herself easily, then, there is no fear of making mistakes. It encourages
active participation by children in the learning process because they understand what is being discussed
and what is being asked of them. They can immediately use their mother tongue to construct and explain
their world, articulate their thoughts and add new concepts to what they already know.
29. Senior high school students in private schools are given
A. Scholarships
B. Low tuition fee
C. Voucher
D. Discount in tuition fee
.
RATIONALIZATION:
Republic Act No. 10533 (RA 10533), otherwise known as the Enhanced Basic Education Act of 2013,
lengthens Philippine basic education from 10 years to 13 years with the addition of Kindergarten and
Grades 11 and 12 in Senior High School (SHS). Grade 11 was introduced in School Year (SY) 2016-17 and
Grade 12 will be introduced in SY 2017-2018.
RA 10533 explicitly expands Government Assistance to Students and Teachers in Private Education (EGASTPE or RA 8545) to include Grades 11 and 12. RA 10533 further mandates the Department of
Education (DepEd) to formulate programs to enact the abovementioned provision based on the
principles of public-private partnership. In this regard, DepEd Order No. 11, series of 2015 (DO
1138
s. 2015)
Page
of 39
introduced the Senior High School Voucher Program (SHS VP) as a mechanism to provide financial
support to qualified students in SHS.
30. Which is the main objective of the Educational Service Contracting Scheme, or ESC?
A. To decongest public secondary schools by "contracting" the excess capacities of private high schools
through the provision of subsidies for students who, otherwise, would have gone to the public high
schools.
B. To enter into a contract with public school students to stay and complete schooling or else pay their
own tuition fees
C. To fill up the private schools with students or else go bankrupt and close.
D. To enter into an agreement with parents to send their children to school or else they get penalized.
RATIONALIZATION:
The Education Service Contracting (ESC) scheme is a partnership program by the Department of
Education (DepEd) with certified private schools aimed at decongesting overcrowded public schools.
Republic Act No. 8545, otherwise known as the Expanded Government Assistance to Students and
Teachers in Private Education (GASTPE), provides the legal basis for the ESC. The ESC bestows grants to
“poor but deserving” elementary graduates to attend private secondary schools subcontracted by the
government. The Fund for Assistance for Private Education (FAPE) has been designated by the DepEd to
manage the ESC program on its behalf.
Page 38 of 39
31. GASTPE is one proof of public-private partnership for government to give access to quality education. What
does GASTPE mean?
A. Government Assistance to Students and Teachers in Private Education
B. Government Assistance for Scholarships and Teaching in Private Education
C. Government Assistance to Students' and Teachers' Scholarships in Private Education
D. Government Assistance to Selected Students and Teachers in Private Education
RATIONALIZATION:
GASTPE stands for Government Assistance to Students and Teachers in Private Education. This was
provided for by Republic Act (RA) 6728 called the GASTPE Act, which was amended by RA 8545 known
as the Expanded GASTPE (E-GASTPE) Act. E-GASTPE was further expanded by RA 10533 or the Enhanced
Basic Education Act of 2013 to cover senior high school.
What are the GASTPE Programs currently provided by the DepEd?





Education Service Contracting (ESC)
Teachers’ Salary Subsidy (TSS)
Senior High School Voucher Program (SHS VP)
In-Service Training (INSET)
Research
32. What agency formulated the standards of the various learning areas in the Senior High School?
A. PRC
B. CHED
C. TESDA
D. DepEd
RATIONALIZATION:
The contents of the various learning areas in SHS are based on the College Readiness Standards of the
Commission on Higher Education (CHED); they will be equivalent to the courses offered under the
General Education Curriculum of higher education. The core subjects are English, Filipino, Mathematics,
and Science. Contents of the Mathematics and Language curriculum in Grade 12 will depend on the
specialization of the student. Contemporary issues on politics and governance, society and culture in the
country and around the world are the Araling Panlipunan subjects in the SHS. Subjects of the General
Education Curriculum such as Literature of the Philippines, Literature of the World, and Philosophy of the
Human Person are also offered in SHS.
33. Which is TRUE of Kindergarten grades?
A. There are numerical grades with descriptions.
B. Grades are compared like the grades in Grade 1.
C. Remarks like Passed and Failed are used. D.
There are no numerical grades.
RATIONALIZATION:
For Kindergarten, checklists and anecdotal records are used instead of numerical grades. These are based
on learning standards found in the Kindergarten curriculum guide. It is important for teachers to keep a
portfolio, which is a record or compilation of the learner’s output, such as writing samples, accomplished
activity sheets, and artwork. The portfolio can provide concrete evidence of how much or how well the
learner is able to accomplish the skills and competencies. Through checklists, the teacher will be able to
indicate whether or not the child is able to demonstrate knowledge and/or perform the tasks expected of
Kindergarten learners. Through anecdotal records or narrative reports, teachers will be able to describe
learners’ behavior, attitude, and effort in school work.
34. Which is the percentage contribution of quarterly assessment to the grade of the student from Grades 1 to
10?
A. 30%
C. 20%
B. 25%
D. 15%
Page 38 of 39
RATIONALIZATION:
35. Who is retained in the same grade level for Grades 1 to 10? Any students who did not meet expectations
.
A. As shown in the general average
B. In 2 learning areas
C. In three or more learning areas
D. In four learning areas
RATIONALIZATION:
Page 38 of 39
Under the K-12 Grading System, students who failed in 3 or more subjects in Grades 1 to 10 are retained in
the same grade level. Those who failed in 1 or 2 subjects are required to take and pass remedial classes.
36. In the new K-12 Grading System, which is described as "Did not meet expectations"?
A. Below 72%
B. Below 74%
C. Below 76%
D. Below75%
RATIONALIZATION:
CHILD AND ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT
37. If a child was raised by authoritative parents, how will most likely will he/she behave in class? A.
Relates well to classmates
B. Quarrels often with classmates
C. Is suspicious of others
D. Has low level if independence
RATIONALIZATION:
Authoritative parenting is a parenting style characterized by high responsiveness and high demands.
Authoritative parents are responsive to the child's emotional needs while having high standards. They set
limits and are very consistent in enforcing boundaries. Kids raised by authoritative parents are more likely
to become independent, self-reliant, socially accepted, academically successful, and well- behaved. They
are less likely to report depression and anxiety, and less likely to engage in antisocial behavior like
delinquency and drug use.
38. Every person strives to satisfy physical needs. He/she progressed materially if he/she increases the
capacity to meet those needs and lives in material comfort, in addition, he also seeks social acceptance,
prestige, status or superiority over other people. How does this point about human?
I.
Psychological growth and spiritual program only begin when a person rises above the mere
satisfaction for physical and social needs
II.
Life is more than material satisfaction
III.
One should belong to church to satisfy those needs
A. I and III
B. II only
C. I and II
D. I, II and III
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is letter C. Abraham Maslow’s hierarchy of needs suggests that a person needs to
satisfy his/her physiological needs, such as food, water, sleep, and warmth. He believes that when one of
the lower-level needs have been met, one can move on to the next level of needs, which are for safety and
security. As people progress up the pyramid, one’s needs become increasingly psychological
and
Page
38 social.
of 39
Social acceptance falls under an individual’s social needs. Social needs include friendships, romantic
attachments, family, social groups, community groups, churches and religious organizations. However,
reading through Abraham Maslow’s biography would tell that he is an atheist. He found it difficult to
accept religious as valid. With this, we could say that only statements I and II are true.
39. Science Teacher Iah showed her class a glass of water with an egg in it. She asked the class: “What happens
to the egg if I add three tablespoon salt to the glass of water?” This is hypothesis formulation. What can you
infer about the cognitive developmental stage of Teacher Rita’s class?
A. Pre-operational stage
B. Concrete operational stage
C. Formal operational stage
D. Between concrete and formal operational stage
RATIONALIZATION:
The formal operational stage is the fourth and final stage of Jean Piaget's theory of cognitive
development. It begins at approximately age 12 and lasts into adulthood. At this point in development,
thinking becomes much more sophisticated and advanced. Kids can think about abstract and theoretical
concepts and use logic to come up with creative solutions to problems. Skills such as logical thought,
deductive reasoning, and systematic planning also emerge during this stage.
40. When a child says that the sun is sleeping at night, the child is in the pre-operational stage, particularly
.
Page 38 of 39
A. Animism
B. Egocentrism
C. Centration
D. Reversibility
RATIONALIZATION:
Animism is the belief that inanimate objects (such as toys and teddy bears) have human feelings and
intentions. By animism Piaget (1929) meant that for the pre-operational child the world of nature is alive,
conscious and has a purpose.
41. When the daughter is competing with the mother for the father’s attention, the daughter is said to be
experiencing
.
A. Electra complex
B. Identity crisis
C. Oedipus complex
D. Sexual deviation
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is letter A. The Electra complex is a psychoanalytic term used to describe a girl's
sense of competition with her mother for the affections of her father. It is comparable to the male Oedipus
complex. Resolving the Electra complex ultimately leads to identification with the same-sex parent.
42. In Sigmund Freud’s personality component, which is first to emerge in process of child development? A.
Id
B. Ego
C. Superego
D. Both ego and id
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is A. The id is the primitive and instinctive component of personality. It consists of all
the inherited (i.e., biological) components of personality present at birth, including the sex (life) instinct –
Eros (which contains the libido), and the aggressive (death) instinct - Thanatos.
The id is the impulsive (and unconscious) part of our psyche which responds directly and immediately to
the instincts. The personality of the newborn child is all id and only later does it develop an ego and
super-ego.
43. A student follows his teacher and receives star as reward. According to Kohlberg, to what level of moral
development does the student belong to?
A. Post-conventional
B. Conventional
C. Between preconventional and conventional
D. Preconventional
RATIONALIZATION:
Kohlberg identified three levels of moral reasoning: pre-conventional, conventional, and postconventional. Each level is associated with increasingly complex stages of moral development.




Level 1: Preconventional – Throughout the preconventional level, a child’s sense of morality is
externally controlled. Children accept and believe the rules of authority figures, such as parents and
teachers. A child with pre-conventional morality has not yet adopted or internalized society’s
conventions regarding what is right or wrong, but instead focuses largely on external consequences
that certain actions may bring.
Level 2: Conventional – Throughout the conventional level, a child’s sense of morality is tied to
personal and societal relationships. Children continue to accept the rules of authority figures, but this
is now due to their belief that this is necessary to ensure positive relationships and societal order.
Adherence to rules and conventions is somewhat rigid during these stages, and a rule’s
appropriateness or fairness is seldom questioned.
Level 3: Postconventional
Throughout the postconventional level, a person’s sense of morality is defined in terms of more
abstract principles and values. People now believe that some laws are unjust and should be changed
Page 38
of 39
or eliminated. This level is marked by a growing realization that individuals are separate
entities
from society and that individuals may disobey rules inconsistent with their own principles. Postconventional moralists live by their own ethical principles—principles that typically include such
basic human rights as life, liberty, and justice—and view rules as useful but changeable
mechanisms, rather than absolute dictates that must be obeyed without question. Because postconventional individuals elevate their own moral evaluation of a situation over social conventions,
their behavior, especially at stage six, can sometimes be confused with that of those at the preconventional level. Some theorists have speculated that many people may never reach this level of
abstract moral reasoning.
44. Which is an example of a child's mesosystem that does NOT work favorably for the child?
A. The child is not in good terms with his peers.
B. There is so much hostility at home.
C. The child's parent and teacher are at odds.
D. The child is sickly.
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is C. Mesosystem refers to the interaction between two microsystems. A child’s
parent and teacher that are both part of his microsystem (immediate environment like family, school,
neighboorhood, and peers). The mesosystem is a component of the ecological systems theory developed
by Urie Bronfenbrenner in the 1970s. It proposes that children don't develop only by influence
Page 38 of 39
from their close familial environment - surrounding environments are influential on the development of
the child as well.
FACILITATING LEARNING
45. In Gardner’s’ multiple intelligences, naturalists can best
A. Use hands to fix and create, body interpretations B.
Analyze ecological and natural situations and data
C. Meditate, reflect, maintain composure
D. Work with others
.
RATIONALIZATION:
Theory of Multiple Intelligences
This theory suggests that traditional psychometric views of intelligence are too limited. Gardner first
outlined his theory in his 1983 book "Frames of Mind: The Theory of Multiple Intelligences," where he
suggested that all people have different kinds of "intelligences." Gardner proposed that there are eight
intelligences, and has suggested the possible addition of a ninth known as "existentialist intelligence."
Naturalistic is the most recent addition to Gardner’s theory and has been met with more resistance than
his original seven intelligences. According to Gardner, individuals who are high in this type of intelligence
are more in tune with nature and are often interested in nurturing, exploring the environment, and learning
about other species. These individuals are said to be highly aware of even subtle changes to their
environments.
Characteristics of naturalistic intelligence include:




Interested in subjects such as botany, biology, and zoology
Good at categorizing and cataloging information easily
May enjoy camping, gardening, hiking, and exploring the outdoors
Doesn’t enjoy learning unfamiliar topics that have no connection to nature
46. In Bruner's three-tiered learning, which is action-based?
A. Enactive learning
B. Inactive learning
C. Iconic learning
D. Symbolic learning
RATIONALIZATION:
Enactive learning appears first. It involves encoding action-based information and storing it in our
memory. For example, in the form of movement as a muscle memory, a baby might remember the action of
shaking a rattle.
47. A recent study of a group of LET results reveals that those who took the Licensure Exams for Teachers right
after year of graduation had higher chances of passing than those who postponed taking the LET after year
of graduation. Which of Thorndike's laws explains this?
A. Exercise
B. Recency
C. Frequency
D. Contiguity
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is B. The situation emphasizes the Law of Recency being applied in taking the LET.
According to this law, things most recently learned are best remembered, while the things learned some
time ago are remembered with more difficulty.
48. Who perceive learners not as passive recipients of information, but as constructors of knowledge as they
interact with the environment and as they reorganize their mental structures?
A. Metacognitivists
Page 38 of 39
B. Constructivists
C. Behaviorists
D. Cognitivists
RATIONALIZATION:
Constructivism is basically a theory -- based on observation and scientific study -- about how people
learn. It says that people construct their own understanding and knowledge of the world, through
experiencing things and reflecting on those experiences.
49. According to Piaget's cognitive concept, what is the learning experience structure during infancy and early
years?
A. Accommodation
B. Assimilation
C. Schema
D. Equilibrium
RATIONALIZATION:
The Correct Answer is letter B. In assimilation, the child takes in new information or experiences and
incorporates them into existing ideas. Assimilation plays an important role in how we learn about the
world around us. In early childhood, children are constantly assimilating new information and
experiences into their existing knowledge about the world. For example, a 2-year-old child sees a man
who is bald on top of his head and has long frizzy hair on the sides. To his father’s horror, the toddler
shouts “Clown, clown” (Siegler et al., 2003)
Page 38 of 39
50. Rey is always fearful of freely roaming dogs but does not mind dogs in a pen or on a leash. What feature of
classical condition is exhibited?
A. Discrimination
B. Extinction
C. Generalization
D. Practice
RATIONALIZATION:
In classical conditioning, discrimination is the ability to differentiate between a conditioned stimulus and
other stimuli that have not been paired with an unconditioned stimulus. For example, if a bell tone were
the conditioned stimulus, discrimination would involve being able to tell the difference between the bell
sound and other similar sounds.
51. Teacher Iah begins a lesson on basic dance position by demonstrating the arms and feet position in slow
motion and physically guiding her students through correct movements. As her students become more
skillful, she just gives verbal instruction. With Vygotsky's theory in mind, what does Teacher Iah do?
A. Guided participation
B. Peer Interaction
C. Apprenticeship
D. Scaffolding
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is D. Scaffolding consists of the activities provided by the educator, or more
competent peer, to support the student as he or she is led through the zone of proximal development.
Support is tapered off (i.e. withdrawn) as it becomes unnecessary, much as a scaffold is removed from a
building during construction. The student will then be able to complete the task again on his own.
PRINCIPLES OF TEACHING
52. In providing valid learning experiences, the primary factor to consider is/are
A. Objectives and aims of the lesson
B. Nature of the learner
C. Competence of the teachers
D. Material resources
.
53. You are required to formulate your own philosophy of education in the course the teaching profession. In
Bloom's revised taxonomy, which cognitive processing are you?
A. Applying
B. Evaluating
C. Creating
D. Analyzing
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is C. “Formulating” your own philosophy of education is under the Synthesis Level of
Cognitive learning in Bloom’s Taxonomy and under Creating Level in the Revised Cognitive Taxonomy of
Anderson. Synthesis was placed on the fifth level of the Bloom's taxonomy pyramid and 6th level of the
Anderson’s Revised taxonomy as it requires students to infer relationships among sources. The high-level
thinking of synthesis is evident when students put the parts or information they have reviewed as a whole
in order to create new meaning or a new structure.
54. Sir Johdel sees to it that his class sees the importance of the grammar lessons in English and so gets
intrinsically motivated to learn. In which level of processing is the class expected to act?
A. Metacognitive system
B. Cognitive
C. Between cognitive and metacognitive system
Page 38 of 39
D. Self-system
RATIONALIZATION:




Metacognitive System: involves monitoring accuracy, clarity, process, specifying goals, and
examining motivation
Self-System: involves examining emotions, efficacy, and importance
Knowledge Utilization: involves decision-making, problem-solving, experimenting,
investigating
Retrieval: involves recognizing, recalling, and executing
55. In the 4a´s approach to facilitating learning, the students learn best to relate ideas to real life through
.
A. Activity
B. Abstraction
C. Analysis D.
Application
RATIONALIZATION:
and
The correct answer is D, application. Application means using learned material in a new or unprompted
use of an abstraction and relating what was learned in real-life situations.
56. This is the time the teacher actually spends in the classroom giving instruction by various means.
Page 38 of 39
A. Academic learning time
B. Mandated time
C. Allocated time
D. Teaching time
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer D. Instructional time, also referred to as teaching time is the portion of classroom
time spent teaching the students particular knowledge, concepts, and skills pertaining to school subjects.
It excludes routine procedural matters, transitions, and discipline.
57. It is less interactive and requires relatively shorter period of time to cover content. What type of method is
this?
A. Both inductive and deductive
B. Inductive
C. Both but more deductive
D. Deductive
RATIONALIZATION:
Deductive approach involves the learners being given a general rule, which is then applied to specific
ideas and examples and honed through practice exercises. It does not require much student interaction
but can be executed by the teacher with less time for preparation.
58. In a classroom situation where students are discussing whether government efforts to establish peace in
Mindanao will be beneficial to the whole country or not, which is the most appropriate strategy?
A. Debate
B. Consensus taking
C. Visualization exercise
D. Conflict resolution
RATIONALIZATION:
A debate is a discussion or structured contest about an issue or a resolution. A formal debate involves two
sides: one supporting a resolution and one opposing it. Such a debate is bound by rules previously agreed
upon. Debates may be judged in order to declare a winning side. Debates are a great way for students to
get involved in class. Students have to research topics, prepare for the debate with their team, and think
on their feet as they practice public speaking. Learning how to debate does more than improve speaking
skills; it also makes for better listeners.
59. I wasn’t satisfied with Student B’s yes as an answer and so I asked her to explain why? Which did I do?
A. Prompting
C. Probing
B. Asking non-directed question
D. Rephrasing
RATIONALIZATION:
Probing is asking follow-up questions when we do not fully understand a response, when answers are
vague or ambiguous or when we want to obtain more specific or in-depth information.
60. A question is raised by one student. You don’t answer it but throw back the question to the class. Which is
this reacting behavior?
A. Soliciting students’ questions
B. Redirecting questions to other pupils
C. Providing corrective feedback
D. Asking follow up question
RATIONALIZATION:
Redirecting Questions. These questions are simply asking a question in response to the question just
asked. Basically, these questions are meant to help guide students to the answer by prodding them to
perhaps think about why the question was asked and to try to understand their instructor's thinking.
61. Teacher Karen delegates some of her responsibilities to the whole class assigns separate students monitor
for attendance, classroom cleaning and distribution of learning materials. In what aspect is she good?
Page 38 of 39
A. Instructional Material
B. Values development
C. Classroom management
D. Classroom teaching
RATIONALIZATION:
Classroom management is a term that teachers use to describe the process of ensuring that classroom
lessons run smoothly without disruptive behavior from students compromising the delivery of
instruction. The term also applies to the prevention of disruptive behavior preemptively, as well as
effectively responding to it after it happens. It can be explained as the actions and directions that teachers
use to create a successful learning environment; indeed, having a positive impact on students achieving
given learning requirements and goals.
62. Among mistaken goals in the Acceptance Approach to discipline, what happens when students seek to hurt
others to make up for being hurt or rejected?
A. Revenge seeking
B. Power seeking
C. Withdrawal
D. Attention getting
RATIONALIZATION:
Page 38 of 39
The goal of revenge is closely related to the goal of power. Some students feel they should be allowed to
do whatever they like and should consider anyone who tries to stop them as an enemy. These students are
very difficult to deal with because they do not care about consequences – consequences only give them
justification for revenge. Dreikurs suggests that these students feel the need to hurt others because they
have been hurt themselves. What they need most is understanding and acceptance. According to
Dreikurs, teachers can best provide this by calling on the class to support and encourage these students
and sometimes this is best accomplished by selecting a student with high self-esteem to befriend the
troublemaker and help him or her develop constructive behavior. The teacher also may be able to set up
situations that allow revengeful students to exhibit talents or strengths, helping to persuade these
students that they can behave in ways that bring acceptance and status. This is a very difficult thing to ask
of a class, and students who seek revenge at first reject efforts made by others. It takes persistence and
patience on everyone’s part to change such a situation.
63. Many researchers have identified important components of classroom management, including beginning
the school year with a positive emphasis on management; arranging the room in a way conducive to
effective management; and identifying and implementing rules and operating procedures. How may these
components of classroom management be described?
I.
Reactive
II.
Preventive
III.
Proactive
A. II and III
B. I only
C. I, II and III
D. II only
RATIONALIZATION:
It's essential for good developers to switch between reactive and proactive modes. The definition of
reactive and proactive is as follows: Reactive: Reacting to the past rather than anticipating the future.
Proactive: Acting before a situation becomes a source of confrontation or crisis.
64. A child who is having difficulty containing himself is asked to do an errand. By the time he comes back, the
rest of the class has calmed down. Which classroom management technique was employed?
A. Proximity control
B. Antiseptic bouncing
C. Signal interference
D. Walking around
RATIONALIZATION:
This technique is used to prevent behavior from escalating. You remove the student from the classroom
setting when you notice that the student is becoming frustrated or agitated, before inappropriate
behavior occurs. The technique allows the student to calm down, move, avoid embarrassment, and, upon
return to the work area, begin to work again. Many teachers accomplish the "bounce" by having the
student go on an errand, perhaps taking a note to a colleague or returning material to the library. Color
coding the note can signal a colleague that the student needed a "change of pace" and that the note does
not need a response.
65. Continuously scanning the classroom even when Teacher is working with small groups illustrates
Kounin's
.
A. With-it-ness
B. Diligence
C. Aggressiveness
D. Sensitiveness
RATIONALIZATION:
"Withitness" is a term created by Kounin to describe the teacher's awareness of what is going on in all
parts of the classroom at all times. We commonly refer to this as "having eyes in the back of the head."
DEVELOPMENTAL READING
Page 38 of 39
66. In acquiring language competence, what is the process of attaching meaning to words?
A. Phonology
B. Syntax
C. Semantics
D. Morphology
RATIONALIZATION:
Semantics is the study of meaning in language. The term is taken from the Greek “seme”, meaning sign. The
word meaning can be defined in many ways, but the definition most pertinent to linguistics and the one
we will use is that meaning is "the function of signs in language."
67. Which is the correct order of reading skills in Goodell’s Reading Skills ladder?
I.
Finding the main idea
II.
Basic sight words
III.
Vocabulary building
IV.
V.
VI.
Using contextual clues
Using structural analysis
Using phonetic analysis
A. II, V, IV, I, III, VI
C. II, I, IV, III, V, VI
Page 38 of 39
B. II, VI, V, IV, III, I
D. II, III, VI, IV, V, I
RATIONALIZATION:
Grace Goodell’s Reading Skills Ladder
1. Basic sight words
2. Using phonetic analysis
3. Using structural analysis
4. Using contextual clues
5. Vocabulary building
6. Finding the main idea
7. Finding the supporting details
8. Interfering meanings, drawing conclusions
9. Classifying and organizing facts
10. Using parts of the book
11. Using the dictionary
12. Using the encyclopedias and other reference books
13. Borrowing library books for research and enjoyment
14. Starting your private library collection
15. Exposure to reading from mass media
16. Reading from the Internet
68. Among models of reading strategies, what did student Janus adopt when he reads back and forth, attending
to both what is in his mind and what’s on the page?
A. Bottoms-up
B. Interactive
C. Down-top
D. Top-down
RATIONALIZATION:
The reading process involves the text, the reader, and the interaction between the two. Theorists have
proposed three basic models of how reading occurs: bottom-up, top-down, and interactive.

Interactive Models - Reading is a process of constructing meaning from text through the use of both
bottom-up and top-down processes, strategies, and skills (focus on the interaction). Both bottom-up
and top-down processes occur simultaneously for the reader to comprehend the meaning of the
text.
Two levels of interaction:


- the interaction between the reader and the text.
- the interaction between two kinds of cognitive skills: identification and interpretation.
Bottom-up Models - Reading is a decoding process (focus on the text).
Top-Down Models - Reading is a psycholinguistic guessing game (focus on the reader). The reader
receives input from the text, makes predictions (based on conceptual abilities, background
knowledge, and language processing skills), tests and confirms or revises those prediction.
69. Edna is reading a book and he needs to know the meaning of the word “obliterate”. However, the passage does
not give enough cues for him to figure out what the word means. He decided to use his pocket dictionary, so
he would know what the word means. Which of the following strategies should she use so that she would
know the meaning of the unfamiliar word?
A. Scanning
B. Skimming
C. Close reading
D. Careful slow reading
RATIONALIZATION:
Skimming and scanning are reading techniques that use rapid eye movement and keywords to move
quickly through text for slightly different purposes. Skimming is reading rapidly in order to get a general
overview of the material. Scanning is reading rapidly in order to find specific facts. While skimming
Page 38 oftells
39
you what general information is within a section, scanning helps you locate a particular fact. Skimming is
like snorkeling, and scanning is more like pearl diving.
Use skimming in previewing (reading before you read), reviewing (reading after you read), determining
the main idea from a long selection you don't wish to read, or when trying to find source material for a
research paper.
Use scanning in research to find particular facts, to study fact-heavy topics, and to answer questions
requiring factual support.
SOCIAL DIMENSIONS OF EDUCATION
70. The International Commission of Education for the 21st Century advocates Four Pillars. Which of the 4
Pillars should be given emphasis in teaching if there are peace and cultural diversity issues?
A. Learning to know
B. Learning to be
C. Learning to live together
D. Learning to do
RATIONALIZATION:
Learning to live together implies that the teacher should help the students develop an understanding of
other people and appreciation of interdependence since we live in a closely connected world.
Page 38 of 39
71. Education in the human rights starts with what?
A. Loving others
B. Respect towards the others
C. Liking others
D. Caring others
RATIONALIZATION:
The mandate for human rights education is unequivocal: you have a human right to know your rights.
The Preamble to the Universal Declaration of Human Rights (UDHR) exhorts "every individual and every
organ of society" to "strive by teaching and education to promote respect for these rights and freedoms."
Article 30 of the UDHR declares that one goal of education should be "the strengthening of respect for
human rights and fundamental freedoms." According to the International Covenant on Civil and Political
Rights (ICCPR), a government "may not stand in the way of people's learning about [their rights]."
72. For a positive learning environment, it is good to make clear that an individual's beliefs and activities
should be understood by others in terms of that individual's own culture. Which concept is explained?
A. Ethical relativism
B. Cultural relativism
C. Individual differences
D. Cultural sensitivity
RATIONALIZATION:
Cultural relativism is the idea that a person's beliefs, values, and practices should be understood based on
that person's own culture, rather than be judged against the criteria of another. Cultural relativism refers
to not judging a culture to our own standards of what is right or wrong, strange or normal. Instead, we
should try to understand cultural practices of other groups in its own cultural context.
73. Which is a progressive approach in transforming education that holistically critiques current shortcomings,
failures, and discriminatory practices in education?
A. Transformative education
B. Peace Education
C. Multicultural education
D. Values education
RATIONALIZATION:
Multicultural education refers to any form of education or teaching that incorporates the histories, texts,
values, beliefs, and perspectives of people from different cultural backgrounds. At the classroom level, for
example, teachers may modify or incorporate lessons to reflect the cultural diversity of the students in a
particular class. In many cases, “culture” is defined in the broadest possible sense, encompassing race,
ethnicity, nationality, language, religion, class, gender, sexual orientation, and “exceptionality”— a term
applied to students with specialized needs or disabilities.
74. Which statement thinking/behavior indicates that he/she values diversity?
A. He/she emphasizes on the differences among people and disregards their commonalities
B. He/she regards his culture as inferior to other’s culture
C. He/she regards his culture as superior to other’s culture
D. He/she accepts the fact that all people are unique in their own.
RATIONALIZATION:
The concept of diversity encompasses acceptance and respect. It means understanding that each
individual is unique, and recognizing our individual differences. These can be along the dimensions of
race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, socio-economic status, age, physical abilities, religious beliefs,
political beliefs, or other ideologies. It is the exploration of these differences in a safe, positive, and
nurturing environment. It is about understanding each other and moving beyond simple tolerance to
embracing and celebrating the rich dimensions of diversity contained within each individual.
Page 38 of 39
75. There is a gap between words and deeds, and so the teacher needs to exemplify certain characteristics, the
most personal of which is
A. To monitor one's own behavior
B. To be tolerant of others
C. To keep an open mind
D. To engage in socio-civic projects
RATIONALIZATION:
Self-monitoring is a concept introduced during the 1970s by Mark Snyder, that shows how much people
monitor their self-presentations, expressive behavior, and nonverbal affective displays. It is the act of
observing and regulating one's own behavior in a social context. It is defined as a personality trait that
refers to an ability to regulate behavior to accommodate social situations. People concerned with their
expressive self-presentation (see impression management) tend to closely monitor their audience in
order to ensure appropriate or desired public appearances. Self-monitors try to understand how
individuals and groups will perceive their actions. Some personality types commonly act spontaneously
(low self-monitors) and others are more apt to purposely control and consciously adjust their behavior
(high self-monitors).
76. Among important characteristics of successful teaching, which connotes dress, physique, freedom from
personal defects, personal magnetism, neatness, cleanliness, posture, and personal charm.
Page 38 of 39
A.
B.
C.
D.
Dominance
Buoyancy
Attractiveness
Drive
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is C. Attractiveness connotes dress, physique, freedom from personal defects,
personal magnetism, neatness, cleanliness, posture, and personal charm. Physical attractiveness is the
degree to which a person's physical features are considered aesthetically pleasing or beautiful. Physical
attraction itself includes universal perceptions common to all human cultures, as well as aspects that are
culturally and socially dependent, along with individual subjective preferences.
77. Among the important successful teaching which of the following shows fairness, impartiality, open
mindedness, free from prejudice and sense of awareness?
A. Buoyancy
B. Objectivity
C. Emotional Stability
D. Considerateness
RATIONALIZATION:
Objectivity is a noun that means a lack of bias, judgment, or prejudice. Maintaining one's objectivity is the
most important job of a judge.
78. What set of core values that Filipino Teacher possess to be a global teacher?
A. Cultural and historical rootedness and nationalism
B. Economic excellence and materialism
C. Inclusiveness and self-perseverance
D. Boundless thinking and interconnectivity
RATIONALIZATION:
A global teacher is a competent teacher who is armed with enough skills, appropriate attitude and
universal values to teach students with both time-tested as well as modern technologies in education in
any place in the world. He or she is someone who thinks and acts both locally and globally with
worldwide perspectives, right in the communities where he or she is situated. Patience, care, and kind
personality are characteristics related to being a compassionate person and having a sensitivity to
student differences, particularly with learners, was the second most frequently reported quality.
RESEARCH
79. In doing research, what will support a conclusion of a study so that it can be valid and true?
A. Hypothesis
B. Assumptions
C. Factual evidence
D. Implications
RATIONALIZATION:
Evidence is the facts, examples, or sources used to support a claim. In the sciences, this might be data
retrieved from an experiment or a scientific journal article. In the humanities, it may be a quotation from
the text, published information from academic critics, or a theory that supports your claims.
80. What type of research will be applied if you will group the students according to Grade 3,4,5 and 6?
A. Longitudinal
B. Experimental
C. Cross sectional
D. Strata
RATIONALIZATION:
Page 38 of 39
Strata. Stratified random sampling refers to a sampling method in which the total population is divided
into non-overlapping subgroups. Each of the subgroups is called a stratum, and two or more subgroups are
called strata.
‘Strata’ is a characteristic of stratified sampling method in which the entire population is divided into
several homogeneous groups and a simple random sampling technique is applied on each of these
groups. Such homogeneous groups are called as Strata.
The population of each and every stratum is identical and significantly differs in its characteristics from
those of others. A stratum enables selection of no. of samples in accordance with the proportion of
sample population in the entire population. In this way, strata reduce the chances of under or over
representation of any particular type of population in sampling and provide proportionate representation
to all.
81. You want to examine specific-subpopulations such as those who played a part in the EDSA revolution with
focus on how their attitudes have changed, which study will you do?
A. Longitudinal study
B. Trend study
C. Cohort study
D. Cross-sectional study
ASSESSMENT OF LEARNING
Page 38 of 39
82. The most appropriate focus for assessment of learning is determining
A. Congruence of intended objectives and outcome
B. Effective teacher instruction and feedback
C. Efficiency of class management and discipline
D. Relevance of curriculum content and lesson content
RATIONALIZATION:
.
The most important aspect to consider in assessment of learning is the achievement of the lesson
objectives/outcomes. The results of assessment should be able to improve students’ learning and teacher’
teaching as both respond to the information it provides. Assessment is an ongoing process that arises out
of the interaction between teaching and learning.
83. After teaching them the process of experimenting, Teacher Vanessa wanted her students to be able set up
an experiment to find an answer to a scientific problem. Which will she ask her students to do?
A. Research on the answers to this scientific problem: Can aerial plans survive when transferred in soil?
B. Can be aerial plants also live on land? Research on experiments already conducted.
C. Observe if aerial plants can survive when planted in soil. Note your observations and present them in
class.
D. Set up and experiment to find out if aerial plants can also live on land.
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is D. It is considered as authentic form of assessment. Authentic assessment is the
measurement of "intellectual accomplishments that are worthwhile, significant, and meaningful," as
contrasted to multiple choice standardized tests. Authentic assessment can be devised by the teacher, or
in collaboration with the student by engaging student voice.
84. Teacher Prince sees to it that he checks for understanding as he teaches to ensure that every student can
follow the lesson. With what for/s of assessment is Teacher Prince occupied with?
A. Assessment AS Learning B.
Assessment FOR Learning
C. Assessment OF Learning
D. Assessment FOR and AS Learning
RATIONALIZATION:
Assessment for learning is ongoing assessment that allows teachers to monitor students on a day-to- day
basis and modify their teaching based on what the students need to be successful. This assessment
provides students with the timely, specific feedback that they need to make adjustments to their learning.
85. Teacher Merta is doing an assessment of learning. Which of the following questions would he likely
consider?
A. Have the students already achieved the intended outcomes?
B. Do the students have the prerequisite skills?
C. Which tasks are students handling satisfactorily?
D. What grade should I assign to each student?
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is D. The purpose of assessment OF learning is usually summative and is mostly done
at the end of a task, unit of work etc. “It is designed to provide evidence of achievement to parents, other
educators, the students themselves and sometimes to outside groups (e.g., employers, other educational
institutions).”
86. Which of the following is an example of diagnostic?
A. Journal writing and discussion
B. Student achievement test
C. 10-item test to contract difficulty of student
D. Quiz after unit lesson
RATIONALIZATION:
Page 38 of 39
A diagnostic test is a form of pre-assessment that is used to determine students’ specific areas of
weakness and strength prior to instruction. It is primarily used to diagnose students difficulties and to
guide lesson and curriculum planning.
87. How can a teacher establish the reliability test?
I.
Repeat the same test
II.
Administer a parallel test
III.
Split the test
IV.
Vary the number of items
A.
B.
C.
D.
I, II, and III
I, II, and IV
I and IV only
II and III
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is letter A. Reliability refers to the consistency of a measure. The following are the
methods to establish reliability:


Test-Retest: retaking the test
Alternate forms of Equivalence: constructing a test that’s different in construction yet measures the
same objectives.
Page 38 of 39

Split-Half: involves splitting items into two sets
88. I would like to see if my students have achieved the objectives of my lesson. What portfolio would I like to
see?
A. Showcase portfolio B.
Assessment portfolio
C. Developmental portfolio
D. Objective portfolio
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is B. Assessment portfolios are intended to check if the students have learned the
lesson or if they have achieved the intended learning outcomes.
89. A teacher is applying for a teaching job. Which type of portfolio should accompany her application letter?
A. Assessment
B. Development
C. Showcase
D. Evaluation
RATIONALIZATION:
Showcase portfolios are created by a learner to showcase or display their best quality of work. A portfolio
a student submits to a teacher would include a representation of course of work or projects, while a
portfolio for a job interview would highlight skills and qualifications. Since in applying for a job you
basically want to impress the employer to hire you, you would need to highlight your best achievements,
which can be done through showcase portfolio.
90. Because of its nature, it’s used to measure the effectiveness of self-directed learning.
A. Holistic
rubric B.
Analytical
C. Holistic only
D. Both Holistic and analytical
RATIONALIZATION:
Analytic rubrics can be more useful if you want to do self-assessment. It allows you to assess
achievements based on multiple criteria using a single rubric. You can assign different weights (value) to
different criteria and include overall achievement by totaling the criteria. Because it can include many
criteria, it can assess an individual’s strengths and weaknesses. As such, it is more effective for selfdirected learning.
91. In this type assessment, the score of the student in a test is related to other students.
A. Criterion-referenced
B. Norm-referenced
C. Formative
D. Diagnostic
RATIONALIZATION:
Norm-referenced test reports whether test takers performed worse or better than a hypothetically
average student, which is determined by comparing scores against the performance results of a
statistically selected group of test takers, typically of the same age or grade level, who have already taken
the exam.
92. Which test is subjective and less reliable for scoring and grading?
A. Completion
B. True or false
C. Matching
D. Essay
Page 38 of 39
RATIONALIZATION:
A subjective test is evaluated by giving an opinion. It can be compared with an objective test, which has
right or wrong answers and so can be marked objectively. Subjective tests are more challenging and
expensive to prepare, administer and evaluate correctly, but they can be more valid.
Tests of writing ability like essays are often subjective because they require an examiner to give an
opinion on the level of the writing.
93. Which does NOT belong to the group?
A. Completion test
B. Matching type
C. Multiple choice
D. Alternate response
RATIONALIZATION:
Completion test is under Supply Type of test which requires students to create and supply their own
answer to show mastery of knowledge or skills. Matching type, multiple choice, and alternate response
belong to selection type of test assessments in which students select a response from provided
alternatives (options).
94. Miss Eugenio would like to cover a wide variety of objectives in the quarterly examination in her English
class lesson on subject-verb agreement. Which of the following types of test is the most appropriate?
A. True-False
B. Matching
C. Multiple Choice
D. Essay
Page 38 of 39
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is C. Among the given options, multiple choice can cover the widest scope of
objectives because of its nature. For example, a single 150-item licensure examination for teachers, which
is considered as multiple-choice type, can measure wide set of competencies in different subjects in
Professional Education.
95. What can be said of student performance in a negatively skewed class score distribution? A.
Most students performed well.
B. All students have average performance.
C. Few students performed well.
D. Most students performed poorly.
RATIONALIZATION:
A class’ score distribution is negatively skewed, or skewed to the left, if the scores fall toward the higher
side of the scale and there are very few low scores since most of the students got high scores.
96. A negative discrimination index means that:
A. The test item has low reliability.
B. The test item could not discriminate between the lower and upper groups.
C. More from the lower group answered the test item correctly.
D. More from the upper group got the item correctly.
RATIONALIZATION:
Discrimination Index refers to how well an assessment differentiates between high and low scorers. In
other words, you should be able to expect that the high-performing students would select the correct
answer for each question more often than the low-performing students. If this is true, then the
assessment is said to have a positive discrimination index (between 0 and 1) -- indicating that students
who received a high total score chose the correct answer for a specific item more often than the students
who had a lower overall score. If, however, you find that more of the low-performing students got a
specific item correct, then the item has a negative discrimination index (between -1 and 0).
EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
97. Performance experiment is an example of
A. Demonstration
B. Direct purposeful experience
C. Contrived experience
D. Dramatized experience
.
RATIONALIZATION:
Direct purposeful experiences are our concrete and first hand experiences that make up the foundation of
our learning. These are the rich experiences that our senses bring from which we construct the ideas, the
concepts, the generalizations that give meaning and order to our lives (Dale, 1969). They are the sensory
experiences.
Example of Direct Purposeful Activities
1.
2.
3.
4.
Preparing meals or snacks
Making a piece of furniture
Performing a laboratory experiment
Delivering a speech
98. The more senses that are involved, the more and the better the learning. Which practice is aligned with this
principle?
A. Employ cooperative learning.
B. Teach using mostly verbal symbol.
C. Bring students to field trips with the consent of school and parents.
Page 38 of 39
D. Invite parents as resource speakers in class.
RATIONALIZATION:
The correct answer is A. Cooperative learning is considered as a direct purposeful activity and first-hand
experience which means that it involves more senses than the other options given.
99. “What I hear, I forget. What I see, I remember. What I do, I understand.” This means that pupils learn
best when they
.
A. Watch TV
B. Take active part in the teaching-learning process
C. Work independently
D. Work with groups
RATIONALIZATION:
The Chinese sentence above literally translates to "Not hearing is not as good as hearing, hearing is not as
good as seeing, seeing is not as good as mentally knowing, mentally knowing is not as good as acting;
true learning continues up to the point that action comes forth (or, only when a thing produces action
can it be said to have been truly learned)." It means that learning by doing is better than hearing and
seeing.
100.
Teacher Dada demonstrates how to work with a Math Application that provides
practice in adding mixed fractions. The students then work independently with the app to provide them
sufficient practice in adding mixed fraction. This level of technology integration is called:
Page 38 of 39
A.
B.
C.
D.
Entry-active
Adoption-active
Infusion-active
Transformation-active
RATIONALIZATION:
Active Learning Adoption Level – conventional or procedural use of tools
Students: Students are using technology in conventional ways and the locus of
control is on the teacher.
Teacher: The teacher controls the type of technology and how it is used. The
teacher may be pacing the students through a project, making sure that they
complete each step in the same sequence with the same tool. Although the students
are more active than students at the Entry level in their use of technology, the
teacher strongly regulates activities.
Setting: Setting is arranged for direct instruction and individual seat work. The
students may have very limited and regulated access to the technology resources.
LICENSURE EXAMINATION FOR TEACHERS (LET)
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REVIEWER
[SET 1 - PART 1]
1. Which is one role of play in the pre-school and early childhood years?
A. Develops competitive spirit.
B. Separates reality from fantasy.
C. Increases imagination due to expanding knowledge and emotional range.
D. Develops the upper and lower limbs.
2. Student Z does not study at all but when the Licensure Examination for Teachers (LET)
comes, before he takes the LET, he spends one hour or more praying for a miracle, i.e. to
pass the exam. Which attitude towards religion or God is displayed?
A. Religion as fake
B. Religion as magic
C. Religion as authentic
Page 38 of 39
D. Religion as real
3. As a teacher, you are a rationalist. Which among these will be your guiding principle?
A. I must teach the child that we can never have real knowledge of anything.
B. I must teach the child to develop his mental powers to the full.
C. I must teach the child so he is assured of heaven.
D. I must teach the child every knowledge, skill, and value that he needs for a better future.
Page 38 of 39
4. All men are pretty much alike. It is only by custom that they are set apart, said one
Oriental philosopher. Where can this thought be most inspiring?
A. In a multi-cultural group of learners
B. In multi-cultural and heterogeneous groups of learners and indigenous peoples' group
C. In a class composed of indigenous peoples
D. In heterogeneous class of learners
5. Teacher A discovered that his pupils are very good in dramatizing. Which tool must
have helped him discover his pupils' strength?
A. Portfolio assessment
B. Performance test
C. Journal entry
D. Paper-and-pencil test
6. NSAT and NEAT results are interpreted against set mastery level. This means that NSAT
and NEAT fall under __________.
A. intelligence test
B. aptitude test
C. criterion-referenced test
D. norm-referenced test
Page 38 of 39
7. In a social studies class, Teacher I presents a morally ambiguous situation and asks his
students what they would do. On whose theory is Teacher I's technique based?
A. Kohlberg
B. Bandura
C. Piaget
D. Bruner
8. Which is a sound classroom management practice?
A. Avoid establishing routines
B. Establish routines for all daily needs and tasks.
C. Apply rules and policies on a case to case basis.
D. Apply reactive approach to discipline.
9. A sixth grade twelve-year old boy comes from a dysfunctional family and has been abused
and neglected. He has been to two orphanages and three different elementary schools. The
student can decode on the second grade level, but he can comprehend orally material at the
fourth or fifth grade level. The most probable cause/s of this student's reading problem
is/are __________.
A. emotional factors
B. poor teaching
C. neurological factors
D. immaturity
Page 38 of 39
10. Teacher U teaches to his pupils that pleasure is not the highest good. Teacher's teaching is
against what philosophy?
A. Realism
B. Hedonism
C. Epicureanism
D. Empiricism
11. With which goals of educational institutions as provided for by the
Constitution is the development of work skills aligned?
A. To develop moral character
B. To teach the duties of citizenship
C. To inculcate love of country
D. To develop vocational efficiency
12. Direct instruction is for facts, rules, and actions as indirect instruction is for __________,
__________, __________.
A. hypotheses, verified data and conclusions
B. concepts, patterns and abstractions
C. concepts, processes and generalizations
D. guesses, data and conclusions
Page 38 of 39
13. To elicit more student's response, Teacher G made use of covert responses. Which one
did she NOT do?
A. She had the students write their response privately.
B. She showed the correct answers on the overhead after the students have written their responses.
C. She had the students write their responses privately then called each of them.
D. She refrained from judging on the student's responses.
14. What should you do if a parent who is concerned about a grade his child received
compared to another student's grade, demands to see both students' grades?
A. Refuse to show either record.
B. Show both records to him.
C. Refuse to show any record without expressing permission from principal.
D. Show only his child's records.
15. John Watson said:Men are built not born.What does this statement point to?
A. The ineffectiveness of training on a person's development.
B. The effect of environmental stimulation on a person's development.
C. The absence of genetic influence on a person's development
D. The effect of heredity.
16. A guest speaker in one graduation rites told his audience: "Reminder, you are what you
choose to be." The guest speaker is more of a/an __________.
A. realistic
B. pragmatist
C. idealist
D. existentialist
Page 38 of 39
17. The best way for a guidance counselor to begin to develop study skills and
habits in underachieving student would be to __________.
A. have these underachieving students observe the study habits of excelling
students B. encourage students to talk about study habits from their own
experiences
C. have them view film strips about various study
approaches D. give out a list of effective study approaches
18. Principal C shares this thought with his teachers:Subject matter should help students
understand and appreciate themselves as unique individuals who accept complete
responsibility for their thoughts, feelings, and actions.From which philosophy is this thought
based?
A. Perennialism
B. Essentialism
C. Existentialism
D. Progressivism
19. The search for related literature by accessing several databases by the use of a
telephone line to connect a computer library with other computers that have database is
termed __________.
A. compact disc search
B. manual search
C. on-line search
D. computer search
Page 38 of 39
20. Teacher W wants to review and check on the lesson of the previous day? Which one will
be most reliable?
A. Having students identify difficult homework problems.
B. Having students correct each other's work.
C. Sampling the understanding of a few students.
D. Explicitly reviewing the task-relevant information necessary for the day's lesson.
21. During the Spanish period, what was/were the medium/media of instruction in schools?
A. The Vernacular
B. English
C. Spanish
D. Spanish and the Vernacular
22. With indirect instruction in mind, which does NOT belong to the group?
A. Problem solving
B. Lecture-recitation
C. Inductive reasoning
D. Discovery
23. I combined several subject areas in order to focus on a single concept for interdisciplinary teaching. Which strategy/method did I use?
A. Problem-entered learning
B. Thematic instruction
C. Reading-writing activity
D. Unit method
Page 38 of 39
24. Read the following then answer the question
Teacher: In what ways other than the periodic table might we predict the undiscovered elements?
Bobby: We could go to the moon and see if there are some elements there we don't have.
Betty: We could dig down into the center of the earth and see if we find any of the missing elements.
ricky: We could study debris from the meteorites if we can find any.
Teacher: Those are all good answers. but what if those excursions to the moon, to the center of
the earth, or to find meteorites were too costly and time consuming? how might we use the
elements we already have here on earth to find some new ones?
Question: The Teacher's questions in the above exchange are examples of __________ questions.
A. fact
B. concept
C. direct
D. closed
25. In his second item analysis, Teacher H found out that more from the lower group got the
test item
# 6 correctly. This means that the test item __________.
A. has a negative discriminating power
B. has a lower validity
C. has a positive discriminating power
D. has a high reability
SET 1 PART 1 ANSWER KEYS
1. C
2. B
3. B
Page 38 of 39
4. B
5. B
6. C
7. B
8. B
9. C
10. B
11. D
12. C
13. B
14. B
15. B
16. D
17. B
18. C
19. C
20. C
21. D
22. A
23. D
24. C
25. B
LICENSURE EXAMINATION FOR TEACHERS (LET)
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REVIEWER
[SET 1 - PART 2]
Page 38 of 39
26. For maximum interaction, a teacher ought to avoid __________ questions.
26.
informational
27.
rhetorical
28.
leading
29.
divergent
27. The teacher's first task in the selection of media in teaching is to determine the ______.
A. choice of the students
B. availability of the media
C. objectives of the lesson
D. technique to be used
5. Principal B tells her teachers that training in the humanities is most important.
To which educational philosophy does he adhere?
6. Existentialism
7. Perennialism
8. Progressivism
9. Essentialism
Page 38 of 39
7. Who among the following needs less verbal counseling but needs more concrete and
operational forms of assistance? The child who __________.
A. has mental retardation
E. has attention-deficit disorder
F. has learning disability
G. has conduct disorder
8. After giving an input on a good paragraph, Teacher W asks her students to rate a given
paragraph along the elements of a good paragraph. The students' task is in level of __________
E. application
F. analysis
G. evaluation
H. synthesis
31. In the Preamble of the Code of Ethics of Professional Teachers, which is NOT said of
teachers?
A. LET passers
B. Duly licensed professionals
C. Possess dignity and reputation
D. With high-moral values as well as technical and professional competence
Page 38 of 39
10. Study this group of tests which was administered with the following results, then
answer the question.
Subject Mean SD Ronnels's Score
Math 56 10 43
Physics 41 9 31
English 80 16 109
In which subject(s) did Ronnel perform most poorly in relation to the group's performance?
11.
English
12.
English and Math
13.
Math
14.
Physics
E. Teacher G's lesson objective has something to do with the skill of synthesizing? Which
behavioral term is most appropriate?
12.
Test
13.
Assess
14.
Appraise
15.
Theorize
34. Standard deviation is to variability as mean is to __________.
A. coefficient of correlation
B. central tendency
C. discrimination index
D. level of difficulty
Page 38 of 39
13. If you agree with Rizal on how you can contribute to our nation's redemption, which
should you work for?
A. Opening our doors to foreign influence
B. Upgrading the quality of the Filipino through education
C. Stabilizing the political situation
D. Gaining economic recovery
14. Teacher T taught a lesson denoting ownership by means of possessives. He first
introduced the rule, then gave examples, followed by class exercises, then back to the rule
before he moved into the second rule. Which presenting technique did he use?
15.
Combinatorial
16.
Comparative
17.
Part-whole
18.
Sequence
17. Theft of school equipment like tv, computer, etc. by teenagers in the community itself is
becoming a common phenomenon. What does this incident signify?
A. Prevalence of poverty in the community.
B. Inability of school to hire security guards.
C. Deprivation of Filipino schools.
D. Community's lack of sense of co-ownership.
38. As a teacher, what do you do when you engage yourself in major task analysis?
A. Test if learning reached higher level thinking skills.
B. Breakdown a complex task into sub-skills.
C. Determine the level of thinking involved.
D. Revise lesson objectives.
Page 38 of 39
E. With-it-ness, according to Kounin, is one of the characterestics of an effective classroom
manager. Which phrase goes with it?
A. Have hands that write fast.
B. Have eyes on the back of your heads.
C. Have a mouth ready to speak.
D. Have minds packed with knowledge.
18. Ruben is very attached to his mother and Ruth to her father. In what developmental
stage are they according to Freudian psychological theory?
A. Oedipal stage
B. Latent stage
C. Anal stage
D. Pre-genital stage
41. Teacher Y does norm-referenced interpretation of scores. Which of the following does she
do?
A. She describes group performance in relation to a level of mastery set.
B. She uses a specified content as its frame of reference.
C. She compares every individual students' scores with others' scores.
D. She describes what should be their performance.
42. As a teacher, you are a reconstructionist. Which among these will be your guiding
principle?
A. I must teach the child every knowledge, skill, and value that he needs for a better future.
B. I must teach the child to develop his mental powers to the full.
C. I must teach the child so he is assured of heaven.
D. I must teach the child that we can never have real knowledge of anything.
Page 38 of 39
43. From whom do we owe the theory of deductive interference as illustrated in syllogisms?
19.
Plato
20.
Scorates
21.
Aristotle
22.
Pythagoras
E. Teacher B engages her students with information for thorough understanding for meaning
and for competent application. Which principle governs Teacher B's practice?
20.
Contructivist
21.
Gestalt
22.
Behaviorist
23.
Cognitivist
45. What was the most prominent educational issue of the mid 1980s?
A. Bilingual Education
B. Values Education
21.
Accountability
22.
Mainstreaming
46. A teacher/student is held responsible for his actions because s/he __________.
A. has instincts
B. is mature
C. has a choice
D. has reason
Page 38 of 39
47. For which may you use the direct instruction method?
A. Become aware of the pollutants around us.
B. Appreciate Milton's Paradise Lost.
C. Use a microscope properly.
D. Distinguish war from aggression.
E. The concepts of trust vs. maturity, autonomy vs. self-doubt, and initiative vs. guilt are most
closely related with the works of __________.
E. Erikson
F. Piaget
G. Freud
H. Jung
24. What measure of central tendency does the number 16 represent in the following data: 14,
15, 17, 16, 19, 20, 16, 14, 16?
E. Mode
F. Median
G. Mode and median
H. Mean
50. The principle of individual differences requires teachers to __________.
A. give greater attention to gifted learners
B. provide for a variety of learning activities
C. treat all learners alike while in the classroom
I.
prepare modules for slow learners in class
SET 1 PART 2 ANSWER KEYS
A. C
Page 38 of 39
B. C
C. A
D. B
E. B
F. A
G. A
H. D
I. B
J. B
K. C
L. D
M. B
N. D
O. A
P. C
Q. A
R. A
S. D
T. A
U. C
V. C
W. A
X. C
Y. B
LICENSURE EXAMINATION FOR TEACHERS (LET)
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REVIEWER
Page 38 of 39
[SET 1 - PART 3]
51. Which of the following propositions is attributed to Plato?
A. Truth is relative to a particular time and place.
B. Human beings create their own truths.
C. Learning is the discovery of truth as Iatent ideas are brought to consciousness.
D. Sense perception is the most accurate guide to knowledge.
52. Which is one characteristic of an effective classroom management?
A. It quickly and unobtrusively redirects misbehavior once it occurs.
B. It teaches dependence on others for self-control.
C. It respects cultural norms of a limited group students.
D. Strategies aresimple enough to be used consistently.
30. Out of 3 distracters in a multiple choice test item, namely B, C, and D, no pupil chose D as
answer. This implies that D is __________
A. an ineffective distracter
B. a vague distracter
C. an effective distracter
D. a plausible distracter
Page 38 of 39
6. I drew learners into several content areas and encouraged them to solve a complex
question for inter-disciplinary teaching. Which strategy did I use?
A. Problem-centered learning
B. Unit method
C. Reading-writing activity
D. Thematic instruction
55. Value clarification as a strategy in Values Education classes is anchored on which
philosophy?
10.
Existentialism
11.
Christian philosophy
12.
Idealism
13.
Hedonism
8. Teacher A is a teacher of English as a Second Language. She uses vocabulary cards, fill-inthe-blank sentences, dialogues, dictation and writing excercises in teaching a lesson about
grocery shopping. Based on this information, which of the following is a valid conclusion?
A. The teacher is applying Bloom's hierachy of cognitive learning.
B. The teacher is teaching in a variety of ways because not all students learn in the same manner.
C. The teacher wants to make herteachirig easier by having less talk.
D. The teacher is emphasizing reading and writing skills.
57. If teacher has to ask more higher-order questions, he has to ask more __________ questions.
H. closed
I. fact
J. concept
K. convergent
Page 38 of 39
58. Are percentile ranks the same as percentage correct?
A. It cannot be determined unless scores are given.
B. It cannot be determined unless the number of examinees is given.
9. No
10.
Yes
59. Which method has been proven to be effective in courses that stress acquisition of
knowledge?
A. Socratic method
B. Cooperative learning
C. Mastery learning
D. Indirect instruction
60. A teacher's summary of a lesson serves the following functions, EXCEPT
A. it links the parts of the lesson
B. lt brings together the information that has been discussed
C. it makes provisions for full participation of students.
D. it clinches the basic ideas or concepts of the lesson.
61. Which is a true foundation of the social order?
A. Obedient citizenry
B. The reciprocation of rights and duties
C. Strong political leadership
D. Equitable distribution of wealth
Page 38 of 39
62. Which one can enhance the comparability of grades?
A. Using common conversion table for translating test scores in to ratings
B. Formulating tests that vary from one teacher to another
C. Allowing individual teachers to determine factors for rating
D. Individual teachers giving weights to factors considered for rating
I. Who among the following puts more emphasis on core requirements, longer school day,
longer academic year and more challenging textbooks?
11.
Perennialist
12.
Essentialist
13.
Progressivist
14.
Existentialist
64. Which test has broad sampling of topics as strength?
A. Objective test
B. Short answer test
C. Essay test
D. Problem type
15. Read this question:How will you present the layers of the earth to your class?This is a
question that
F. directs
G. leads the student to evaluate
H. assesses cognition
I. probes creative thinking
Page 38 of 39
16. In Krathwohl's affective domain of objectives, which of the following is the lowest
level of affective behavior?
14.
Valuing
15.
Characterization
16.
Responding
17.
Organization
15. Rodel is very aloof and cold in his relationships with his classmates. Which basic goal
must haye not been attained by Rodel during his developmental years, according to
Erikson's theory on psychological development?
19.
Autonomy
20.
Trust
21.
Initiative
22.
Generativity
18. Two students are given the WISE II. One has a full scale IQ of 91, while the other has an IQ
of 109. Which conclusion can be drawn?
A. The second student has significantly higher intellectual ability
B. The first student is probably below average, while the second has above average potential
C. Both students are functioning in the average range of intellectual ability
D. Another IQ test should be given to truly assess their intellectual potential
69. To come closer to the truth we need togo back to the things themselves.This is the advice
of the
F. behaviorists
G. phenomenologists
H. idealists
I. pragmatists
Page 38 of 39
19. Which guideline in test construction is NOT observed in this test item: Jose Rizal wrote
__________.
A. The central problem should be packed in the stem.
B. There must be only one correct answer.
C. Alternatives must have grammatical parallelism.
D. The alternates must be plausible.
71. In what way can teachers uphold the highest possible standards of quality education?
A. By continually improving themselves personally and professionally
B. By wearing expensive clothes to change people's poor perception of
teachers C. By working out undeserved promotions
D. By putting down other professions to lift the status of teaching
23. Each teacher is said to be a trustee of the cultural and educational heritage of the nation
and is, under obligation to transmit to learners such heritage. Which practice makes him
fulfill such obligation?
A. Use the latest instructional technology.
B. Observe continuing professional education.
C. Use interactive teaching strategies.
D. Study the life of Filipino heroes.
F. Studies in the areas of neurosciences disclosed that the human brain has limitless
capacity. What does this imply?
A. Some pupils are admittedly not capable of learning.
B. Every pupil has his own native ability and his learning is limited to this nativeabilty.
C. Every child is a potential genius.
D. Pupils can possibly reach a point where they have learned everything.
Page 38 of 39
24. In a treatment for alcoholism, Ramil was made to drink an alcoholic beverage and then
made to ingest a drug that produces nausea. Eventually, he was nauseated at the sight and
smell of alcohol and stopped drinking alcohoL Which theory explains this?
A. Operant conditioning
B. Social Learning Theory
C. Associative Learning
D. Attribution Theory
75. The following are used in writing performance objectives, EXCEPT
23.
delineate
24.
diagram
25.
integrate
26.
comprehend
SET 1 PART 3 ANSWER KEYS
53. C
54. A
55. A
56. A
57. C
58. B
59. D
60. C
61. C
62. B
63. B
64. A
65. B
Page 38 of 39
66. C
67. D
68. C
69. B
70. A
71. B
72. B
73. A
74. D
75. C
76. C
77. A
LICENSURE EXAMINATION FOR TEACHERS (LET)
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REVIEWER
[SET 2 - PART 1]
1. Which assumption underlies the teacher's use of performance objectives?
A. Not every form of learning is observable.
B. Performance objectives assure the learrier of learning.
C. Learning is defined as a change in the learner's observable performance.
D. The success of learner is based on teacher performance.
2. In the parlance of test construction what does TOS mean?
A. Table of Specifics
B. Table of Specifications
C. Table of Specific Test Items
Page 38 of 39
D. Team of Specifications
31.
A student passes a research report poorly written but ornately presented in a folder to
make up for the poor quality of the book report content. Which Filipino trait does this practice
prove? Emphasis on
__________.
A. art over academics
B. substance overporma
C. art over science
D. pormaover substance
Page 38 of 39
4. In a criterion-referenced testing, what must you do to ensure that your test is fair?
A. Make all of the questions true or false.
B. Ask each student to contribute one question.
C. Make twenty questions but ask the students to answer only ten of their choice.
D. Use the objectives for the units as guide in your test construction.
5. Which does Noam Chomsky, assert about language learning for children?
I. Young children learn and apply grammatical rules and vocabulary as they are exposed to them.
7. Begin formal teaching of grammatical rules to children as early as possible.
III. Do not require initial formal language teaching for children.
A. I and III
B. II only
C. I only
D. I and II
14.
Which Filipino trait works against the shift in teacher's role from teacher as
a fountain of information to teacher as facilitator?
9. Authoritativeness
10.
Authoritarianism
11.
Hiya
12.
Pakikisama
Page 38 of 39
7. If a teacher plans a constructivist lesson, what will he most likely do? Plan how he can
A. do evaluate his students' work
B. do reciprocal teaching
C. lecture to his students
D. engage his students in convergent thinking
L. Who among the following needs less verbal counseling but needs more concrete and
operational forms of assistance? The child who __________.
A. has mental retardation
11.
has attention-deficit disorder
12.
has learning disability
13.
has conduct disorder
J. How would you select the most fit in government positions? Applying Confucius
teachings, which would be the answer?
A. By course accreditation of an accrediting body
B. By merit system and course accreditation
C. By merit system
D. By government examinations
10. Which types of play is most characteristic of a four to six-year old child?
A. Solitary and onlooker plays
B. Associative and coooperative plays
C. Associative and onlooker plays
D. Cooperative and solitary plays
Page 38 of 39
11. A teacher's summary of a lesson serves the following functions, EXCEPT
A. it links the parts of the lesson
B. lt brings together the information that has been discussed
C. it makes provisions for full participation of students.
D. it clinches the basic ideas or concepts of the lesson.
15. All of the following describe the development of children aged eleven to thirteen EXCEPT
__________.
A. they shift from impulsivity to adaptive ability
B. sex differences in IQ becomes more evident
C. they exhibit increase objectivity in thinking
D. they show abstract thinking and judgement
16. Teacher T taught a lesson denoting ownership by means of possessives. He first
introduced the rule, then gave examples, followed by class exercises, then back to the rule
before he moved into the second rule. Which presenting technique did he use?
J. Combinatorial
K. Comparative
L. Part-whole
M. Sequence
17. "In the light of the facts presented, what is most likely to happen when ... ?" is a sample
thought question on
18.
inferring
19.
generalizing
20.
synthesizing
21.
justifying
Page 38 of 39
16. Teacher E discussed how electricity flows through wires and what generates the electric
charge. Then she gave the students wires, bulbs, switches, and dry cells and told the class to
create a circuit that will increase the brightness of each bulb. Which one best describes the
approach used?
A. It used a taxonomy of basic thinking skills
B. It was contructivist
C. It helped students understand scientific methodolgy
D. It used cooperative learning
16. Teacher B uses the direct instruction strategy. Which sequence of steps will she follow?
I. Independent practice
23.
Feedback and
correctiveness III. Guided
student practice IV. Presenting
and structuring
V. Reviewing the previous day's work
19.
V-II-IV-III-I
20.
III-II-IV-I-V
21.
V-lV-III-II-I
22.
I-V-II-III-IV
17. Which are direct measures of competence?
A. Personality tests
B. Performance tests
J. Paper-and-pencil tests
K. Standardized test
Page 38 of 39
20. Under which program were students who were not accommodated in public elementary
and
secondary schools because of lack of classroom, teachers, and instructional materials, were
enrolled in private schools in their respective communities at the government's expense?
A. Government Assistance Program
24.
Study Now-Pay Later
25.
Educational Service Contract System
26.
National Scholarship Program
G. Which activity should a teacher have more for his students if he wants them to develop
logical-mathematical thinking?
A. Problem solving
B. Choral reading
25.
Drama
26.
Storytelling
27. An effective classroom manager uses low-profile classroom control. Which is a
low-profile classroom technique?
A. Note to parents
F. After-school detention
G. Withdrawal of privileges
H. Raising the pitch of the voice
Page 38 of 39
I. Your teacher is of the opinion that the world and everything in it are ever changing and so
teaches you the skill to cope with change. What is his governing philosophy?
25.
Idealism
26.
Existentalism
27.
Experimentalism
28.
Realism
22. To come closer to the truth we need togo back to the things themselves.This is the advice
of the
J. behaviorists
K. phenomenologists
L. idealists
M. pragmatists
23. Test norms are established in order to have a basis for __________.
A. establishing learning goals
B. interpreting test results
C. computing grades
D. identifying pupils' difficulties
26. A stitch on time saves nine, so goes the adage.. Applied to classroom management, this
means that we __________
A. may not occupy ourselves with disruptions which are worth ignoring because they are
minor B. must be reactive in our approach to discipline
C. have to Jesolve minor disruptions before they are out of
control D. may apply 9 rules out of 10 consistently
Page 38 of 39
25. Which criterion should guide a teacher in the choice of instructional devices?
A. Attractiveness
B. Cost
C. Novelty
D. Appropriateness
SET 2 PART 1 ANSWER KEYS
3. C
4. B
5. D
6. D
7. D
8. C
9. D
10.
B
11.
C
12. B
13. B
14. A
15. C
16. A
17. C
18. C
19. D
20. D
21. A
22. D
Page 38 of 39
23. B
24. B
25. B
26. C
27. D
LICENSURE EXAMINATION FOR TEACHERS (LET)
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REVIEWER
[SET 2 - PART 2]
26. Based on Piaget's theory, what should a teacher provide for children in the sensimotor
stage?
A. Games and other physical activities to develop motor skill.
B. Learning activities that involve problems of classification and ordering.
C. Activities for hypothesis formulation.
D. Stimulating environment with ample objects to play with.
32. Who among the following puts more emphasis on core requirements, longer school day,
longer academic year and more challenging textbooks?
8. Perennialist
9. Essentialist
10.
Progressivist
11.
Existentialist
15. The search for related literature by accessing several databases by the use of a
telephone line to connect a computer library with other computers that have database is
termed __________.
A. compact disc search
B. manual search
Page 38 of 39
C. on-line search
D. computer search
Page 38 of 39
29. With synthesizing skills in mind, which has the highest diagnostic value?
A. Essay test
B. Performance test
C. Completion test
D. Multiple choice test
13. Based on Piaget's theory, what should a teacher provide for children in the concrete
operational stage?
A. Activities for hypothesis formulation.
B. Learning activities that involve problems of classification and ordering.
C. Games and other physical activities to develop motor skills.
D. Stimulating environment with ample objects to play with.
31. Read the following then answer the question:
TEACHER: IN WHAT WAYS OTHER THAN THE PERIODIC TABLE MIGHT WE PREDICT THE
UNDISCOVERED ELEMENTS?
BOBBY: WE COULD GO TOTHE MOON AND SEE IF THERE ARE SOME ELEMENTS THERE WE DON'T
HAVE.
BETTY: WE COULD DIG DOWN TO THE CENTER OF THE EARTH AND SEE IF WE FIND ANY OF THE
MISSING ELEMENTS.
RICKY: WE COULD STUDY DEBRIS FROM THE METEORITES IF WE CAN FIND ANY.
TEACHER: THOSE ARE ALL GOOD ANSWERS BUT WHAT IF THOSE, EXCURSIONS TO THE MOON, TO
THE CENTER OF THE EARTH, OR TO FIND METEORITES WERE TOO COSTLY AND TIME
CONSUMING? HOW MIGHT WE USE THE ELEMENTS WE ALREADY HAVE HERE ON EARTH TO FIND
SOME NEW ONES?
Page 38 of 39
Question: Which questioning strategy/ies does/do the exchange of thoughts above illustrate?
M.Funneling
N. Sowing and reaping
O. Nose-dive
P. Extending and lifting
32. Which is NOT a sound purpose for asking questions?
A. To probe deeper after an answer is given.
B. To discipline a bully in class.
C. To remind students of a procedure.
D. To encourage self-reflection.
33. The main purpose of compulsory study of the Constitution is to __________
A. develop students into responsible, thinking citizens
B. acquaint students with the historical development of the Philippine
Constitution C. make constitutional experts of the students D. prepare students
for law-making
14. A child who gets punished for stealing candy may not steal again immediately. But this
does not mean that the child may not steal again. Based on Thorndike's theory on
punishment and learning, this shows that __________
A. punishment strengthens a response
B. punishment removes a response
C. punishment does not remove a response
D. punishment weakens a response
Page 38 of 39
35. As a teacher, you are a reconstructionist. Which among these will be your guiding
principle?
A. I must teach the child every knowledge, skill, and value that he needs for a better future.
B. I must teach the child to develop his mental powers to the full.
C. I must teach the child so he is assured of heaven.
D. I must teach the child that we can never have real knowledge of anything.
36. How can you exhibit expert power on the first day of school?
A. By making them feel you know what you are talking about.
B. By making them realize the importance of good grades.
C. By reminding them your students your authority over them again and again.
D. By giving your students a sense of belonging and acceptance.
K. A sixth grade twelve-year old boy comes from a dysfunctional family and has been abused
and neglected. He has been to two orphanages and three different elementary schools. The
student can decode on the second grade level, but he can comprehend orally material at the
fourth or fifth grade level. The most probable cause/s of this student's reading problem
is/are __________.
A. emotional factors
B. poor teaching
C. neurological factors
D. immaturity
Page 38 of 39
16. Teacher Q does not want Teacher B to be promoted and so writes an anonymous letter
against Teacher B accusing her of fabricated lies Teacher Q mails this anonymous letter to the
Schools Division Superintendent. What should Teacher Q do if she has to act professionally?
A. Submit a signed justifiable criticism against Teacher B, if there is any.
B. Go straight to the Schools Division Superintendent and gives criticism verbally.
C. Hire a group to distribute poison letters against Teacher B for information dissemination.
D. Instigate student activists to read poison letters over the microphone.
39. In self-directed learning, to what extent should a teacher's scaffolding be?
A. To a degree the student needs it.
B. None, to force the student to learn by himself.
C. To the minimum, to speed up development of student's sense of independence.
D. To the maximum, in order to extend to the student all the help he needs.
17. If your Licensure Examination Test (LET) items sample adequately the competencies
listed in the syllabi, it can be said that the LET possesses __________ validity.
N. concurrent
O. construct
P. content
Q. predictive
18. Which guideline must be observed in the use of prompting to shape the correct
performance of your students?
A. Use the least intrusive prompt first.
B. Use all prompts available.
C. Use the most intrusive prompt first.
D. Refrain from using prompts.
Page 38 of 39
22. It is not wise to laugh at a two-year old child when he utters bad word because in his
stage he is learning to __________.
A. consider other's views
B. distinguish sex differences
17.
socialize
18.
distinguish right from wrong
24. In a treatment for alcoholism, Ramil was made to drink an alcoholic beverage and then
made to ingest a drug that produces nausea. Eventually, he was nauseated at the sight and
smell of alcohol and stopped drinking alcohoL Which theory explains this?
A. Operant conditioning
B. Social Learning Theory
C. Associative Learning
D. Attribution Theory
44. Which is a true foundation of the social order?
A. Obedient citizenry
B. The reciprocation of rights and duties
C. Strong political leadership
D. Equitable distribution of wealth
45. As a teacher, what do you do when you engage yourself in major task analysis?
A. Test if learning reached higher level thinking skills.
B. Breakdown a complex task into sub-skills.
C. Determine the level of thinking involved.
D. Revise lesson objectives.
Page 38 of 39
23. In instructional planning it is necessary that the parts of the plan from the first to the last
have
__________.
L. clarity
M.symmetry
N. coherence
O. conciseness
21. In a study conducted, the pupils were asked which nationality they preferred, if given a
choice. Majority of the pupils wanted to be Americans. In this case, in which obligation
relative to the state, do schools seem to be failing? In their obligation to __________.
A. respect for all duly constituted authorities
B. promote national pride
C. promote obedience to the laws of the state
D. instill allegiance to the Constitution
27. The best way for a guidance counselor to begin to develop study skills and
habits in underachieving student would be to __________.
A. have these underachieving students observe the study habits of excelling
students B. encourage students to talk about study habits from their own
experiences
C. have them view film strips about various study
approaches D. give out a list of effective study approaches
Page 38 of 39
H. What is most likely to happen to our economy when export continuously surpasses
importis a thought question on __________.
27.
creating
28.
relating cause-and-effect
29.
synthesizing
30.
predicting
28. Direct instruction is for facts, rules, and actions as indirect instruction is for __________,
__________, __________.
A. hypotheses, verified data and conclusions
B. concepts, patterns and abstractions
C. concepts, processes and generalizations
31.
guesses, data and conclusions
SET 2 PART 2 ANSWER KEYS
27. A
28. B
29. C
30. B
31. B
32. D
33. B
34. A
35. C
36. A
37. A
38. C
39. A
Page 38 of 39
40. C
41. C
42. A
43. A
44. C
45. B
46. B
47. B
48. B
49. B
50. B
51. C
LICENSURE EXAMINATION FOR TEACHERS (LET)
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REVIEWER
[SET 2 - PART 3]
51. Why should a teacher NOT use direct instruction all the time?
A. It requires much time.
B. It requires use of many supplementary materials.
C. It is generally effective only in the teaching of concepts and abstractions.
D. It reduces students engagement in learning.
52. The principle of individual differences requires teachers to __________.
A. give greater attention to gifted learners
B. provide for a variety of learning activities
C. treat all learners alike while in the classroom
Page 38 of 39
D. prepare modules for slow learners in class
53. Which questioning practice promotes more class interaction?
A. Asking the question before calling on a student.
B. Focusing on divergent question
C. Focusing on convergent questions.
D. Asking rhetorical questions.
Page 38 of 39
33. Teacher F wanted to teach the pupils the skill to do cross stitching. Her check up quiz was a
written test on the steps of cross stitching. Which characteristic of a good test does it lack?
12.
Scorability
13.
Reliability
14.
Objectivity
15.
Validity
16. The attention to the development of a deep respect and affection for our rich cultural
past is an influence of __________.
14.
Confucius
15.
Hegel
16.
Teilhard de Chardin
17.
Dewey
56. How can you exhibit legitimate power on the first day of school?
A. By making your students feel they are accepted for who they are.
B. By informing them you are allowed to act in loco parentis.
C. By making them realize the importance of good grades.
D. By making them feel you have mastery of subject matter.
Q. Study this group of tests which was administered with the following results, then
answer the question.
Subject Mean SD Ronnels's Score
Math 56 10 43
Physics 41 9 31
English 80 16 109
Page 38 of 39
In which subject(s) did Ronnel perform most poorly in relation to the group's performance?
15.
English
16.
English and Math
17.
Math
18.
Physics
58. Which holds true to standardized tests?
A. They are used for comparative purposes
B. They are administered differently
C. They are scored according to different standards
D. They are used for assigning grades
L. Study this group of tests which was administered with the following results, then
answer the question.
Subject Mean SD Ronnels's Score
Math 56 10 43
Physics 41 9 31
English 80 16 109
In which subject(s) were the scores most homogenous?
17.
Math
18.
English
19.
Physics
20.
Physics and Math
Page 38 of 39
60. What can be said of Peter who obtained a score of 75 in a Grammar objective test?
A. He answered 75 items in the test correctly.
B. He answered 75% of the test items correctly.
C. His rating is 75.
D. He performed better than 5% of his classmates.
61. Quiz is to formative test while periodic is to __________
18.
criterion-reference test
19.
summative test
20.
norm-reference test
21.
diagnostic test
62. Which applies when skewness is zero?
A. Mean is greater than the median
B. Median is greater than mean
C. Scores have three modes
D. Scores are normally distributed
63. Value clarification as a strategy in Values Education classes is anchored on which
philosophy?
R. Existentialism
S. Christian philosophy
T. Idealism
U. Hedonism
Page 38 of 39
19. Out of 3 distracters in a multiple choice test item, namely B, C, and D, no pupil chose D as
answer. This implies that D is __________
A. an ineffective distracter
B. a vague distracter
C. an effective distracter
D. a plausible distracter
23. All men are pretty much alike. It is only by custom that they are set apart, said one
Oriental philosopher. Where can this thought be most inspiring?
A. In a multi-cultural group of learners
B. In multi-cultural and heterogeneous groups of learners and indigenous peoples' group
C. In a class composed of indigenous peoples
D. In heterogeneous class of learners
19. Which group of philosophers maintain thattruth exists in an objective order that is
independent of the knower?
25.
Idealists
26.
Pragmatists
27.
Existentialists
28.
Realists
Page 38 of 39
24. Each teacher is said to be a trustee of the cultural and educational heritage of the nation
and is, under obligation to transmit to learners such heritage. Which practice makes him
fulfill such obligation?
A. Use the latest instructional technology.
B. Observe continuing professional education.
C. Use interactive teaching strategies.
D. Study the life of Filipino heroes.
P. Teacher B engages her students with information for thorough understanding for meaning
and for competent application. Which principle governs Teacher B's practice?
22.
Contructivist
23.
Gestalt
24.
Behaviorist
25.
Cognitivist
28. In which competency do my students find the greatest difficulty? In the item with a
difficulty index of __________.
I. 0.1
J. 0.9
K. 0.5
L. 1.0
70. Rights and duties are correlative. This means that __________.
A. rights and duties regulate the relationship of men in society
B. rights and duties arise from natural law
C. each right carries with it one or several corresponding duties
D. rights and duties ultimately come from God
Page 38 of 39
71. Which describes norm-referenced grading?
A. The performance of the group
B. What constitutes a perfect score
C. The students' past performance
D. An absolute standard
32. Teacher U teaches to his pupils that pleasure is not the highest good. Teacher's teaching is
against what philosophy?
29.
Realism
30.
Hedonism
31.
Epicureanism
32.
Empiricism
73. Standard deviation is to variability as mode to __________.
A. level of difficulty
I. discrimination
J. correlation
K. central tendency
74. Which test has broad sampling of topics as strength?
A. Objective test
B. Short answer test
C. Essay test
D. Problem type
Page 38 of 39
J. I combined several subject areas in order to focus on a single concept for interdisciplinary teaching. Which strategy/method did I use?
A. Problem-entered learning
B. Thematic instruction
C. Reading-writing activity
L.
Unit method
SET 2 PART 3 ANSWER KEYS
54. C
55. B
56. B
57. A
58. A
59. D
60. A
61. C
62. D
63. D
64. B
65. D
66. C
67. A
68. B
69. D
70. D
71. D
72. A
Page 38 of 39
73. C
74. A
75. B
76. C
77. C
78. D
LICENSURE EXAMINATION FOR TEACHERS (LET)
PROFESSIONAL EDUCATION REVIEWER
[SET 2 - PART 4]
76. Which teaching activity is founded on Bandura's Social Learning Theory?
34.
Lecturing
35.
Modeling
36.
Questioning
37.
Inductive Reasoning
77. For which may you use the direct instruction method?
A. Become aware of the pollutants around us.
B. Appreciate Milton's Paradise Lost.
C. Use a microscope properly.
16. We encounter people whose prayer goes like this: "O God, if there is a God; save my soul, if
I have a soul" From whom is this prayer?
17.
Stoic
18.
Empiricist
19.
Agnostic
20.
Skeptic
Page 38 of 39
18. What measure of central tendency does the number 16 represent in the following data: 14,
15, 17, 16, 19, 20, 16, 14, 16?
R. Mode
S. Median
T. Mode and median
U. Mean
19. Availment of the Philippine Education Placement Test (PEPT) for adults and out-of-school
youths is in support of the goverriment'S educational program towards __________.
A. equitable access
M.quality
N. quality and relevance
O. relevance
81. Which one can best evaluate students' attitudinal development?
A. Essay test
21.
Portfolio
22.
Observation
23.
Short answer test
82. Which is a form of direct instruction?
A. Discovery process
B. Problem solving
C. Programmed instruction
D. Inductive reasoning
Page 38 of 39
22. History books used in schools are replete with events portraying defeats and
weaknesses of the Filipino as a people. How should you tackle them in the classroom?
A. Present them and express your feelings of shame.
B. Present facts and use them as means in inspiring your class to learn from them.
C. Present them and blame those people responsible or those who have contributed.
D. Present them as they are presented,and tell the class to accept reality.
84. Standard deviation is to variability as mean is to __________.
A. coefficient of correlation
B. central tendency
C. discrimination index
D. level of difficulty
V. A mother gives his boy his favorite snack everytime the boy cleans up his room.
Afterwards, the boy cleaned his room everyday in anticipation of the snack. Which theory is
illustrated?
A. Associative Learning
B. Classical Conditioning
C. Operant Conditioning
D. Pavlonian Conditioning
20. Bruner's theory on intellectual development moves from enactive to iconic and symbolic
stages. In which stage(s) are diagrams helpful to accompany verbal information?
A. Enactive and iconic
24.
Symbolic
25.
Symbolic and enactive
26.
Iconic
Page 38 of 39
20. Teacher A discovered that his pupils are very good in dramatizing. Which tool must have
helped him discover his pupils' strength?
A. Portfolio assessment
B. Performance test
C. Journal entry
D. Paper-and-pencil test
88. Which one can enhance the comparability of grades?
A. Using common conversion table for translating test scores in to ratings
B. Formulating tests that vary from one teacher to another
C. Allowing individual teachers to determine factors for rating
D. Individual teachers giving weights to factors considered for rating
89. In the Preamble of the Code of Ethics of Professional Teachers, which is NOT said of
teachers?
A. LET passers
B. Duly licensed professionals
C. Possess dignity and reputation
D. With high-moral values as well as technical and professional competence
90. Which is the first step in planning an achievement test?
A. Define the instructional objective.
B. Decide on the length of the test.
C. Select the type of test items to use.
D. Build a table of specification.
Page 38 of 39
91. A teacher who equates authority with power does NOT __________.
29.
shame
30.
develop self-respect in every pupil
31.
retaliate
32.
intimidate
92. Which is a major advantage of a curriculum-based assessment?
A. It is informal in nature.
B. It connects testing with teaching.
C. It tends to focus on anecdotal information on student progress.
D. It is based on a norm-referenced measurement model.
93. Which does NOT belong to the group of alternative learning systems?
25.
Multi-grade grouping
26.
Multi-age grouping
27.
Graded education
28.
Non-graded grouping
Q. Theft of school equipment like tv, computer, etc. by teenagers in the community itself is
becoming a common phenomenon. What does this incident signify?
A. Prevalence of poverty in the community.
B. Inability of school to hire security guards.
C. Deprivation of Filipino schools.
D. Community's lack of sense of co-ownership.
Page 38 of 39
95. Which can effectively measure students' awareness of values?
A. Projective techniques
B. Moral dilemma
C. Likert scales
D. Anecdotal record
96. Based on Edgar Dale's Cone of Experience, which activity is closest to the real thing?
A. View images
B. Attend exhibit
C. Watch a demo
D. Hear
26. Teacher B is a teacher of English as a Second Language. She uses vocabulary cards, fill-inthe-blank sentences, dictation and writing exercises in teaching a lesson about grocery
shopping. Based on this information, which of the following is a valid conclusion?
A. The teacher is reinforcing learning by giving the same information in, a variety of methods.
B. The teacher is applying Bloom's hierachy of cognitive learning.
C. The teacher wants to do less talk.
D. The teacher is emphasizing listening and speaking skills.
98. Helping in the development of graduates who aremaka-Diyosis an influence of
A. naturalistic morality
B. classical Christian morality
C. situational morality
D. dialectical morality
Page 38 of 39
99. From whom do we owe the theory of deductive interference as illustrated in syllogisms?
29.
Plato
30.
Scorates
31.
Aristotle
32.
Pythagoras
M. Studies in the areas of neurosciences disclosed that the human brain has limitless capacity. What does this
imply?
A. Some pupils are admittedly not capable of learning.
B. Every pupil has his own native ability and his learning is limited to this nativeabilty.
C. Every child is a potential genius.
33.
Pupils can possibly reach a point where they have learned everything.
SET 2 PART 4 ANSWER KEYS
A. D
B. C
C. C
D. C
E. A
F. B
G. C
H. B
I. B
J. D
K. B
L. B
M. A
N. A
O. D
P. B
Q. D
Page 38 of 39
R. C
S. D
T. D
U. B
V. A
W. B
X. A
Y.
C
Page 38 of 39